Your SlideShare is downloading. ×
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
2206 user 14.01
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×

Thanks for flagging this SlideShare!

Oops! An error has occurred.

×
Saving this for later? Get the SlideShare app to save on your phone or tablet. Read anywhere, anytime – even offline.
Text the download link to your phone
Standard text messaging rates apply

2206 user 14.01

482

Published on

Published in: Technology, Business
0 Comments
0 Likes
Statistics
Notes
  • Be the first to comment

  • Be the first to like this

No Downloads
Views
Total Views
482
On Slideshare
0
From Embeds
0
Number of Embeds
1
Actions
Shares
0
Downloads
25
Comments
0
Likes
0
Embeds 0
No embeds

Report content
Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
No notes for slide

Transcript

  • 1. Teradata ViewpointUser GuideRelease 14.01B035-2206-112KOctober 2012
  • 2. The product or products described in this book are licensed products of Teradata Corporation or its affiliates.Teradata, Active Enterprise Intelligence, Applications-Within, Aprimo, Aprimo Marketing Studio, Aster, BYNET, Claraview, DecisionCast,Gridscale, MyCommerce, Raising Intelligence, Smarter. Faster. Wins., SQL-MapReduce, Teradata Decision Experts, "Teradata Labs" logo,"Teradata Raising Intelligence" logo, Teradata ServiceConnect, Teradata Source Experts, "Teradata The Best Decision Possible" logo, TheBest Decision Possible, WebAnalyst, and Xkoto are trademarks or registered trademarks of Teradata Corporation or its affiliates in theUnited States and other countries.Adaptec and SCSISelect are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adaptec, Inc.AMD Opteron and Opteron are trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.Apache, Apache Hadoop, Hadoop, and the yellow elephant logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of the Apache SoftwareFoundation in the United States and/or other countries.Axeda is a registered trademark of Axeda Corporation. Axeda Agents, Axeda Applications, Axeda Policy Manager, Axeda Enterprise, AxedaAccess, Axeda Software Management, Axeda Service, Axeda ServiceLink, and Firewall-Friendly are trademarks and Maximum Results andMaximum Support are servicemarks of Axeda Corporation.Data Domain, EMC, PowerPath, SRDF, and Symmetrix are registered trademarks of EMC Corporation.GoldenGate is a trademark of Oracle.Hewlett-Packard and HP are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company.Hortonworks, the Hortonworks logo and other Hortonworks trademarks are trademarks of Hortonworks Inc. in the United States and othercountries.Intel, Pentium, and XEON are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.IBM, CICS, RACF, Tivoli, and z/OS are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.LSI is a registered trademark of LSI Corporation.Microsoft, Active Directory, Windows, Windows NT, and Windows Server are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in theUnited States and other countries.NetVault is a trademark or registered trademark of Quest Software, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.Novell and SUSE are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc., in the United States and other countries.Oracle, Java, and Solaris are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.QLogic and SANbox are trademarks or registered trademarks of QLogic Corporation.Red Hat is a trademark of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Used under license.SAS and SAS/C are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAS Institute Inc.SPARC is a registered trademark of SPARC International, Inc.Symantec, NetBackup, and VERITAS are trademarks or registered trademarks of Symantec Corporation or its affiliates in the United Statesand other countries.Unicode is a registered trademark of Unicode, Inc. in the United States and other countries.UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.The information contained in this document is provided on an "as-is" basis, without warranty of any kind, either expressor implied, including the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement.Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties, so the above exclusion may not apply to you. In noevent will Teradata Corporation be liable for any indirect, direct, special, incidental, or consequential damages, includinglost profits or lost savings, even if expressly advised of the possibility of such damages.The information contained in this document may contain references or cross-references to features, functions, products, or services that arenot announced or available in your country. Such references do not imply that Teradata Corporation intends to announce such features,functions, products, or services in your country. Please consult your local Teradata Corporation representative for those features, functions,products, or services available in your country.Information contained in this document may contain technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Information may be changed orupdated without notice. Teradata Corporation may also make improvements or changes in the products or services described in thisinformation at any time without notice.To maintain the quality of our products and services, we would like your comments on the accuracy, clarity, organization, and value of thisdocument. Please e-mail: teradata-books@lists.teradata.comAny comments or materials (collectively referred to as "Feedback") sent to Teradata Corporation will be deemed non-confidential. TeradataCorporation will have no obligation of any kind with respect to Feedback and will be free to use, reproduce, disclose, exhibit, display,transform, create derivative works of, and distribute the Feedback and derivative works thereof without limitation on a royalty-free basis.Further, Teradata Corporation will be free to use any ideas, concepts, know-how, or techniques contained in such Feedback for any purposewhatsoever, including developing, manufacturing, or marketing products or services incorporating Feedback.Copyright © 2008 - 2012 by Teradata Corporation. All Rights Reserved.
  • 3. Table of ContentsPreface...........................................................................................................................................................13Changes to This Book........................................................................................................................................13Related Documentation.....................................................................................................................................13Chapter 1:Teradata Viewpoint Basics........................................................................................................15Teradata Viewpoint Portal and Portlets..........................................................................................................15Getting Started.............................................................................................................................................15Setting Up the Portal for Portlets..............................................................................................................16Working With Portlets in the Portal........................................................................................................20Chapter 2:Profile.............................................................................................................................................................27Profile...................................................................................................................................................................27About the Personal Info Tab.....................................................................................................................27About the Teradata Accounts Tab............................................................................................................29Chapter 3:System Administration..................................................................................................................33System Administration......................................................................................................................................33Admin Portlets.............................................................................................................................................33Security and Permissions...........................................................................................................................34Backup..................................................................................................................................................................34About Backup Errors..................................................................................................................................35Scheduling Viewpoint Backups.................................................................................................................35Certificates...........................................................................................................................................................35About Certificate Authorities....................................................................................................................36About HTTPS Connections.......................................................................................................................36General.................................................................................................................................................................38Setting General Options.............................................................................................................................38LDAP Servers......................................................................................................................................................38Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 3
  • 4. What Is an LDAP Server?............................................................................................................................39Adding an LDAP Server..............................................................................................................................39About Role Mapping....................................................................................................................................40Managed Servers..................................................................................................................................................41Adding a Managed Server...........................................................................................................................42Deleting a Managed Server.........................................................................................................................42Enabling or Disabling a Managed Server..................................................................................................42Portlet Library......................................................................................................................................................43Enabling or Disabling Portlets....................................................................................................................43Deleting a Shared Portlet.............................................................................................................................44Query Group Setup.............................................................................................................................................44Creating a Query Group..............................................................................................................................44Viewing Query Groups................................................................................................................................46Editing a Query Group................................................................................................................................46Filter Symbols...............................................................................................................................................46Deleting a Query Group..............................................................................................................................47Roles Manager......................................................................................................................................................47About Roles...................................................................................................................................................48Example Roles...............................................................................................................................................48About the Roles Manager View..................................................................................................................49Adding a Role................................................................................................................................................49Editing a Role................................................................................................................................................50Copying a Role..............................................................................................................................................51Deleting a Role..............................................................................................................................................52Assigning Users to a Role............................................................................................................................52Removing Users from a Role......................................................................................................................53Portlet Preferences and Permissions.........................................................................................................53Enabling Portlets for a Role........................................................................................................................53Enabling Notifications for a Role...............................................................................................................54Configuring Default Portlet Settings.........................................................................................................54Granting Metric Permissions for a Role....................................................................................................55Granting Portlet Permissions for a Role...................................................................................................55Portlet Permissions......................................................................................................................................56Shared Pages.........................................................................................................................................................61About Shared Page Controls.......................................................................................................................62About Read-Only and Mandatory Shared Pages.....................................................................................63Creating a Shared Page................................................................................................................................63Copying a Shared Page................................................................................................................................64Editing Portlets on a Shared Page..............................................................................................................65Viewing All Shared Pages............................................................................................................................66Deleting a Shared Page................................................................................................................................66Teradata Systems.................................................................................................................................................66General...........................................................................................................................................................67Table of Contents4 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 5. Data Collectors........................................................................................................................................................72System Health..........................................................................................................................................................79Canary Queries.......................................................................................................................................................82Alerts........................................................................................................................................................................84Monitor Rates..........................................................................................................................................................93Log Table Clean Up................................................................................................................................................95Clean Up Schedule.................................................................................................................................................96Disk Usage...............................................................................................................................................................96User Manager.................................................................................................................................................................97About the User List View......................................................................................................................................97About the User Details View.................................................................................................................................98Chapter 4:Aster Completed Processes...............................................................................................................103Aster Completed Processes........................................................................................................................................103Aster Completed Processes View.......................................................................................................................103About Details View..............................................................................................................................................108Chapter 5:Aster Node Monitor....................................................................................................................................111Aster Node Monitor....................................................................................................................................................111Aster Node Monitor View...................................................................................................................................111About the Details View........................................................................................................................................116Chapter 6:Calendar................................................................................................................................................................119Calendar........................................................................................................................................................................119About the Calendar Week View.........................................................................................................................119About the Calendar Month View.......................................................................................................................120About the Calendar Event Details View............................................................................................................121Adding an Event...................................................................................................................................................122Editing an Event...................................................................................................................................................123Deleting an Event.................................................................................................................................................124Table of ContentsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 5
  • 6. Chapter 7:Canary Response Times..............................................................................................................125Canary Response Times....................................................................................................................................125About the Canary Response Times View................................................................................................125About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................127Chapter 8:Capacity Heatmap.............................................................................................................................131Capacity Heatmap.............................................................................................................................................131About the Capacity Heatmap View.........................................................................................................131About the Capacity Heatmap Menus and Toolbar...............................................................................139About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................142Chapter 9:Elastic Performance........................................................................................................................145Elastic Performance...........................................................................................................................................145About the Elastic Performance View.......................................................................................................145About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................148Chapter 10:External Content.................................................................................................................................149External Content................................................................................................................................................149About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................149Chapter 11:Lock Viewer.............................................................................................................................................151Lock Viewer........................................................................................................................................................151About the Lock Viewer View....................................................................................................................151Table of Contents6 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 7. Chapter 12:Metrics Analysis............................................................................................................................................159Metrics Analysis...........................................................................................................................................................159About the Metrics Analysis View.......................................................................................................................159About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................165Chapter 13:Metrics Graph...................................................................................................................................................169Metrics Graph..............................................................................................................................................................169About the Metrics Graph View..........................................................................................................................169About the Metrics Graph Menus and Toolbar.................................................................................................177Chapter 14:My Queries..........................................................................................................................................................179My Queries...................................................................................................................................................................179About the My Queries View...............................................................................................................................179About the Details View........................................................................................................................................184About Managing Queries and Sessions.............................................................................................................189About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................192Chapter 15:Node Resources.............................................................................................................................................195Node Resources............................................................................................................................................................195About the Summary Views.................................................................................................................................195About the Table View..........................................................................................................................................201About the Details View........................................................................................................................................204About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................207Chapter 16:Productivity.......................................................................................................................................................209Productivity..................................................................................................................................................................209About the Productivity View..............................................................................................................................209About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................210Table of ContentsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 7
  • 8. Chapter 17:Query Groups.........................................................................................................................................215Query Groups.....................................................................................................................................................215About the Query Groups View.................................................................................................................215About the Details View..............................................................................................................................222About Managing Queries and Sessions...................................................................................................227About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................229Chapter 18:Query Monitor.......................................................................................................................................231Query Monitor...................................................................................................................................................231About the Query Monitor View...............................................................................................................231About the Utility View..............................................................................................................................242About the Details View..............................................................................................................................242About Managing Queries and Sessions...................................................................................................248About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................251Chapter 19:Query Spotlight....................................................................................................................................255Query Spotlight..................................................................................................................................................255About the Query Spotlight View..............................................................................................................255About the Details View .............................................................................................................................260About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................266Chapter 20:Remote Console...................................................................................................................................269Remote Console.................................................................................................................................................269About the Remote Console View.............................................................................................................269About the Remote Console Menus and Toolbar...................................................................................271About Console Utilities.............................................................................................................................272About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................273Table of Contents8 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 9. Chapter 21:Space Usage......................................................................................................................................................275Space Usage..................................................................................................................................................................275About the Space Usage View..............................................................................................................................275About the Space Usage Details View.................................................................................................................284About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................285Chapter 22:SQL Scratchpad..............................................................................................................................................287SQL Scratchpad............................................................................................................................................................287About the Query Box...........................................................................................................................................287About Query Results............................................................................................................................................290About the Object Browser...................................................................................................................................292About the History Tab.........................................................................................................................................294About the Saved Tab............................................................................................................................................295Chapter 23:System Health.................................................................................................................................................297System Health...............................................................................................................................................................297About the System Health View...........................................................................................................................297About the System Health Details View.............................................................................................................298About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................300Chapter 24:Todays Statistics.........................................................................................................................................303Todays Statistics..........................................................................................................................................................303About the Todays Statistics View......................................................................................................................303About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................306Chapter 25:TVS Monitor.......................................................................................................................................................309TVS Monitor................................................................................................................................................................309TVS Monitor Concepts........................................................................................................................................309Table of ContentsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 9
  • 10. Selecting a View..........................................................................................................................................310Viewing Cylinder Distribution by Grade................................................................................................310Viewing Historical Cylinder Distribution by Grade.............................................................................310Viewing Cylinder Allocation by Temperature and Grade...................................................................311Chapter 26:Viewpoint Monitoring....................................................................................................................315Viewpoint Monitoring......................................................................................................................................315About the Viewpoint Monitoring View..................................................................................................315About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................319Chapter 27:Workload Designer...........................................................................................................................323Workload Designer...........................................................................................................................................323Workload Designer Concepts..................................................................................................................323About the Workload Designer View.......................................................................................................324About Ruleset Options..............................................................................................................................325About the Ruleset General View..............................................................................................................330About Ruleset States...................................................................................................................................332About Classification Settings....................................................................................................................344About Ruleset Sessions..............................................................................................................................350About Ruleset Filters..................................................................................................................................356About Ruleset Throttles.............................................................................................................................358About Ruleset Workloads.........................................................................................................................361About Ruleset Exceptions.........................................................................................................................378Chapter 28:Workload Health.................................................................................................................................381Workload Health...............................................................................................................................................381Workload Health Concepts......................................................................................................................381About the Workload Health View...........................................................................................................382About the Workload Health Details View..............................................................................................384About the Preferences View......................................................................................................................387Table of Contents10 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 11. Chapter 29:Workload Monitor........................................................................................................................................389Workload Monitor......................................................................................................................................................389Workload Monitor Concepts..............................................................................................................................389Workload Monitor Views...................................................................................................................................391About the State Matrix.........................................................................................................................................394About the Dynamic Pipes View.........................................................................................................................395About the Static Pipes View................................................................................................................................397About the Distribution View..............................................................................................................................400About the Workload Details View.....................................................................................................................403About the Workload Group View......................................................................................................................405About the Request Details View.........................................................................................................................405About Managing Queries and Sessions.............................................................................................................410About the Preferences View................................................................................................................................412Table of ContentsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 11
  • 12. Table of Contents12 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 13. PrefaceChanges to This BookDate and Release DescriptionOctober 201214.01Updated for the 14.01 release.Related DocumentationAccess the Teradata Information Products web site to view or download additionaldocumentation related to this product.1. Go to http://www.info.teradata.com.2. Under the Online Publications subcategory, click General Search.3. Search on the title or publication ID.Title Publication IDTeradata Viewpoint Configuration GuideDescribes how to configure and upgrade a Teradata Viewpoint server.B035-2207Teradata Alerts User GuideDescribes how to set up and monitor alerts using Teradata Alerts portlets.B035-2210Teradata Alerts Installation and Configuration GuideDescribes how to configure Teradata Alerts on a Teradata Viewpoint server.B035-2211Teradata Data Lab User GuideDescribes how to use Teradata Data Lab portlets.B035-2212Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 13
  • 14. Preface14 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 15. CHAPTER 1Teradata Viewpoint BasicsTeradata Viewpoint Portal and PortletsThe Teradata Viewpoint portal is a framework where Web-based applications, known asportlets, are displayed. IT professionals and business users can customize their portlets tomanage and monitor their Teradata systems using a Web browser.Portlets enable users across an enterprise to customize tasks and display options to theirspecific business needs. You can view current data, run queries, and make timely businessdecisions, reducing the database administrator workload by allowing you to manage yourwork independently. Portlets are added to a portal page from a menu. The TeradataViewpoint Administrator configures access to portlets based on your role.Getting StartedLearn how to start and end a Teradata Viewpoint session, use the help, and use notifications.Logging OnLogging on to the Teradata Viewpoint portal starts your session so you can begin workingwith the Teradata Viewpoint portal.1 Open a browser.2 Enter the address for your Teradata Viewpoint portal.The Welcome page appears, with the portal version number shown at the bottom.3 Log on to the Teradata Viewpoint portal.If your Teradata Viewpoint system is set up to create a user profile automatically, theusername and password you enter are authenticated against your company-providedusername and password the first time you log on to Teradata Viewpoint. Automaticprofile creation is known as auto-provisioning.Using Viewpoint HelpThe Teradata Viewpoint Help provides information about how to use Teradata Viewpointto manage and monitor your Teradata systems.1 Click to open a browser window containing Teradata Viewpoint Help.The display is divided into two panes. The Contents pane on the left lists the hierarchyof topics contained in the help.2 Do any of the following:Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 15
  • 16. • Click next to a topic name to expand the list of available topics.• Click next to a topic name to collapse the list of available topics.3 Click any topic name to display corresponding topic information in the right pane.4 [Optional] Select links to related topics that are above (parent) or below (child) thecurrent topic in the content hierarchy.Using NotificationsTeradata Viewpoint uses notifications to communicate the status of Viewpoint operations.Notifications are displayed in the Teradata Viewpoint portal for 72 hours from the last statuschange.Notifications appear if they are enabled for your role.1 Read the notifications, and click to hide the notifications.2 [Optional] Click to display hidden notifications.You can click the icon again to hide notifications.Logging OffLogging off the Teradata Viewpoint portal ends your current session and returns you to theWelcome page.1 From the Teradata Viewpoint main menu bar, click Logout to exit the portal.All page content is preserved for your next Teradata Viewpoint session. Any openTeradata Viewpoint Help window is closed.Setting Up the Portal for PortletsTeradata Viewpoint provides portlets to manage and monitor systems. A portal page is avirtual work space where you decide which portlets to display and how to arrange them onthe page. Examples of ways to organize your work include defining a page for each systembeing monitored, or for each type of query or user. The currently selected page is called theactive page.A portal page has two columns that can be resized. After adding portlets to the portal, youcan drag and drop portlets into either column. You can resize the width of the portalcolumns on each page by dragging the column divider until the minimum size of a column isreached. Portlets that can be horizontally resized will expand to fill the width of the column.Portlets that cannot be horizontally resized are not affected by resizing the portal columns.Resizing the browser window adjusts the columns proportionally unless a column is at itsminimum size. Not all Viewpoint portlets and products support resizing or two-columnlayout.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint Basics16 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 17. A shared page contains portlets that are applicable to your role. The Teradata ViewpointAdministrator controls the type of shared page you have access to and can discusslimitations you may have with read-only and mandatory pages. Your role may be preventedfrom adding portlets, deleting portlets, moving portlets on a page, as well as other functionsyou may have been accustomed to doing with regular portal pages.Adding a PageOrganize your portlets by adding pages to the Teradata Viewpoint portal. Multiple pagescan be added or removed. The newest page is always the active page unless you click anothertab.1 In the portal, do one of the following:• Click Add Page.• Click and select Add Page if shared page administration state is enabled for yourrole.A new tab appears and becomes the active page.2 [Optional] Add portlets from the Add Content menu.Naming a PageOne way you can customize the Teradata Viewpoint portal is by giving meaningful names tothe pages that display portlets. You can change the page name at any time during a TeradataViewpoint session. Two pages can have the same name.1 Click the page tab to highlight the page name.2 Enter the new name up to 30 characters.3 Press Enter to apply the new name.4 [Optional] Rearrange the portal pages to group and organize pages or according to thefrequency of use.Adding a PortletA portlet can be added to the active page at any time during a session. Except for theCalendar portlet, multiple instances of a portlet can be added to a portal page.1 In the portal, click Add Content.2 Select a portlet from the submenus.The portlet is added to the top of the left-most column.3 [Optional] Reposition the portlet on the portal page by dragging it to another location.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint BasicsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 17
  • 18. Filtering PortletsLocate a portlet by using the keyword filter box and the SEARCH RESULTS list. Thismethod is also useful when you want to add a portlet to the active page and the list of portletsis long.1 Click in the keyword filter box, and begin typing the portlet name.As you type, the SEARCH RESULTS list shows the portlets that match your filtercriteria. This field is not case-sensitive.2 Click a portlet name in the SEARCH RESULTS list to add it to the page.Resizing Portal ColumnsPortlets that can be horizontally resized will expand to fill the width of the column. Portletsthat cannot be horizontally resized are not affected by resizing the portal columns.1 Mouse over the column divider.The cursor changes to a bidirectional arrow .2 Drag the column divider to the left or to the right to resize the column width.The portlets resize after the column divider is released.Arranging PagesInitially portal pages appear in the order in which they have been added from left to right.Arranging pages does not change page content, and can be done at any time during yourTeradata Viewpoint session.1 In the portal task bar, mouse over the tab you intend to move.The cursor changes to a directional cursor.2 Drag the tab to the left or to the right of its current position.The tab aligns in the new position.Adding a Shared PageA shared page contains portlets that are applicable to your role. A shared page can be addedmultiple times if it is not read-only. Mandatory shared pages automatically appear when youlog on and cannot be added from the Add Content menu.You can create shared pages if your role has permissions.1 In the portal, click Add Content.2 Select Shared Pages.3 Select a shared page from the submenu.A new tab appears to the right of the last tab and becomes the active page.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint Basics18 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 19. 4 [Optional] Add portlets from the Add Content menu if the shared page is not read-only.Refreshing a Shared PageWhen the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator updates the contents of a shared page, an iconin the tab indicates a new version of the page is available. You can keep your currentversion by renaming the page or removing the out of date page and then adding therefreshed page to the portal.1 Rename or remove a shared page when a new version is available.Option DescriptionRename a. Click the page tab to highlight the page name.b. Enter the new name up to 30 characters.c. Press Enter.The icon disappears from the tab after you rename the page.Remove a. Click the out of date page tab indicated by .b. Click to remove the page.c. Click OK.2 In the portal, click Add Content.Mandatory shared pages automatically appear when you log on and cannot be addedfrom the Add Content menu.3 Select Shared Pages.4 Select the refreshed page from the submenu.A new tab appears and becomes the active page.5 [Optional] Add portlets from the Add Content menu if the shared page is not read-only.Deleting a PortletA portlet can be deleted from the active portal page at any time. Deleting a portlet resetsportlet information and deletes any custom settings set for that instance only. Other portletinstances on the same page or on other pages are not affected.1 On the active portal page, mouse over the portlet frame to activate the portlet.The portlet does not need to be expanded if it is collapsed.2 Click to remove the portlet from the portal page.A confirmation message appears.3 Click OK.The portlet is removed from the active portal page.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint BasicsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 19
  • 20. Deleting a PageA portal page and its contents can be deleted from the portal at any time after it has beendefined and at any time during your Teradata Viewpoint session. One page tab must remain.A mandatory shared page cannot be deleted.1 Click the tab of the page you intend to delete to make it the active page.2 Click to remove the portal page and its contents.A confirmation message appears.3 Click OK to delete the page.The page is removed, and the remaining tabs shift to the left.Working With Portlets in the PortalAfter you select a portlet from the Add Content menu, it appears on the portal page. Youcan use the filter to search for a specific portlet.Generally, every instance of a portlet:• Has a frame that appears when the cursor moves over any part of the portlet on the pageand disappears when the cursor moves off the portlet.• Displays the portlet name or the current settings in the upper frame, depending on thecurrent activity.Portlets that span two columns, such as the WORKLOAD DESIGNER portlet, cannot beresized and always appear at the top of the portal page.Most portlets can be resized horizontally, vertically, or both. Portlets have a minimum heightand can be resized vertically using the control at the bottom of the portlet.Portlet ControlsThe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator controls which portlets and what features you areauthorized to use. If a portlet or feature is not available, the Teradata ViewpointAdministrator can assign permissions.The following is a list of portlet controls:Note: Not all portlets have all controls.Adjust HeightAdjusts the vertical size for portlets that can be resized. Drag the control to resize theportlet vertically. The portlet retains its new dimensions until you click the RestoreHeight button.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint Basics20 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 21. BackReturns to the previous view.CollapseToggles the portlet closed. This button appears only when the portlet is open. Whencollapsed, only the upper and lower portlet frame sections are displayed.ExpandToggles the portlet open. This button appears only when the portlet is collapsed.When expanded, the portlet returns to its normal size and position on the portalpage.MaximizeToggles the portlet to fill the portal page.MinimizeToggles the portlet to the default size of one column wide.Pause, ResumePauses or resumes the data display for a portlet.If rewind is on, you can select to Unlink from Rewind or Link to Rewind.If rewind is off, you can select Refresh to bring the most current data from theTeradata server to the portlet.Portlet FrameContains the portlet name and portlet controls.Portlet NameDisplays the portlet name. You can rename shareable portlets.PreferencesAccesses portlet preferences and settings. Preferences are used to specify whatinformation is displayed, time intervals for reporting, and other features that helpyou customize the portlet functions.RemoveRemoves the portlet and its settings from the active portal page.Restore HeightRestores the portlet to its default height. This button appears only when you changethe default height of the portlet.RewindProvides the following indications of the status of the rewind function for a portlet:• indicates a portlet can participate in rewind.• indicates the rewind feature is on.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint BasicsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 21
  • 22. • indicates the portlet is unlinked from rewind.Share PortletCaptures a customized version of a portlet for use by other users. The TeradataViewpoint Administrator must make the customized portlet available for sharing.Time StampDisplays the last time data was retrieved from the Teradata server. The time is basedon the time zone set in the Profile portlet.Each portlet instance has its own settings and controls as well as the features common to allportlets. A portlet can include any of the following features:• Selection menus for accessing detailed information• A toolbar with buttons for quick access to information• Date-range slider for selecting start dates and end dates for analysis• Information balloons to show detailed information when you mouse over the portletTeradata Database Logon SettingsSeveral portlets require you to log on to Teradata Database to take actions such as aborting aquery or session, changing a workload, changing a priority, or releasing a query from thedelay queue. Teradata Database logon information is stored with your session and does notpersist beyond the current session.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint Basics22 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 23. The logon dialog box fields are listed below.Field Name Descriptionusername Name of the user account on Teradata Database and is authenticatedagainst a domain username that matches a Teradata Database username.password Secret string of characters used to prove identity or gain access to aresource and is authenticated against the domain password associatedwith a domain username that matches a Teradata Database username.account string Characteristics for profile member sessions in Teradata Database. Anaccount string identifies which account is charged for the space used bythe user and session and may include a priority-level Performance Groupprefix code which establishes the session priority.authenticationmechanismMethod of identifying an account to the database. Options might includeTD2 or LDAP. If an authentication mechanism is not selected, the logonuses the default authentication mechanism for the Teradata Database.character set Character set the system uses to communicate with Teradata Database. Ifnot defined, Teradata Viewpoint uses Teradata Database system settings.About the Rewind FeatureThe rewind feature allows you to view data that corresponds to dates and times in the pastand compare it to data for a different date and time. You can rewind the data for some or allportlets on a portal page to a previous point in time, such as when a job failed. Rewindingportlet data is useful for identifying and resolving issues.You can rewind data as far back as data is available. The rewind feature is not available forportlets that have portlet-specific methods for reviewing data over time. The rewind featureworks uniquely in the QUERY SPOTLIGHT portlet. See the Query Spotlight topics forfurther details.Using the rewind toolbar, you can enter a specific date and time as well as scroll through thedata in increments of seconds, minutes, hours, or days. All portlets on the page that areparticipating in rewind activities display data that corresponds to the selected rewind dateand time each time a selection is made.If portlet data can be rewound, a rewind icon appears in the portlet frame.Permission to use the rewind feature is granted to individual users based on their role andportlet access. If the rewind toolbar does not appear on the portal page, you are notauthorized to use the feature. If the rewind icon does not appear in the portlet frame, therewind feature is not available for that portlet.Rewinding a Portal PageYou can rewind data for some or all portlets on a portal page. Use rewind to see changes indata over time among portlets displayed on the portal page.1 In the upper right corner, click to turn on the rewind feature.The rewind toolbar appears along the top of the portal page.2 Click the Date and time fields to select a date from the calendar and enter a time.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint BasicsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 23
  • 24. 3 Do any of the following:• Click and drag left to scroll back in time or right to scroll forward through time.• Click an increment arrow to adjust time by seconds, minutes, hours, or days.• Click and hold an increment arrow to adjust time continuously.Pausing Rewind for a PortletYou can pause an individual portlet on a portal page while other portlets on the page displayrewound data. Pausing an instance of a portlet freezes the display of data at the moment theportlet is placed in pause mode, allowing you to compare data for multiple rewound timeperiods.1 In the upper right corner, click to turn on the rewind feature.2 Click in the portlet frame.3 Click Pause.Data displayed in the portlet freezes and does not change until you resume the portletrefresh.Resuming Rewind for a PortletYou can resume using the rewind feature for an individual portlet that is in pause mode on aportal page.1 Click in the portlet frame.2 Click Resume.Data displayed in the portlet is updated to the selected rewind time and does not changeuntil the selected date or time for the rewind feature is changed.Stopping Rewind ParticipationYou can prevent an individual portlet from participating in rewind when the portlet framedisplays .1 In the upper right corner, click to turn on the rewind feature.2 Click in the portlet frame.The portlet can be in pause mode or actively responding to the rewind date and timecontrols.3 Click Unlink from Rewind.The portlet no longer responds to rewind date or time controls and is updated to displaythe most recent data available from the Teradata server.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint Basics24 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 25. Restarting Rewind ParticipationYou can have an individual portlet not participating in rewind resume participation whenthe portlet frame displays .1 Click in the portlet frame.2 Click Link to Rewind.The portlet returns to the mode it was in when it was unlinked from participation inrewind. For example, if the portlet was in pause mode when unlinked from rewind, it isin pause mode when participation in rewind resumes.Turning Off the Rewind FeatureYou can turn off the rewind feature and resume display of current data in all portlets on theportal page.1 In the upper right corner of the page, click to turn off the rewind feature.All portlets on the portal page that were participating in rewind activities endparticipation and display the most recent data available.About the Pause FeatureAny rewindable portlet can be paused from refreshing data. Pausing an instance of a portletfreezes the display of data at the moment the portlet is placed in pause mode, allowing youto compare data for different time periods. The rewind feature does not need to be active topause the portlet. When a portlet is in pause mode, the time stamp flashes, indicating thatthe data in the portlet is no longer being refreshed.Pausing Portlet RefreshYou can pause an individual portlet on a portal page.1 Click in the portlet frame.2 Click Pause.Data displayed in the portlet freezes and does not change until you resume the portletrefresh.Resuming Portlet RefreshYou can resume the portlet refresh when the portlet is in pause mode.1 Click in the portlet frame.2 To resume the portlet refresh, do one of the following:• Click Refresh to refresh portlet summary and detail data to the current date andtime, including data from the Teradata server.• Click Resume to resume the portlet refresh.About Shared PortletsUse the SHARE PORTLET feature to make a customized or preconfigured version of aTeradata Viewpoint portlet available to other users. When a shared portlet is added to aportal page, all the preferences and settings you selected when you customized the portletare used.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint BasicsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 25
  • 26. Any user can customize a shareable portlet and submit it for sharing. Depending on yourTeradata Viewpoint system configuration, the portlet is not available to authorized usersuntil the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator approves the request. Only the TeradataViewpoint Administrator can delete the shared portlet entirely. If deleted, existing instancesremain on your portal page. However, a warning message appears if you try to access theportlet.The Shared Portlets feature allows you to:• Share customized views of a Teradata Viewpoint portlet with other users.• Create different configurations of a portlet for different roles.• Assign a preconfigured portlet to a role as a default instance of the portlet.• Assign a name to the preconfigured portlet.The portlet name appears in the Shared submenu of the Add Content menu. The Sharedsubmenu only appears when at least one shared portlet is enabled for the user who is loggedon.Creating a Shared PortletUse the SHARE PORTLET feature to customize a Teradata Viewpoint portlet and make itavailable to other users.1 Add a portlet instance that you want to share to your portal page.2 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.3 Customize the portlet using the available preference settings.4 Click OK to save the settings.5 Click to access the SHARE PORTLET dialog box.6 Enter a name for the custom portlet using up to 25 characters.Depending on your Teradata Viewpoint system configuration, the portlet may or maynot be available to authorized users until the Teradata Viewpoint Administratorapproves your request.7 Click Save.8 [Optional] Contact the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator to verify that the portlet hasbeen received for approval.Chapter 1 Teradata Viewpoint Basics26 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 27. CHAPTER 2ProfileProfileThe Profile portlet provides tabs that allow you to set your personal user settings andmanage your Teradata Database profile information:Personal InfoChange your name, password, email address, and locale, and select the time zone.Teradata AccountsManage settings for each of your Teradata Database user profiles. Link yourTeradata profile to the Teradata Database systems you are authorized to access.Access the Profile portlet from the Teradata Viewpoint portal.About the Personal Info TabThe Personal Info tab in the Profile portlet allows you to manage your Teradata Viewpointprofile:• Change the first and last name for the profile.• Change your Email address.• Change your Locale.• Select the Time Zone.Use the Personal Info tab to set your locale. Supported locales include:• Chinese (China and Taiwan)• English (US and UK)• French• German• Japanese• KoreanThe locale you select is applied to the entire Teradata Viewpoint session and is maintainedin future sessions.Changing a NameYou can change the first and last name for a Teradata Viewpoint profile.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Personal Info tab.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 27
  • 28. 2 Change the name in the First Name field.3 Change the name in the Last Name field.4 Click Apply.A confirmation message appears.Setting a Contact Email AddressYou can set your Email address using the Personal Info tab. This email address is used foridentification and communication in the Teradata Viewpoint system, including notificationsand reminders.The email address cannot contain uppercase letters. Uppercase characters are automaticallyconverted to lowercase.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Personal Info tab.2 Enter your full address in the Email field.3 Click Apply.A confirmation message appears.Managing PasswordsYou can manage Teradata Viewpoint profile passwords. A password must be at least 4 andno more than 25 characters.A user cannot change their password if their profile is externally authenticated. The fieldsrequired to change the password are not available when external authentication is used. Tochange the password for an externally authenticated profile, follow your company policy forpassword management.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Personal Info tab.2 Enter your current password in the Current Password field.3 Enter a new password in the New Password field.4 Confirm your new password by retyping it in the Re-enter New Password field.5 Click Apply.A confirmation message appears.Setting the LocaleThe locale is used to display the local language with the date, time, and number formatspecific to the country. For example, if the locale is “English (US),” the system uses theEnglish language and displays the day in mm/dd/yy format. May 16, 2012 appears as“5/16/12.” If the locale is “Japanese,” the system uses the Japanese language and displays theday in dd/mm/yy format. May 16, 2012 appears as “16/05/12.”The locale setting in the Profile portlet overrides the locale set by your Teradata ViewpointAdministrator for your account.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Personal Info tab.2 Select the locale from the list.Chapter 2 Profile28 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 29. The Teradata Viewpoint application server locale is the default.3 Click Apply.A confirmation message appears.Setting the Time ZoneYou can adjust your local Teradata Viewpoint time zone setting to compensate for differenttime zones. Select the local time zone to display all time and date information in the localdate and time, even if the Teradata Database system you are monitoring is located in adifferent time zone.The time zone you enter compensates for the time difference between the monitored systemlocation and the Teradata Viewpoint reporting location.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Personal Info tab.2 Select a time zone from the list.Time zones shown are relative to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) and include a referencelocation. The Teradata Viewpoint application server time zone is the default. Use thescroll bar to view more time zones.3 Click Apply.A confirmation message appears.About the Teradata Accounts TabUse the Teradata Accounts tab in the Profile portlet to manage Teradata Database accountlogon and profile information for each Teradata Database system. Teradata accountinformation is used by the My Queries portlet. For each Teradata Database system, you can:• Add accounts• Edit existing profiles• Delete profilesSystem profiles added using the Teradata Accounts tab must already exist on the monitoredsystem. The system validates the USERNAME, PASSWORD, ACCOUNT STRING, andAUTHENTICATION fields prior to confirmation.Chapter 2 ProfileTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 29
  • 30. Adding a User ProfileThis task explains how to associate Teradata Database profiles with your Teradata Viewpointprofile.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Teradata Accounts tab.2 Under Add Account, select a Teradata Database system from the list.3 Enter the following information in the appropriate fields:• Username• Password• [Optional] Account string4 [Optional] Select an authentication mechanism from the list for use on the system.5 [Optional] Click Test.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.6 Click Add.Editing a User ProfileThis topic explains how to edit a Teradata Database system user profile in TeradataViewpoint.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Teradata Accounts tab.2 Mouse over the row containing the user profile information for the Teradata Databasesystem you are updating.The row is highlighted, and Edit and Delete appear.3 Click Edit to the right of the row containing the user profile information.4 Edit or change any of the following fields:• PASSWORD• ACCOUNT STRING5 [Optional] Click Test to verify that the logon settings are correct.A confirmation message appears.6 Click Save to save your changes.A confirmation message appears.Deleting a User ProfileThis task explains how to delete a Teradata Database system user profile from TeradataViewpoint.1 From the Profile portlet, click the Teradata Accounts tab.2 Mouse over the row containing the Teradata Database user profile information for thesystem you are updating.The row is highlighted, and Edit and Delete appear.Chapter 2 Profile30 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 31. 3 Click Delete to the right of the row containing the user profile information.If the deletion is successful, a confirmation message appears.Chapter 2 ProfileTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 31
  • 32. Chapter 2 Profile32 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 33. CHAPTER 3System AdministrationSystem AdministrationAdmin PortletsThe Teradata Viewpoint administrative portlets allow the Teradata ViewpointAdministrator to provide access to Teradata Viewpoint resources and information.You can access these portlets from the Admin menu in the Teradata Viewpoint portal ifyour role has permission. You can access the Profile portlet directly from the TeradataViewpoint portal.Alert SetupConfigure the alert delivery settings and actions.BackupConfigure the backup of Teradata Viewpoint server data.CertificatesManage trusted certificate authorities and HTTPS certificates.GeneralConfigure Teradata Viewpoint settings.LDAP ServersConfigure the LDAP servers for Teradata Viewpoint to authenticate users andassign user roles.Managed ServersConfigure the servers available to display in the Viewpoint Monitoring portlet.Portlet LibraryView the installed portlets and specify which portlets can be accessed.ProfileConfigure settings for your Viewpoint user account and associate TeradataDatabase accounts.Query Group SetupManage the sets of queries available to users in the Query Groups portlet.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 33
  • 34. Roles ManagerManage roles and specify the level of access users are given.Shared PagesManage shared pages and how they are viewed by users.Teradata SystemsConfigure the systems and data collectors that provide data to portlets.User ManagerManage user accounts and assign users to roles.Security and PermissionsThe Teradata Viewpoint administrative portlets allow the Teradata Viewpoint Administratorto control portlet access at different levels by setting permissions for Teradata Viewpointusers.GlobalEnable or disable access to portlets globally using the Portlet Library portlet. Thissetting takes precedence over all other portlet permission levels.RoleAssign permissions to classes of users called roles using the Roles Manager portlet.Each tab controls access to features.UserAssign available roles to users and set role precedence using User Manager portlet.Roles assigned higher priority take precedence over lower-priority roles.BackupThe Backup portlet allows you to enable automatic Teradata Viewpoint system backups andconfigure the data retention settings.The Backup portlet displays the backup process icon with either a successful completion oran error for the last attempt and lists the last successful backup date and time. Use theBackup portlet to:• Enable and disable the daily backup process• Store the backup files on the local system or at a network location• Select the daily backup time• Select how many days to keep the backup filesChapter 3 System Administration34 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 35. About Backup ErrorsThe BACKUP dialog box displays an out-of-service icon and the status message ANERROR HAS OCCURRED, if an error occurs during the backup process. To investigate theerror, you can view the backup log file: /opt/teradata/dcs/logs/backup.log. Foradditional information, see the Teradata Viewpoint Configuration Guide.Scheduling Viewpoint BackupsYou can configure automatic backups, set a data retention length, and enable or disable thebackup process at any time.1 [Optional] From the BACKUP view, do one of the following:• Select the Enable backup check box to activate the backup process.• Clear the Enable backup check box to disable the automatic-backup process.2 Under Location, select one of the following options to set the location of the backupfiles:Option DescriptionLocal Backs up Teradata Viewpoint databases to the local server.Network Backs up Teradata Viewpoint databases to a networked file server to prevent data lossin the event of a catastrophic failure.• Enter a Host to specify the host system name.• Enter a Path to specify the absolute path name where the backups are stored onthe host system.• [Optional] Click Test to verify that the login settings are correct. The iconappears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operation fails;verify that the settings are correct, and try again.3 From the Daily Backup Time list, select the daily start time of the backup operation.4 From the Keep Backups For list, select the number of days to retain the backup data.5 Click Apply.The changes are saved and backup files are deleted when they are older than theconfigured number of days.CertificatesThe Certificates portlet allows you to manage certificates on the Viewpoint Server.Certificates are used to help secure communications to and from a Viewpoint server. Youcan install a certificate to secure communication from a browser to the Viewpoint serverand from the Viewpoint server to external servers. You can install a trusted root certificatefor a Certificate Authority to be trusted by the Viewpoint server.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 35
  • 36. About Certificate AuthoritiesCertificate Authorities (CA) issue certificates. To initiate secure communications with anexternal server (e.g., a corporate LDAP server), the Viewpoint server must trust the CA thatissued the certificate of the external server.The root certificates of certain standard CAs are pre-installed on the Viewpoint server andcertificates issued by them are automatically accepted. However, if a non-standard CA issuedthe certificate, then the root certificate of this CA must be installed on the Viewpoint serverfor the certificate to be accepted.You can install the root certificate of a trusted CA from the Certificate Authority view.Installing Trusted Root Certificates1 From the SETUP list, click Certificate Authority.2 Click Install.3 Enter an alias for the Certificate Authority, up to 30 characters.4 Click Browse and select the trusted root certificate.5 Click Install.Deleting Trusted Root Certificates1 From the SETUP list, click Certificate Authority.2 Click next to the certificate you want to delete.3 Click Delete.About HTTPS ConnectionsHTTPS connections are secure connections between a browser and the Viewpoint server. Toenable HTTPS connections, the Viewpoint server needs an identifying certificate thatprovides the public key used to decrypt the information it sends. This certificate may beeither self-signed or signed by a Certificate Authority (CA).To install a new certificate from a CA, you must first generate a Certificate Signing Requestand submit it to a CA for signing. Once you receive the signed certificate from the CA youcan install it.Creating a Self-Signed CertificateA self-signed certificate can provide security for an internal site or serve as a temporarymeasure while a fully authenticated certificate is obtained from a Certificate Authority.Installing a certificate replaces the existing certificate. Once a certificate is replaced, it cannotbe reinstalled.1 From the SETUP list, click HTTPS Config.2 Click Create SSC and enter the certificate information.Chapter 3 System Administration36 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 37. Field DescriptionCommon Name Domain nameOrganizational Unit Business unitOrganization Company nameCity or Locality Company addressState or Province Company addressCountry Company address, 2 charactersExpiration Select an expiration period3 Click Install.Creating a Certificate Signing RequestA signing request is used to obtain an authenticated certificate for the server. Creating andsaving a new signing request replaces a pending request. If a pending request is replaced, thesigned certificate that comes from the request cannot be installed. Once created, the requestmust be submitted to the Certificate Authority to be signed.1 From the SETUP list, click HTTPS Config.2 Click Create CSR and enter the request information.Field DescriptionCommon Name Domain nameOrganizational Unit Business unitOrganization Company nameCity or Locality Company addressState or Province Company addressCountry Company address, 2 characters3 Click Create.4 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.Installing a Signed CertificateAfter obtaining an authenticated certificate from a trusted Certificate Authority, you caninstall the certificate to facilitate secure communications to the Viewpoint server. Installinga certificate replaces the active certificate. Once an active certificate has been replaced, itcannot be reinstalled.1 From the SETUP list, click HTTPS Config.2 Click Install.3 Click Browse.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 37
  • 38. 4 Select the signed certificate.5 Click Install.Deleting Installed CertificatesA certificate can only be installed once.1 From the SETUP list, click HTTPS Config.2 Click next to the certificate you want to delete.3 Click Delete.GeneralThe General portlet allows a Teradata Viewpoint Administrator to set the locale and sessiontimeout for a Teradata Viewpoint server. Users can choose a different locale in the Profileportlet to override the default locale selection.• The locale is used to localize content in the Viewpoint portal. Dates, times, and numbersare displayed in Viewpoint portlets in the format used by the selected locale. If thelanguage pack for the selected locale is installed, then all content appears in the selectedlanguage.For example, the English (US) locale displays content in English and dates in a mm/dd/yy format. If the language pack for the selected locale is not installed, content appears inEnglish and dates, times, and numbers appear in the format for the selected locale.• The session timeout is the length of time a user account can remain idle before beinglogged out of the system. The default setting is one hour and 30 minutes.Setting General Options1 Select a locale from the list.2 Set a session timeout.3 Click Apply.LDAP ServersThe LDAP Servers portlet allows you to configure LDAP servers to authenticate users andassign user roles in Teradata Viewpoint. The LDAP Servers portlet displays the names ofcurrently configured LDAP servers or is empty if an LDAP is not configured.• Use next to SETUPS to add an LDAP server.• Use the order buttons to adjust the evaluation order of the LDAP-server list.• Use next to the server name to delete an LDAP server.Chapter 3 System Administration38 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 39. • Use the dialog box to enable and disable an LDAP server, and configure the LDAP toautomatically validate users against the LDAP directory with the auto-provisioningfeature or assign user roles with the role mapping feature.What Is an LDAP Server?Teradata Viewpoint uses a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server to:• Validate new user information by querying the LDAP for authentication. The bindingoperation authenticates a username and a password.• Automatically create a Teradata Viewpoint username with the auto-provisioning feature.• Automatically assign users to a Teradata Viewpoint role with the Role Mapping feature.Adding an LDAP ServerYou can add an LDAP server to authenticate and assign roles to Teradata Viewpoint users.1 Click next to SETUPS.2 Enter a Nickname for the LDAP server up to 8 characters.3 [Optional] Select the Enabled check box to activate LDAP upon successfully adding theLDAP server to Teradata Viewpoint.4 Enter a URL address.One URL address is required. Use to delete, add, and move up or move down inthe evaluation order.5 Select the Name Matching method from the following options:• Select DN Pattern Bind to specify one or more patterns that represent adistinguished name (DN) in the LDAP directory.• Select User Search to search for a pattern in the base directory or subdirectories:• [Optional] Enter a Service account DN and Service account password to searchwith a specific account.• [Optional] Leave Service account DN and Service account password blank toconnect to the LDAP as an anonymous user.• Enter a Search pattern.• Enter a Search base to specify a base directory for the search pattern.• [Optional] Select the Search extent Recursive scan check box to includesubdirectories of the base directory in the search.• [Optional] Under Search extent, clear the Recursive scan check box to limit thesearch to the specified base directory.6 Configure Key User Information:• Enter the LDAP first name attribute.• Enter the LDAP last name attribute.• Enter the LDAP email attribute.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 39
  • 40. Every user has an email address. This default email domain is used if a valid emailaddress is not found in the LDAP directory during auto-provisioning.7 [Optional] Test your settings:a Click Test to display the LDAP test panel.b Enter a Test username and Test password.c Click Run.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.8 [Optional] Configure Auto-Provisioning:a [Optional] Select the Turn on auto-provisioning check box to automatically validateusers against the LDAP directory.b Select a role from the Automatically assign these roles menu. You can add orremove roles.c Enter a Default email domain to provide a notification email address.Every user has an email address. This default email domain is used if a valid emailaddress is not found in the LDAP directory during auto-provisioning.9 If the group role mapping method is specified, configure Role Mapping:a Enter a Group search base.b [Optional] Select the Group search subtree check box to include subtree directoriesduring the binding process.c Enter a Group attribute name.d [Optional] Click Add Role Mapping to add attribute or group settings so that youcan assign another role.10 Click Apply.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.About Role MappingIn Teradata Viewpoint, users are assigned roles to organize and control their access toportlets, metrics, and features. You can use the Roles Manager portlet to assign permissionsto the roles. During the process of adding an LDAP configuration to Teradata Viewpoint, theoptional Role Mapping section in the LDAP Servers portlet allows you to assign a roleautomatically to auto-provisioned users.Use role mapping to:• Assign roles for a new user.• Add roles that were assigned to the user since the last user login.• Remove roles that were removed since the last user login.Chapter 3 System Administration40 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 41. Consider the following:• Only roles already defined using the Roles Manager portlet can be mapped.• The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can change a role at any time using the RolesManager portlet.Role Mapping Use CasesIn the following use cases, the LDAP value represents the distinguished name (DN) of agroup. When the Type is Attribute, the attribute name field represents the user attributewhere the group DN is stored. When the Type is Group, the group attribute name field isused for mapping and represents the group attribute where the user DN is stored.The first use case assigns users to a Teradata Viewpoint role based on an attribute of theusers record in LDAP. Assume you have a user with the following record in LDAP:dn: cn=User1,ou=Users,dc=teradata,dc=commemberOf: cn=USA,ou=Groups,dc=teradata,dc=comIn this case, the Group attribute name field is not relevant. To map User1 to the TeradataViewpoint role US Users, create the following role mapping:• Type = Attribute• Attribute name = memberOf• LDAP value = cn=USA,ou=Groups,dc=teradata,dc=com• Viewpoint role = US UsersThe second use case assigns users to a Teradata Viewpoint role based on membership inan LDAP group with the following structure:dn: cn=DBAs,ou=Groups,dc=teradata,dc=comuniqueMember: cn=User2,ou=Users,dc=teradata,dc=comIn this case, set the Group attribute name field to uniqueMember. To map User2 to theTeradata Viewpoint role DBAs, create the following role mapping:• Type = Group• LDAP value = cn=DBAs,ou=Groups,dc=teradata,dc=com• Viewpoint role = DBAsManaged ServersA managed server is a server in a Teradata cabinet that is monitored by the same Teradataserver management solution used to monitor TPA nodes. A managed server might be usedfor storage, backup, or housing data collectors that provide portlet information and metricdata. Teradata Viewpoint monitors managed servers for system-level metrics and collectsinformation for Teradata Viewpoint portlets.The Managed Servers portlet displays the names of currently configured managed servers oris empty if no managed server is configured. Use next to SERVERS to add a managedserver. Use the dialog box to delete, enable, and disable a managed server for use by theTeradata Viewpoint Data Collection Service (DCS).Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 41
  • 42. Adding a Managed ServerYou can add a managed server to Teradata Viewpoint. After a managed server is defined inTeradata Viewpoint, you can test the configuration settings and enable the managed serverfor use by the Data Collection Service (DCS).1 Click next to SERVERS.2 [Optional] Select the Server enabled check box to activate the managed server for theDCS.3 Enter values for these required fields:• Managed Server Name up to eight characters.• Hostname is the managed server IP address or domain name.• Login is the user name and password.The default values only need to be changed if you change the login and password settingsduring the installation of TMS Monitor.4 Do any of the following:• Click Test to verify that the login settings are correct.• Click Apply to update the managed server.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again. If you are unable to enable ordisable the managed server, contact the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.Deleting a Managed ServerYou can delete a Teradata Viewpoint managed server. This is a permanent procedure thatdiffers from disabling the managed server from the Data Collection Service.1 From the SERVERS list, click the managed server name you want to remove.2 In the dialog box, click Delete Server.A confirmation message appears.3 Click OK.Enabling or Disabling a Managed ServerAfter a managed server is defined in Teradata Viewpoint, you can enable it for use by theData Collection Service (DCS) or disable it.1 From the SERVERS list, click the managed server name you want to update.2 Do one of the following:• Select the Server enabled check box to activate a managed server.• Clear the Server enabled check box to disable a managed server.When disabled, the DCS does not use the managed server. Any existing data about themanaged server can still be viewed.Chapter 3 System Administration42 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 43. 3 Do any of the following:• Click Test to verify that the login settings are correct.• Click Apply to update the managed server.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again. If you are unable to enable ordisable the managed server, contact the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.Portlet LibraryThe Portlet Library allows you to enable or disable portlets globally. This setting takesprecedence over every other portlet permission level.The Manage Existing Portlets view allows you to manage the installed portlets, which aregrouped by category. Details about portlets are also provided:• Parent portlet name• Version number• Publisher name• Bundle name• Installation date• Whether the portlet is enabled• Whether the portlet can be deletedPortlets in the Admin category display N/A in the ENABLE column. These portlets cannotbe disabled and are included in the view only to provide version information.A shared portlet is a user-defined version of a portlet. The Parent Portlet column identifiesthe original portlet before its customization as a shared portlet. Only portlets in the SharedPortlet category can be deleted.Enabling or Disabling PortletsThe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can use the Portlet Library to enable or disableinstalled portlets for Teradata Viewpoint user access.1 In the Manage Existing Portlets dialog box, click a name to expand a category.2 For each installed portlet, do one of the following:• Enable the portlet by selecting the corresponding check box.• Disable the portlet by clearing the corresponding check box.You can enable all the portlets by clicking the ENABLE column heading. Portlets in theAdmin category display N/A in the ENABLE column. These portlets cannot be disabledand are included in the view only to provide version information.3 Click Apply.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 43
  • 44. Deleting a Shared PortletThe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can use the Portlet Library to delete a shared portletso Teradata Viewpoint users can no longer access it.1 In the Manage Existing Portlets dialog box, click Shared to expand the category.2 Click under the DELETE column that corresponds to the shared portlet you want todelete.A confirmation message appears.3 Click OK.The portlet name no longer appears in the Add Content menu in the portal, and theportlet is no longer available to Teradata Viewpoint users. Existing instances of a sharedportlet on a portal page remain on the page. However, a warning message appears if auser tries to access the portlet.Query Group SetupThe Query Group Setup portlet allows the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator to manage thesets of queries that are available to users in the Query Groups portlet. You can create querygroups based on a set of criteria, assign users that can access the group, and delete querygroups.Creating a Query GroupCreate a query group in the Query Group Setup portlet to allow users to view their mostrelevant queries in the Query Groups portlet. You create a query group to filter the queriesthat are displayed and limit the users that have access to the group.1 Select a system from the list of enabled systems.A system cannot be changed after you create a query group.2 Click next to GROUPS.3 Enter a query group name up to 30 characters.4 [Optional] Enter a description up to 256 characters.5 In the Criteria tab, do one of the following:Chapter 3 System Administration44 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 45. • Select Every criteria below to match at least one value in each defined sub-tab.Criteria on each sub-tab are joined by AND.• Select Any criteria below to match at least one value in one or more of the definedsub-tabs. Criteria on each sub-tab are joined by OR.6 Select a criteria from the Add Criteria list.7 [Optional] For account string, username, or workload name criteria, do any of thefollowing:• In the Match string box, type a value to dynamically define criteria, and click tomove it to the Selected box. The value can contain ? to match exactly one character inthe position it occupies, * to match zero or more characters, or = at the beginning ofthe string to match alpha and numeric characters literally.• In the Match string box, type a value to filter the list of available values.• Select a value from the Available box and click to move it to the Selected box.8 [Optional] For Query Band criteria, do any of the following:• Select a query band name from the list and a value from the Available values box,and click to move it to the Selected box.• Type a custom query band name and value pair, and then click to move it to theSelected box.9 In the Access tab, do any of the following:• In the User list filter box, type a value to filter the list of available users. The valuecan contain ? to match exactly one character in the position it occupies, * to matchzero or more characters, or = at the beginning of the string to match alpha andnumeric characters literally.• In the Available users box, select one or more Viewpoint users and click to moveit to the Selected users box.• In the Available roles box, select one or more Viewpoint roles and click to moveit to the Selected roles box.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 45
  • 46. 10 [Optional] Click Reset to clear the query group name, description, and the selections onthe Criteria and Access tabs.11 Click Apply.Viewing Query GroupsThe Query Group Setup portlet allows you to view the query groups that have been createdfor enabled systems. If a system is disabled in the Teradata Systems portlet, it does notappear in the Query Group Setup portlet; however, the defined criteria is retained.1 Select a system to view query groups related to that system.2 [Optional] Click a row in the query group list to see the details for that group.Editing a Query GroupEdit a query group when criteria or users require updating or if a user changes roles.If a system is disabled in the Teradata Systems portlet, it does not appear in the QueryGroup Setup portlet; however, the defined criteria is retained.1 Select the system associated with the query group.2 Click a row in the list for the query group you want to edit.3 [Optional] Enter a new name or change the description.4 [Optional] In the Criteria tab, do one of the following:• Select Every criteria below to match at least one value in each defined sub-tab.Criteria on each sub-tab are joined by AND.• Select Any criteria below to match at least one value in one or more of the definedsub-tabs. Criteria on each sub-tab are joined by OR.5 For each criteria you select, do any of the following:• Edit the criteria.• Click to delete the criteria and associated values.• Select unnecessary or obsolete criteria from the Selected box and click Remove.6 In the Access tab, edit the list of Viewpoint users and roles that can view the querygroup.7 [Optional] Click Reset to revert the query group name and description, and any changesmade in the Criteria or Access tabs to the previously applied values.8 Click Apply.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Chapter 3 System Administration46 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 47. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_=Cat?CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?Deleting a Query GroupDelete a query group when it is no longer useful.1 Select a system.2 Click on the row of the query group you want to delete.Roles ManagerThe Roles Manager portlet allows the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator to assignpermissions efficiently by creating classes of users called roles.The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can perform the following tasks:• Add and configure new roles• Edit the configuration and settings of existing and default roles• Copy roles, saving time in creating new roles• Enable or disable portlets for a role.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 47
  • 48. • Delete roles that are no longer neededAbout RolesTeradata Viewpoint includes preconfigured roles that cannot be removed from TeradataViewpoint. Change the following roles according to your needs:AdministratorThis role has all permissions and can be assigned to any account. It is recommendedthat this role be used only by the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.UserThis role is assigned to every Teradata Viewpoint user. It is recommended that thisrole be set with no permissions.TD_SE (Teradata Solution Engineer)This role is intended for the Teradata Solution Engineer when they need access tosystem health and metrics. It is recommended that you enable or disable this role,but do not reconfigure it.TD_TSS (Teradata Technical Support Specialist)This role is intended for the Teradata Technical Support Specialist when they needaccess to your system SQL. It is recommended that you enable or disable this role,but do not reconfigure it.It is recommended that you copy Administrator and User to configure new roles withpartial permissions that are appropriate to all users in that role. Each role you create controlsaccess to specific systems, portlets, metrics, preferences, and permissions in portlets.Example RolesThe following examples show how roles can be defined to manage portlet usage and controlpermissions within Teradata Viewpoint.AppDBAThe AppDBA role is defined for users that are application DBAs. The rewind feature andsome portlets are enabled for this role so users can review graphs in the Productivityportlet.AcctDeptThe AcctDept role is defined for all users in the Accounting Department. Some portletsare enabled for this role. These users are granted permissions so they can edit all calendarevents in the Calendar portlet and access the My Queries portlet to monitor their queries.OpDBAThe OpDBA role is defined for users that are operations DBAs. The rewind feature and allportlets are enabled for this role so users can monitor performance trends. Users in theChapter 3 System Administration48 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 49. OpDBA role access the Workload Monitor portlet to track Teradata Database requestarrivals and completions.About the Roles Manager ViewThe Roles Manager view allows the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator to manage rolesefficiently, including assigning users to roles, and granting permissions to roles. After a roleis created, you can customize the role using the following tabs:GeneralEnable or disable a role, and select the systems available to that role.UsersSearch for users and add them to, or remove them from, the list of users assigned tothe selected role.PortletsEnable or disable portlets for a role. This tab can also be used to configure defaultsettings per portlet, per role.NotificationsEnable or disable notifications for a role. The notifications appear in the TeradataViewpoint portal.MetricsSelect the metrics to display per metric, per system.PermissionsControl whether users in this role can set their own preferences and sharecustomized versions of the portlet with other users, and configure which portletfeatures the role can access.Note: The SET PREFS check box is only available for portlets that have aPREFERENCES view.Adding a RoleYou can add a role and assign one or more Teradata Database systems to the role.1 From the Roles Manager view, click Add Role.An Add role dialog box appears with the General tab selected (default).2 Under Name, enter a new name for the role, up to 25 characters.You can use alphanumeric characters and underscore (_), but no space.3 Under Description, use the default or enter a new description, up to 255 characters.4 [Optional] Under Role State, do one of the following:• Leave the Role State as is.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 49
  • 50. • Select Enabled to enable the role for configuration and adding users, and activate therole for use with Teradata Viewpoint.• Select Disabled to enable the role for configuration and adding users, but disable therole for use with Teradata Viewpoint.5 [Optional] Under Rewind State, do one of the following:• Leave the Rewind State as is.• Select Enabled to grant permission to this role to use the rewind feature, whenavailable.• Select Disabled to deny permission for this role to use the rewind feature.6 [Optional] Under Shared Page Administration State, do one of the following:• Leave Shared Pages Administration State as is.• Select Enabled to grant permission to this role to administer shared pages.• Select Disabled to deny permission for this role to administer shared pages.7 [Optional] Under Enable Systems For Role, do one of the following:• Leave the currently selected Teradata Database systems as is.• Select new Teradata Database systems the selected role is authorized to access.• Click the Enable Systems For Role column heading to select all check boxes for theTeradata Database systems.Note: You can click the column heading again to clear all check boxes.Editing a RoleYou can edit a role, but you cannot change the name of an existing role. To change the name,you must either add a new role or copy the role, and then change the role name.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.A dialog box appears with the current information for the selected role.2 Under Description, use the default or enter a new description, up to 255 characters.3 [Optional] Under Role State, do one of the following:• Leave the Role State as is.• Select Enabled to enable the role for configuration and adding users, and activate therole for use with Teradata Viewpoint.• Select Disabled to enable the role for configuration and adding users, but disable therole for use with Teradata Viewpoint.4 [Optional] Under Rewind State, do one of the following:• Leave the Rewind State as is.• Select Enabled to grant permission to this role to use the rewind feature, whenavailable.• Select Disabled to deny permission for this role to use the rewind feature.5 [Optional] Under Shared Page Administration State, do one of the following:• Leave Shared Pages Administration State as is.Chapter 3 System Administration50 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 51. • Select Enabled to grant permission to this role to administer shared pages.• Select Disabled to deny permission for this role to administer shared pages.6 [Optional] Under Enable Systems For Role, do one of the following:• Leave the currently selected Teradata Database systems as is.• Select new Teradata Database systems the selected role is authorized to access.• Click the Enable Systems For Role column heading to select all check boxes for theTeradata Database systems.Note: You can click the column heading again to clear all check boxes.Copying a RoleWhen a role is copied, all settings on all tabs are inherited from the original role, except forthe Name field on the General tab. When the Administrator role is copied, all informationon all tabs is copied. However, the copied role does not have administrative privileges anddoes not have an Admin menu on the portal.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click Copy Role.A dialog box appears with the General tab selected.3 Under Name, enter a new name for the role, up to 25 characters.You can use alphanumeric characters and underscore (_), but no space.4 Under Description, use the default or enter a new description, up to 255 characters.5 [Optional] Under Role State, do one of the following:• Leave the Role State as is.• Select Enabled to enable the role for configuration and adding users, and activate therole for use with Teradata Viewpoint.• Select Disabled to enable the role for configuration and adding users, but disable therole for use with Teradata Viewpoint.6 [Optional] Under Rewind State, do one of the following:• Leave the Rewind State as is.• Select Enabled to grant permission to this role to use the rewind feature, whenavailable.• Select Disabled to deny permission for this role to use the rewind feature.7 [Optional] Under Shared Page Administration State, do one of the following:• Leave Shared Pages Administration State as is.• Select Enabled to grant permission to this role to administer shared pages.• Select Disabled to deny permission for this role to administer shared pages.8 [Optional] Under Enable Systems For Role, do one of the following:• Leave the currently selected Teradata Database systems as is.• Select new Teradata Database systems the selected role is authorized to access.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 51
  • 52. • Click the Enable Systems For Role column heading to select all check boxes for theTeradata Database systems.Note: You can click the column heading again to clear all check boxes.Deleting a RoleYou can delete a role. After a role is deleted, it cannot be restored. This action affects all usersassigned to the role.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click Delete Role.A confirmation message appears.3 Click OK.The deleted role is removed from the list.Assigning Users to a RoleYou can search for users and assign them to a role.If auto-provisioning is in use, a default role is automatically assigned to new users the firsttime they log on. User is generally the default assignment.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click the Users tab.The users list appears and includes two panes. The left pane lists all Teradata Viewpointsystem users. The right pane lists users already assigned to the selected role. In the leftpane, the names of users already assigned to the selected role are dimmed.3 [Optional] Search for a user:a Select a filter from the list.b Enter the search criteria in the contains field.c Click Find.The AVAILABLE USERS list displays only users meeting the search criteria.4 Select one or more users from the left pane.Press Ctrl while selecting additional names to select multiple users.5 Click .The selected users are assigned to the role. Selected user names are copied to the rightpane and are dimmed in the left pane.6 Click Apply.Chapter 3 System Administration52 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 53. Removing Users from a RoleYou can remove users from a role.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click the Users tab.The users list appears and includes two panes. The left pane lists all Teradata Viewpointsystem users. The right pane lists users already assigned to the selected role. In the leftpane, the names of users already assigned to the selected role are dimmed.3 Select one or more users from the right pane.You can select multiple users by holding the CRTL key and clicking additional names.4 Click .The selected users are removed from the role. The names no longer appear in the rightpane and are no longer dimmed in the left pane.5 Click Apply.Portlet Preferences and PermissionsThe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can set permissions for a role to access portlets,preferences, and tabs. Higher level permissions override lower level permissions.Portlet AccessThis option is the highest permission level for portlet access and gives this roleaccess to the entire portlet. To grant a role access to this portlet from the AddContent menu, select the ENABLE FOR ROLE check box from the Portlets tab.Preferences AccessThis option is the highest permission level for preferences and gives this role accessto change all preferences in this portlet. To grant a role access to thePREFERENCES view, select the SET PREFS check box from the Permissions tab.Note: The SET PREFS check box is only available for portlets that have aPREFERENCES view.Tab AccessThis option is the lowest permission level for preferences and denies this role accessto tabs in the PREFERENCES view. To deny a role from using any tab in thePREFERENCES view, select the Disable User Preferences for tab name globallycheck box from the Portlets tab by clicking under CONFIGURE DEFAULTS.Enabling Portlets for a RoleYou can enable portlets for a role so they appear in the Add Content menu.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click the Portlets tab.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 53
  • 54. 3 For the selected role, do one of the following:• Select the portlets to enable in each category.• Click the ENABLE FOR ROLE column heading to enable all portlets for the role.4 Click Apply.Enabling Notifications for a RoleTeradata Viewpoint uses notifications to communicate the status of Viewpoint operations.Notifications are displayed in the Teradata Viewpoint portal for 72 hours from the last statuschange.You can enable notifications to provide status of data migration and cluster setup. Datamigration notifications may display after a major upgrade when data is migrated to a newformat. Migration begins with the newest data. Cluster setup notifications may display whenthe Teradata System Administrator sets up or recovers a Teradata Viewpoint cluster after apromotion.You can enable notifications for any role. The User role has data migration notificationenabled by default. The Administrator, TD_SE, and TD_TSS roles have data migration andcluster setup notifications enabled by default. These notifications are not enabled by defaultfor any other roles.The data migration notification displays information about:• Percentage of migration completed• Earliest available date for migrated data• If the migration failed or completedThe cluster setup notification displays information about:• Percentage of cluster setup completed• If the setup failed or completed1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click the Notifications tab.3 For the role, do one of the following:• Select the notifications to enable individually.• Click the ENABLE FOR ROLE column heading to enable all notifications for therole.4 Click Apply.Configuring Default Portlet SettingsYou can configure default portlet settings for a role. The settings you configure become thedefault settings in the PREFERENCES view for each portlet. You can disable userpreferences if you do not want the PREFERENCES view to appear in a portlet, requiring theusers to accept the default settings you configured.Chapter 3 System Administration54 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 55. If a user is assigned to multiple roles, the role with the highest priority determines whichsettings are applied to a portlet. For example, if a user is assigned the roles of Administratorthen User, the Administrator settings apply to each instance of the portlet.Shared portlets are preconfigured using an instance of a portlet and cannot be configuredusing the Roles Manager portlet.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click the Portlets tab.3 Click for the portlet you want to configure.4 Click Apply.Granting Metric Permissions for a RoleYou can grant permissions for metrics by role. The metric permissions granted to a roleapply to the following portlets only:• Capacity Heatmap• Metrics Analysis• Metrics Graph• Todays Statistics1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click the Metrics tab.A dialog box appears displaying the metrics categories and each Teradata Databasesystem name.3 Select the metrics for each available Teradata Database system that you want users in theselected role to see by doing any of the following:• Click the top check box in a column to select or clear all check boxes for a categoryfor all systems.• Click the system name at the left of the row to select or clear all check boxes for thatsystem.• Click a check box to select or clear that category for that system.4 Click Apply.Granting Portlet Permissions for a RoleYou can enable specific features of a portlet by system and role.1 From the Roles Manager view, select a role from the list.2 Click the Permissions tab.3 Select a portlet from the Select portlet list.The Permissions dialog box displays a list of the available systems and options.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 55
  • 56. 4 Select the permissions you want to grant to the selected role for each available TeradataDatabase system by doing any of the following:• Select the SET PREFS check box to allow users to set their own preferences.• Select the SHARE PORTLET check box to allow users to share customized versionsof the portlet with other users.• Click the top check box in a column to select or clear all check boxes for a category forall systems.• Click the system name at the left of the row to select or clear all check boxes for thatsystem.• Click a check box to select or clear that category for that system.5 Click Apply.Portlet PermissionsThe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can grant access to portlet views using thePermissions tab. You must select the parent view setting for dependent child views todisplay.Permission Name Description Dependency Portlets Displaying SettingSET PREFS Enables role access to set their ownpreferences in this portlet. Afterthis setting is enabled, the user canclick in the portlet.The SET PREFS check box is onlyavailable for portlets that have aPREFERENCES view.SHARE PORTLET Enables role to share customizedversions of the portlet with otherusers. After this setting is enabled,the user can click in the portlet.The SHARE PORTLET check box isonly available for portlets that can beshared.ABORT HOST Enables role access to the AbortHost console utility.Remote ConsoleABORT QUERY Enables role access to the menuin the summary view to abortqueries.My Queries, Query Groups, QueryMonitor, Workload MonitorACCOUNT Enables role to select By AccountString in the SELECT REPORTdialog box.• VIEWSUMMARYQuery MonitorACCOUNTDRILLDOWNEnables role access to a table of allsessions for each account.• VIEWSUMMARY• ACCOUNTQuery MonitorADD SPACE Enables role to reallocatepermanent disk space from oneTeradata Database to another.Space UsageALL SESSIONSREPORTEnables role to select By Session >All in the SELECT REPORTdialog box for Teradata Database.Query MonitorChapter 3 System Administration56 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 57. Permission Name Description Dependency Portlets Displaying SettingEnables role to select By Sessionin the SELECT REPORT dialogbox for Teradata Aster.ALLOCATION GRID Enables role access to the CylinderAllocation by Temperature andGrade view.TVS MonitorCHANGE PRIORITY Enables role access to the menuin the summary view allowing roleto change the priority of a query orsession.My Queries, Query Groups, QueryMonitor, Workload MonitorCHANGE STATE Enables role to change a state. Application Health, Ecosystem Health,Process Health, Table HealthCHANGE WORKLOAD Enables role access to the menuin the summary view to change theworkload of a query or session.My Queries, Query Groups, QueryMonitor, Workload MonitorCHECKTABLE Enables role access to the CheckTable console utility.Remote ConsoleCLEAR ALERT Enables role to clear an alert for acomponent, process, or resource.Ecosystem Health, Log Viewer, ProcessHealthCLEAR SYNCCONDITIONEnables role to clear the synccondition.Table HealthCONFIGURE Enables role access to theConfigure console utility.Remote ConsoleCREATE EVENT Enables role to create calendarevents.CalendarCURRENTDISTRIBUTIONEnables role access to the CylinderDistribution by Grade view.TVS MonitorDATABASE Enables role to select By Databasein the SELECT REPORT dialogbox for Teradata Aster.• VIEWSUMMARYQuery MonitorDATABASEDRILLDOWNEnables role access to session bydatabase details for TeradataAster.• VIEWSUMMARY• ASTERDATABASEQuery MonitorDBS CONTROL Enables role access to the DBSControl console utility.Remote ConsoleEDIT ANY EVENT Enables role to edit any events,including events created by otherusers.CalendarEDIT OWN EVENT Enables role to only edit their owncalendar events.CalendarEDIT RULESETS Enables role to edit rulesets. Workload DesignerChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 57
  • 58. Permission Name Description Dependency Portlets Displaying SettingENABLE PARTIALSIZEEnables role access to run SQLqueries on the system to retrieveand calculate the precise size of apartial table, a table with aWHERE clause. Affects partialtable size only.Data MoverFERRET Enables role access to the Ferretconsole utility.Remote ConsoleGATEWAY GLOBAL Enables role access to the GatewayGlobal console utility.Remote ConsoleGET EXPLAIN FROMDBEnables a single query refreshoption. Allows the user to view thelatest Explain steps retrieved fromthe database.Query Groups, Query MonitorHISTORICALDISTRIBUTIONEnables role access to theHistorical Cylinder Distributionby Grade view.TVS MonitorLOCK DISPLAY Enables role access to the LockDisplay console utility.Remote ConsoleMY CRITERIA Enables role to select By Session >My Criteria in the SELECTREPORT dialog box.Query MonitorOPERATOR CONSOLE Enables role access to the OperatorConsole console utility.Remote ConsolePARTITIONDRILLDOWNEnables role to select a utility fromthe NAME column in the utilityview to see all sessions for theselected utility.• VIEWSUMMARY• UTILITYQuery MonitorPRIORITYSCHEDULEREnables role access to the PriorityScheduler console utility.Remote ConsoleQUERYCONFIGURATIONEnables role access to the QueryConfiguration console utility.Remote ConsoleQUERY SESSION Enables role access to the QuerySession console utility.Remote ConsoleRECOVERYMANAGEREnables role access to the RecoveryManager console utility.Remote ConsoleRELEASE QUERY Enables role access to the menuin the summary view to release aquery that is in the delay queueand waiting to run.My Queries, Query Groups, QueryMonitor, Workload MonitorSESSION DRILLDOWN Enables role to view details of eachsession from the Account String,Session, User, or Utility reports.• VIEWSUMMARY• ACCOUNTQuery MonitorChapter 3 System Administration58 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 59. Permission Name Description Dependency Portlets Displaying Setting• ACCOUNTDRILLDOWN• ALL• MY CRITERIA• USER• USERDRILLDOWN• UTILITY• PARTITIONDRILLDOWNSHOW LOCKS Enables role access to the ShowLocks console utility.Remote ConsoleSPACE BY DATABASE Enables role to select By Databasein the SELECT REPORT dialogbox.Space UsageSPACE BY NODE Enables role to select By Node inthe SELECT REPORT dialog boxfor Teradata Aster.Space UsageSPACE BY TABLE Enables role access to the detailsview with a list of tables in eachdatabase.Space UsageSPACE BY VPROC Enables role to select By Vproc inthe SELECT REPORT dialog boxfor Teradata Database.Space UsageTERADATA DWM Enables role access to the TeradataDWM Dump console utility.Remote ConsoleUPDATE SPACE Enables role access to the UpdateSpace console utility.Remote ConsoleUSER Enables role to select By User inthe SELECT REPORT dialog box.• VIEWSUMMARYQuery MonitorUSER DRILLDOWN Enables role access to sessiondetails for that user.• VIEWSUMMARY• USERQuery MonitorUTILITY Enables role to select By Utility inthe SELECT REPORT dialog boxfor Teradata Database.• VIEWSUMMARYQuery MonitorVIEW ALERT DETAIL Enables role access to the detailsview.Alert ViewerVIEW BLOCK Enables role to see that a query isblocked. The Blocked By tab isvisible, but contains no details.• VIEWSUMMARYSQL ScratchpadVIEW BLOCKDETAILSEnables role access to the contentof the Blocked By tab.• VIEWSUMMARYSQL ScratchpadChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 59
  • 60. Permission Name Description Dependency Portlets Displaying Setting• VIEW BLOCKVIEW BLOCKED BY Enables role access to the BlockedBy tab.• VIEWSUMMARY• SESSIONDRILLDOWNMy Queries, Query Groups, QueryMonitor, Query Spotlight, WorkloadMonitorVIEW CANARYQUERYEnables role to view canaryqueries in the summary view.Canary Response Times, ProductivityVIEW DBQL METRICS Enables role to view the QueriesPer Hour metrics.ProductivityVIEW DELAY Enables role access to the Delaytab.• VIEWSUMMARY• SESSIONDRILLDOWNMy Queries, Query Groups, QueryMonitor, Workload MonitorVIEW DETAIL Enables role access to the detailsview.• VIEWSUMMARYAster Completed Processes, Aster NodeMonitor, My Queries, Query Groups,Query Spotlight, System Health,Workload Health, Workload MonitorVIEW EXPLAIN Enables role access to the Explaintab containing the confidence levelindicator.• VIEWSUMMARY• SESSIONDRILLDOWNAster Completed Processes, My Queries,Query Groups, Query Monitor, QuerySpotlight, Workload MonitorVIEW EXPLAINSIMPLEEnables role access to the Explaintab.• VIEWSUMMARYSQL ScratchpadVIEW NODES Enables role access to thesummary view to see nodes.Node ResourcesVIEW NODE DETAIL Enables role access to the detailsview to see nodes.• VIEWSUMMARY• VIEW NODESNode ResourcesVIEW QUERY BAND Enables role access to the QueryBand tab.• VIEWSUMMARY• SESSIONDRILLDOWNMy Queries, Query Groups, QueryMonitor, Query Spotlight, WorkloadMonitorVIEW RULESETS Enables role to view rulesets. Workload DesignerVIEW SKEW Enables role to view the Skew tab. • VIEWSUMMARY• SESSIONDRILLDOWNQuery Monitor• VIEWSUMMARY• VIEWDETAILMy Queries, Query Groups, WorkloadMonitorChapter 3 System Administration60 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 61. Permission Name Description Dependency Portlets Displaying SettingVIEW SQL Enables role access to the SQL tab. • VIEWSUMMARY• SESSIONDRILLDOWNAster Completed Processes, My Queries,Query Groups, Query Monitor, QuerySpotlight, Workload MonitorVIEW STATISTICS Enables role access to see statisticsin the TODAYS STATISTICSview.Todays StatisticsVIEW SUMMARY Enables role access to thesummary view.Aster Completed Processes, Aster NodeMonitor, Canary Response Times, DataLabs, Data Mover Elastic Performance,Lab Group Setup, Lock Viewer, MyQueries, Node Resources, Productivity,Query Groups, Query Monitor, QuerySpotlight, Remote Console, Space Usage,SQL Scratchpad, System Health, TVSMonitor, Viewpoint Monitoring,Workload Health, Workload MonitorVIEW VPROCS Enables role access to thesummary view to see vprocs.Node ResourcesVIEW VPROC DETAIL Enables role access to the detailsview to see vprocs.• VIEWSUMMARY• VIEWVPROCSNode ResourcesVPROC MANAGER Enables role access to the VprocManager console utility.Remote ConsoleShared PagesThe Shared Pages portlet provides an overview of the shared pages for a role and allows youto configure and delete shared portal pages. As the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator, youcreate one or more shared pages that contain the portlets, systems, and settings the role usesmost frequently. A shared page can only be assigned to one role and inherits the permissionsof the role. Multiple shared pages can be assigned to a role. You can copy and rename anexisting shared page and assign it to a different role than the original.You determine how the portlets appear on the user portal page. If no restrictions are put ona shared page, a user can perform all the same page functions as a normal page. If youdesignate a shared page as read-only or mandatory, you restrict the user to the way youcreated the page.When you enable the Shared Pages Administration State for a role in the Roles Managerportlet, that role can create, select, and preview shared pages for any role of which they are amember. The Administrator role is an exception and can create, select, and preview sharedpages for all roles.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 61
  • 62. About Shared Page ControlsYou can access shared page controls from several locations.The shared page controls, accessed by clicking , are listed below.Control DescriptionPublish Adds the page to the Shared Pages portlet.When an enabled page is published, it is made available to the users in therole assigned to the page.Properties Opens the PROPERTIES dialog box.Copy Creates an exact copy of the shared page and opens the PROPERTIESdialog box so the page can be uniquely named.Edit Unlocks the read-only and mandatory shared page for editing. You canchange the portlets and systems.Close Removes the shared page and tab from the portal. The page can be addedagain from the Add Content menu.The PROPERTIES dialog box controls, accessed by clicking and selecting Properties orfor a new shared page, are listed below.Control DescriptionEnable page Adds the non-mandatory page to the Add Content menu.Read-only Prevents the user from adding portlets, or making changes to the content,layout or page name of the shared page. The shared page can be addedfrom the Add Content menu and deleted from the portal.Mandatory Same as read-only, except the shared page is present in the user portal at alltimes. The shared page cannot be added from the Add Content menu ordeleted from the portal.Show first time userlogs inDisplays the page when a new Viewpoint user logs on for the first time as amember of the role.Chapter 3 System Administration62 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 63. Control DescriptionIf selected, the shared pages display alphabetically as a group for each roleif a user has multiple roles. For example, the first group displays pages 1, 2,and 3 for role A. the next group displays pages 1, 2, and 3 for role B.The Shared Pages portlet controls, accessed from the Shared Pages portlet, are listed below.Control DescriptionEdit Click a page name to edit the shared page. You can edit the page name,description, tooltip, and other property controls. You cannot change rolesor portlets.Delete Deletes the page from the Shared Pages portlet. Removes the page fromthe Add Content menu for users in this role, and removes the mandatorypage from the portal when the user logs on or refreshes the page.About Read-Only and Mandatory Shared PagesYou can restrict what a user can do by making a shared page read-only or mandatory.Read-only prevents a user from adding portlets, or making changes to the content, layout orname of the shared page. However, the user can add a page from the Add Content menuand delete the page from the portal. Read-only pages can only be added once to the portal.Mandatory pages are present in the user portal at all times. The restrictions are the same asread-only pages, except the user cannot add a mandatory shared page from the AddContent menu or delete the page from the portal.When you update a read-only or mandatory shared page, the change is visible in the userportal after the page is refreshed. Any changes the user made to the page are overwritten.When a user is removed from a role, a read-only shared page remains in the portal until theuser deletes it. However, a mandatory shared page is removed from the portal when the userlogs on or refreshes the page.Creating a Shared PageCreate a shared page when you want a role to use specific portlets, systems, and settings. Thepage content displays with the permissions of the assigned role. You can add portlets andchange settings any time after you create a shared page. You must publish the shared pagefor the user to see your changes.1 In the portal task bar, click and select Add Shared Page.2 Enter the new page name up to 30 characters.Page names must be unique.3 Select a role to assign to the page from the menu.A role cannot be changed after you create a page. Only roles that you have permission tosee are displayed in the menu.4 [Optional] Add a description up to 500 characters.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 63
  • 64. The description appears in the Shared Pages portlet.5 [Optional] Add a tooltip up to 100 characters.The tooltip appears when the user mouses over the page name in the tab.6 [Optional] Clear the Enable page check box to prevent users in this role from accessingthe non-mandatory page from the Add Content menu.The Enable page check box is selected by default which adds the non-mandatory page tothe Add Content menu for this role after the page is published.7 [Optional] Select the Read-only check box to prevent users in this role from addingportlets, or making changes to the content, layout or page name of the shared page.8 [Optional] Select the Mandatory check box to make the shared page present in the userportal at all times.9 [Optional] Select the Show first time user logs in check box to display the page the firsttime a new Viewpoint user logs on.10 Click OK.The new page appears and becomes the active page.11 Select one of the following:Option DescriptionRole: role name Preview how the page appears to the user in the role for which the page wascreated. You must publish with this option selected.All my roles Preview how the page appears to a user with all my roles.12 [Optional] Add portlets or change the portlet settings and preferences.13 [Optional] Click in the page tab and select Publish to distribute your changes and addthe page to the Shared Pages portlet.14 [Optional] Select the shared page from the Add Content menu to see a preview of howthe page appears to the user in the role.15 [Optional] Click in the page tab and select Close to close the preview.Copying a Shared PageCopy a shared page when the majority of the page characteristics are applicable to anotherrole. For example, you can copy a shared page and change the portlet types, add moreportlets, and change systems or preferences for users in another role.To change the role, you must copy a shared page, and then delete the old shared page.1 Click the page name to make it the active page.2 Click in the page tab and select Copy.3 Enter the new page name up to 30 characters.Page names must be unique.4 Select a role to assign to the page from the menu.Chapter 3 System Administration64 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 65. Only roles that you have permission to see are displayed in the menu.5 [Optional] Add a description up to 500 characters.The description appears in the Shared Pages portlet.6 [Optional] Add a tooltip up to 100 characters.The tooltip appears when the user mouses over the page name in the tab.7 [Optional] Do one of the following:• Select the Enable page check box to add the non-mandatory page to the AddContent menu for users in this role after the page is published.• Clear the Enable page check box to prevent users in this role from accessing the non-mandatory page from the Add Content menu.8 [Optional] Select the Read-only check box to prevent users in this role from addingportlets, or making changes to the content, layout or page name of the shared page.9 [Optional] Select the Mandatory check box to make the shared page present in the userportal at all times.10 [Optional] Select the Show first time user logs in check box to display the page the firsttime a new Viewpoint user logs on.11 Click OK.The new page appears and becomes the active page.12 Select one of the following:Option DescriptionRole: role name Preview how the page appears to the user in the role for which the page wascreated. You must publish with this option selected.All my roles Preview how the page appears to a user with all my roles.13 [Optional] Add portlets or change the portlet settings and preferences.14 [Optional] Click in the page tab and select Publish to distribute your changes and addthe page to the Shared Pages portlet.15 [Optional] Select the shared page from the Add Content menu to see a preview of howthe page appears to the user in the role.16 [Optional] Click in the page tab and select Close to close the preview.Editing Portlets on a Shared PageEdit a shared page to add portlets or change portlet settings and preferences.1 [Optional] If the shared page is not already in your portal, add the page from the AddContent menu.2 Click the page name to make it the active page.3 Select one of the following:Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 65
  • 66. Option DescriptionRole: role name Preview how the page appears to the user in the role for which the page wascreated. You must publish with this option selected.All my roles Preview how the page appears to a user with all my roles.4 [Optional] Add portlets or change the portlet settings and preferences.5 [Optional] Click in the page tab and select Properties, and then enable the page.6 [Optional] Click in the page tab and select Publish to distribute your changes and addthe page to the Shared Pages portlet.7 [Optional] Select the shared page from the Add Content menu to see a preview of howthe page appears to the user in the role.8 [Optional] Click in the page tab and select Close to close the preview.Viewing All Shared PagesYou can view all the shared pages that have been created, including the page names, theportlets on a shared page, the role the page is assigned to, the date when the page wascreated, the date when the page was last modified, the page description, and whether thepage is read-only, mandatory, first log on, or enabled.1 From the Shared Pages portlet, view the specific attributes of a shared page.2 [Optional] Click anywhere in the row to see the details for the page.Deleting a Shared PageDelete a shared page when there are many changes in portlets or systems for a role or whenthe page is no longer useful.Deleting a non-mandatory page removes the page from the Add Content menu for users inthis role. Deleting a mandatory shared page removes the page from the portal when the userlogs on or refreshes the page.1 From the Shared Pages portlet, click located on the row of the page you want todelete.Teradata SystemsThe Teradata Systems portlet allows the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator to add,configure, enable, and disable systems using specific dialog boxes:GeneralConfigure the system nickname, TDPID, site ID, host ID, login credentials,authentication method, and access to Teradata Database or Teradata Aster systems.Test the connection and add or delete logins.Chapter 3 System Administration66 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 67. Data CollectorsEnable, disable, and configure data collectors to capture and retain portlet, diskusage, and resource data.System HealthEnable metrics for the System Health and Productivity portlets. Configuredegraded and critical thresholds for each metric. Create customized status andtooltips.Canary QueriesConfigure canary queries used to test Teradata Database system response times. TheSYSTEM HEARTBEAT canary query cannot be removed.AlertsAdd, delete, copy, and configure alerts, or migrate existing Teradata Manager alerts.Monitor RatesSet Teradata Database internal sample rates for sessions, node logging, and vproclogging.Log Table Clean UpSelect Teradata Database system log tables to clean up.Clean Up ScheduleSchedule clean up of Teradata Database system log tables.You can view the amount of disk space used:Disk usageView the percentage of total disk space being consumed by collected data on theTeradata Database managed server.Twelve hour changeView the percentage of Teradata Database disk space used or has become availableover the past twelve hours. Positive indicates the amount of space used hasincreased. Negative indicates the amount of space used has decreased.GeneralGeneral system settings help you define the logins used to perform tasks on the system, suchas data collection, canary queries, cleanup, and TASM ruleset management. For certainsystems you can define character sets and select authentication options.Adding a Teradata Database SystemYou can add a Teradata Database system to Teradata Viewpoint. The system must be addedand the logins created before you can configure the data collectors to monitor the database.The default authentication mechanism is set up by your Teradata Database SystemAdministrator.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 67
  • 68. 1 Click next to SYSTEMS and select Add Teradata System.2 Enter a SYSTEM NICKNAME, up to 8 characters.3 [Optional] Select the System enable check box to activate the Teradata Database systemfor monitoring.4 Enter the TDPID of the Teradata Database system.5 [Optional] Enter the SITE ID assigned by Teradata Customer Services.You must enter the SITE ID for the Teradata system if you are using Elastic Performanceon Demand.6 Enter a LOGIN name and password.You also have the option to specify an account string, authentication, add more logins,test that the login settings are correct, and grant access to a Teradata Database system.7 [Optional] Click Test to verify that the logon settings are correct.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.8 [Optional] Select an AUTHENTICATION OPTIONS check box to specify whichauthentication mechanisms will be available in the portlets that require them.9 [Optional] In the CHARACTER SET section, select default character sets and enter aJDBC Flag value.• [Optional] Select a character set from the Session menu.• [Optional] Select a character set from the Monitor menu.• [Optional] Enter a JDBC Flag value.10 [Optional] Select the COLLECTORS check box to activate all data collectors exceptElastic Limit, Elastic Usage, and Virtual Storage so they can collect data points on thissystem.The data collectors can be enabled and configured individually in Data Collectors. TheElastic Performance portlet uses the Elastic Limit and Elastic Usage data collectors todisplay data. The TVS Monitor portlet uses the Virtual Storage data collector to displaydata.11 Select the ENHANCED TASM FUNCTIONS check box to activate the workloadmanagement features available with your TASM license in SLES 11.Once enabled, the (For SLES 11 systems only) comment no longer displays.12 Click Apply.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.Adding a Teradata Aster SystemYou can add a Teradata Aster system to Teradata Viewpoint. The system must be added andthe logins created before you can configure the data collectors to monitor the database.1 Click next to SYSTEMS and select Add Aster System.2 Enter a SYSTEM NICKNAME, up to 8 characters.Chapter 3 System Administration68 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 69. 3 [Optional] Select the Enable system check box to activate the system for monitoring.4 Enter the HOST ID of the Teradata Aster system.5 [Optional] Enter the SITE ID assigned by Teradata Customer Services.6 Enter a LOGIN name and password.7 [Optional] Click Test to verify that the logon settings are correct.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.8 [Optional] Select the COLLECTORS check box to activate Aster data collectors so theycan collect data points on this system.The data collectors can be enabled and configured individually in Data Collectors.9 Click Apply.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.Disabling a SystemDisabling a system makes the system inaccessible in other Teradata Viewpoint portlets,while maintaining the configured settings. You can enable the system as needed.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click General.3 Clear the Enable system check box.4 Click Apply.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.Deleting a SystemDeleting a system removes all information configured for that system, such as datacollectors, alerts, and canary queries.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click General.3 Click Delete System.A confirmation message appears.4 Click OK.Adding a Login AccountAn unlimited number of login credentials can be configured for use in the TeradataSystems portlet dialog boxes.The tdwm login is required to load and activate Workload Designer rulesets. The tdwmlogin and authentication cannot be removed or renamed, but you can enter a password, anaccount string, and test the tdwm login settings.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 69
  • 70. 1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click General.3 Under LOGIN, click .4 Enter a LOGIN name and password.You also have the option to specify an account string, select an authenticationmechanism, add more logins, test that the login settings are correct, and grant access to aTeradata Database system.5 Click Apply.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.Granting PrivilegesGranting privileges provides Viewpoint data collectors with access to Teradata Databasesystem resources.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click General.3 In the LOGIN section, click Grant for the user to be granted privileges.4 Select a Version, if no Teradata Database system version is found.Listed privileges may vary depending on version selected.5 [Optional] Copy the SQL.You can execute the SQL using an external tool.6 Click Continue.7 Enter login information to authenticate the Teradata user.The user must be authorized to grant privileges.8 Click Run.9 Review results and click OK.Deleting a Login AccountAt least one login account must be configured for a system. You cannot remove the last loginaccount or the tdwm login.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click General.3 Under LOGIN, click on the login row to be removed.The row disappears. The login is removed permanently.Adding Portlet Authentication OptionsSome Viewpoint portlets require authentication to access Teradata Database to change thepriority of a query. You can enable authentication options for Viewpoint portlets in additionto the default Teradata Database logon option.Chapter 3 System Administration70 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 71. 1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 Select the AUTHENTICATION OPTIONS check box to specify which authenticationmechanisms to make available in the portlets that require them.3 Click Apply to apply the settings.Character Set DefinitionsWhen you configure a Teradata Database system, the CHARACTER SET section of theGENERAL setup allows you to define the charset that the system uses to communicate withTeradata Viewpoint. The character set definitions are optional. If you do not define them,Teradata Viewpoint uses the Teradata Database system settings.CHARACTERSET FieldsCharacter Set Definition SuggestionsSession The UTF8 session character set is strongly recommended for the Teradata Viewpoint session to ensureend-to-end fidelity of character data by avoiding conversion between character sets. However, theUTF8 session character set does not support the KANJI1 server character sets, which are used forstoring data dictionary data in Teradata V2R6.x Japanese systems. For these systems, Japanese usersmust specify the Kanji session character set.Monitor The UNICODE session character set is not currently supported for the Teradata Performance Monitorand Console Partition. To create Teradata Viewpoint object names that connect Monitor and ConsolePartitions, use Non-Unicode session character sets such as LATIN1252_0A, KANJISJIS_OS, andKANJIEUC_OU.JDBC Flag The JDBC Flag setting is a legacy-support feature to assist the transition away from the unsupported useof Teradata Database to store non-Latin characters in a Latin column, and the unsupported access ofnon-ASCII in an ASCII session character set. The JDBC Flag option specifies the CLIENT_CHARSETconnection parameter, which can be used to override the Teradata JDBC Driver fixed-mapping of theTeradata session character set to the Java character set. The valid values are the actual Java character setnames. Here are two examples of valid JDBC Flag settings:• Windows-936 from Chinese (PRC)• Windows-950 for Chinese (Taiwan)The default Teradata Database system settings are listed below.TeradataDatabaseLanguage SupportModeData DictionaryCharsetTeradataViewpoint SessionCharsetTeradataViewpointMonitor Charset Limitations12.00 andlaterStandard UNICODE UTF8 ASCII orLATIN1252_0AASCII session onlysupports the limited 7-bitASCII characters12.00 andlaterJapanese UNICODE UTF8 KANJISJIS_OS UnknownV2R6.x Standard LATIN UTF8 ASCII orLATIN1252_0AUnknownV2R6.x Japanese KANJI1 KANJISJIS_OS orKANJIEUC_OUKANJISJIS_OS orKANJIEUC_OUUse either KANJISJIS_OSor KANJIEUC_OU, forboth settings. Do not mixcharacter sets.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 71
  • 72. Viewing System StatusYou can investigate the details of a system that is disabled or functioning with errors. Eachlevel provides additional icons that represent system status.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the system whose name appears with one of the followingicons:Icon DescriptionError Appears next to a system name or data collector name when one of these errors hasbeen detected:• Processing exception• Incorrect system privileges• Configuration errors, such as an incorrect password• System is offlineDisabled Appears next to a system name or data collector name if it is currently disabled.Data CollectorsThe Teradata Viewpoint Data Collection Service (DCS) is used to monitor systems. After asystem has been configured in Teradata Viewpoint, data collectors can be configured tomonitor the system. Data collectors gather information from different sources and make thedata available to Teradata Viewpoint portlets. Each data collector has a sample rate, orfrequency, used to collect data from the system and a retention rate used to keep thecollected data for a time period or up to a certain size.Most data collectors have similar behaviors as described in the data collector catalog, but afew are unique:• Alert Request has no retention rate because this data collector does not store data.• Sessions collects SQL and Explain data when thresholds are met in the session.• Sessions defines values to use when a Lower Priority action executes for an alert in thesession.• Elastic Usage can automatically upload usage data to Teradata Service Connect.Configuring Data CollectorsAfter a system has been configured in Teradata Viewpoint, data collectors can be configuredto monitor the database. Sessions and Elastic Usage data collectors have other options toconfigure.The login values used by data collectors are established in the General view.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Data Collectors.3 Click the data collector name you want to configure.4 [Optional] Select the Enable data collector name Collector check box to enable the datacollector to begin processing data.5 Under LOGIN, select the login you want to use to run the system task.Chapter 3 System Administration72 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 73. 6 Under SAMPLE RATE, select one of the following options:Option DescriptionRecommended sample rate Uses the default sample rate for a data collector.Custom sample rate Adjusts the recommended sample rate to your systemrequirements.7 Under DELETE DATA, select one of the following options:Option DescriptionDate a. Select the After check box to set the calendar retention period.b. Enter a number and select a calendar value.Size a. Select the Over check box to set the file size retention period.b. Enter a number and select a file size restriction.8 Click Apply.Configuring Elastic Usage with Automatic UploadingThe Elastic Usage data collector can be enabled to collect usage data for the ElasticPerformance portlet if you are using Elastic Performance on Demand. The collector can beconfigured to automatically upload usage data for billing purposes using Teradata ServiceConnect.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Data Collectors.3 Click the Elastic Usage data collector.4 Under TERADATA SERVICE CONNECT, select the automatic uploading check boxand enter the connection information:Field DescriptionHost Host name or IP address of the SWS server or CMIC where TeradataService Connect is hosted.Port Port number on which the SSH server is listening.Username andpasswordLogin credentials that have the necessary permissions to upload usagedata using the SWS server.The public key is used by Teradata Corporation to verify the integrity of your usage data.5 Click Apply.Configuring Sessions with Lower Priority ActionsIn a Teradata Database system, the Sessions data collector can define a value to use when aLower Priority action executes for an alert in the session.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Data Collectors.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 73
  • 74. 3 Click the Sessions data collector.4 Under New priority for Lower Priority action, enter one of the following values:• $L is for low (default)• $M is for medium• $H is for high• $R is for rushWhen the Lower Priority action executes for an alert, the session that met the alert ruleshas its priority changed to the value you enter.5 Click Apply.Configuring Sessions with SQL and Explain TabsThe Sessions data collector collects all details for a session and the currently running request.SQL and Explain text is only collected when SQL and Explain thresholds are met. The SQLand Explain thresholds can be set high or low and corresponding SQL and Explain textappears in the SQL and Explain tabs in query details views. The SQL associated with a querycan help you target and optimize the query. The Explain text shows a querys progressthrough the Explain plan so you can optimize the query and change the Explain plan.The Teradata Viewpoint system is configured to collect longer-running queries when SQLand Explain collection is enabled. Set the threshold lower to include shorter running queries,which may increase performance overhead.If you want the Explain plan progress to update more frequently than the Sessions collectionrate, you can fetch the latest Explain steps directly from Teradata Database. The GETEXPLAIN FROM DB check box controls the Teradata Database access requests for theQuery Monitor and Query Groups portlets on the Permissions tab of the Roles Managerportlet. You can enable this feature for the users and roles that you want, but increasedaccess requests directly to Teradata Database increases performance overhead.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Data Collectors.3 Click the Sessions data collector.4 Under SQL and Explain Thresholds, set one or more thresholds:• Elapsed seconds• Total CPU secondsWhen a threshold is exceeded, SQL and Explain text is collected for the session and theSQL and Explain tabs appear in query details views.5 Click Apply.Data Collector Sample RatesTeradata Viewpoint uses a sample rate to collect data from the system and uses a retentionrate to keep the collected data for a time period or up to a certain size. The sample rate andretention rate vary for each data collector and can be adjusted as needed.Chapter 3 System Administration74 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 75. Alert Request has no retention rate because this data collector does not store data. SQLExplain data is dependent upon Session collector and cannot be adjusted.Teradata Data Collector Recommended Sample Rate Initial RetentionRateAccount Info 12 hours 1 weekAlert Request 5 minutes Not applicableAWT Info 60 seconds 1 yearDatabase Space 1 day 10 GBDisk Space 1 hour 1 yearElastic Limit 60 seconds 1 yearElastic Usage 1 hour 1 yearLock Info 1 hour 10 GBQuery Count DBQLFlushRate value from the DBSControl utility display command, otherwise1 hour10 GBResource Usage Node/Vproc logging rate as set in MonitorRates, otherwise 1 hourNote: In Teradata Database 13.00 and earlier,logging rates can be set individually. Whenthe node and vproc logging rates aredifferent, the lowest is used.10 GBSessions Session sampling rate as set in MonitorRates, otherwise 30 seconds10 GBSQL Explain Sample and retention rates based on Sessionscollector and availability of SQL and ExplaindataNot applicableSystem Config 12 hours 1 weekSystem Stats Depending on your Teradata Databaseversion, the node/vproc collection (14.00) ornode/vproc sampling rate (13.10 and earlier)as set in Monitor Rates, otherwise 30seconds1 yearTable Space 1 day 10 GBTASM Config 10 minutes None (both disabled)TASM Distribution 60 seconds 1 yearTASM Exception Sample rate returned by PM/API TDWMSummary, otherwise 60 seconds1 yearTASM State 60 seconds 1 yearTASM Summary Sample rate returned by PM/API TDWMSummary, otherwise 60 seconds1 yearChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 75
  • 76. Teradata Data Collector Recommended Sample Rate Initial RetentionRateVirtual Storage 12 hours 1 yearAster Data Collector Recommended Sample Rate Initial RetentionRateCluster Status 10 seconds 1 yearComponent Stats 30 seconds 1 yearNodes 5 minutes 1 yearProcesses 10 seconds 10 GBSpace Usage 1 day 10 GBWorkloads 1 hour 1 yearData Collector CatalogData collectors gather information from different sources and make the data available toTeradata Viewpoint portlets.TeradataDatabaseDataCollectorDescription Portlets Displaying DataAccountInfoCollects and retains available account strings fromthe DBC.AccountInfo table. The Queries portletsuse this data for the Change Priority function.My Queries, Query MonitorAlertRequestMonitors the dbcmngr.AlertRequest anddbcmngr.MonitorRequest tables on the TeradataDatabase system and collects data for further actionby Teradata alerts.Alert ViewerAWT Info Collects AMP worker task (AWT) relatedinformation through the AMP Load (ampload)Teradata Database utility. In Teradata Database14.00, the collector executes the MONITOR AWTRESOURCE request of PM/API instead of AMPLoad (ampload).Capacity Heatmap, MetricsAnalysis, Metrics Graph, SystemHealthDatabaseSpaceCollects and retains database-space metrics fromthe DBC.DataBaseSpace and DBC.DBase tables.Capacity Heatmap, MetricsGraph, Space Usage, SystemHealthDisk Space Collects and retains disk-space and database-spacemetrics from the DBC.DiskSpace view of the DBCdatabase.Capacity Heatmap, MetricsGraph, System HealthCollects the perm space data and skew percentagefor the DBC.TransientJournal table.Alert ViewerElasticLimitCollects and retains the system CPU limit set in theSchmon utility or Workload Designer portlet.Elastic PerformanceChapter 3 System Administration76 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 77. TeradataDatabaseDataCollectorDescription Portlets Displaying DataElasticUsageCollects and retains the overall node CPU usagefrom the DBC.ResUsageSPMA table.Elastic PerformanceLock Info Collects and retains snapshots of lock informationfrom Locking Logger, a Teradata Database utility.Lock ViewerQueryCountCollects and retains Teradata Database querycounts and DBQL query log data recorded for eachlogin from the tables DBC.DBQLogTbl andDBC.DBQLSummaryTbl.Capacity Heatmap, Productivity,Todays Statistics, Metrics GraphResourceUsageCollects and retains node and vproc resource usagedata from the DBC.ResUsageSPMA table for nodedata and DBC.ResUsageIPMA table for vproc data.Metrics AnalysisSessions Collects and retains Teradata Database sessionsnapshots for each login from the Teradata Monitorpartition by using the Teradata PerformanceMonitor API. The Sessions collector retains utilitydata for the Query Monitor utility view.Capacity Heatmap, MetricsGraph, My Queries, QueryMonitor, Query Spotlight, SQLScratchpad, System Health,Todays Statistics, WorkloadMonitorSQLExplainCollects and retains Teradata Database session SQLand Explain data for current sessions on the system.Querying this data can take a long time and impactsystem performance.Capacity Heatmap, MetricsGraph, My Queries, QueryMonitor, Query Spotlight, SQLScratchpad, System Health,Todays Statistics, WorkloadMonitorSystemConfigCollects and retains Teradata system configurationdata used by portlets and collectors. The collectorretrieves the Teradata version from DBC.DBCInfo.To gather physical system configuration data, thecollector also uses the MONITOR PHYSICALCONFIG request of the PM/API and executesSTATUS PDE of the Vproc Manager consolepartition utility. This collector cannot be disabled.In Teradata Database 14.00, the collector does notcall VprocManager console partition utility.Alert Viewer, Canary ResponseTimes, Lock Viewer, MetricsAnalysis, My Queries, NodeResources, Productivity, QueryMonitor, Query Spotlight, SpaceUsage, System Health, TVSMonitor, Todays Statistics,Viewpoint Monitoring;Workload Designer, WorkloadHealth, Workload Monitor;Capacity Heatmap, MetricsGraphSystem Stats Collects and retains system, node, and vprocstatistics information from Teradata Database.System statistics data is collected from the TeradataMonitor partition by using the PM/API. Physicaland virtual resource statistics are collected fromTeradata Database system memory. For systemsrunning Teradata Database 12.00 and earlier, theSystem Statistics collector executes awtmon -sthrough the Teradata Console partition to collectCapacity Heatmap, MetricsAnalysis, Metrics Graph, NodeResources, System Health,Todays Statistics, WorkloadHealth, Workload MonitorChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 77
  • 78. TeradataDatabaseDataCollectorDescription Portlets Displaying DataAMP Worker Task (AWT) usage on MP-RASsystems. AWT usage data is not available onWindows and Linux systems. For systems runningTeradata Database 12.00 and later, the SystemStatistics collector queries the Teradata Monitorpartition to collect AWT usage information.Table Space Collects and retains data about the space used byTeradata Database system tables from theDBC.Dbase, DBC.TVM, DBC.Indexes, andDBC.DataBaseSpace tables.Capacity Heatmap, MetricsGraph, Space Usage, SystemHealthTASMConfigCollects and retains all rule set information fromthe tdwm database.My Queries, Query Monitor,Workload Health, WorkloadMonitorTASMDistributionCollects information about the average percentageof CPU consumption used by each workload foreach node in the Teradata Database system. TheTASM Distribution data collector executes schmon-M -p -P in the Teradata Console partition to collectinformation for the CPU Consumption pie chartgraph in the Distribution view. In TeradataDatabase 14.00, the collector executes theMONITOR WD request of PM/API instead ofschmon.Workload MonitorTASMExceptionCollects and retains data from the DBC exceptionlog.Workload MonitorTASM State Collects and retains system regulation data forsystems running Teradata Database 12.00 and later.For systems running Teradata Database 12.00 andearlier, the Workload State collector gathers andretains period information.Workload MonitorTASMSummaryCollects and retains active workload data from thetdwm database.Workload Health, WorkloadMonitorVirtualStorageCollects and retains data on cylinder temperatureand storage grade from space types managed by theTeradata Virtual Allocation Manager (TVAM)utility.TVS MonitorTeradataAster DataCollectorDescription Portlets Displaying DataClusterStatusCollects and retains cluster status and node statusinformation for each node.Aster Node Monitor, SystemHealthChapter 3 System Administration78 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 79. TeradataAster DataCollectorDescription Portlets Displaying DataComponentStatsCollects and retains statistics for each node, such asCPU, disk in and out, net in and out, and memoryutilization.Aster Node Monitor, CapacityHeatmap, Metrics Analysis,Metrics Graph, System HealthNodes Collects and retains basic node and node virtualworker information.Aster Node Monitor, SpaceUsage, System HealthProcesses Collects and retains session and processinformation.Aster Completed Processes,Query MonitorSpace Usage Collects and retains database, table, and nodestorage information.Aster Node Monitor, SpaceUsage, System HealthWorkloads Collects and retains workload and workload serviceclass information.Aster Completed Processes,Query MonitorViewing Data Collector StatusYou can investigate the details of a data collector that is disabled or functioning with errors.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the system that has one of the following icons:Icon DescriptionError Appears next to a system name or data collector name when one of these errorshas been detected:• Processing exception• Incorrect Teradata system privileges• Configuration errors, such as an incorrect password• Teradata system is offlineDisabled Appears next to a system name or data collector name if it is currently disabled.2 From the SETUP list, click Data Collectors.The DATA COLLECTORS list refreshes the condition of each collector, identifyingcollectors that are disabled or have errors.3 Do one of the following:• Click next to the collector name of the log you want to view.• Click next to the name of the collector you want to enable.System HealthYou can customize system status and tooltips and configure metrics and thresholds. Thethresholds are settings for the data collected by canary queries and the disk space, sessions,and system statistics data collectors.• For Teradata Database systems, the system status, tooltips, metrics, and thresholdsappear in the System Health and Productivity portlets.• For Teradata Aster systems, the system status, tooltips, metrics, and thresholds appearonly in the System Health portlet.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 79
  • 80. Configuring System Health ValuesYou can define threshold values for your system status calculation.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click a system name.2 From the SETUP list, click System Health.3 Under THRESHOLDS, select one of the following options for each metric:Option DescriptionEnabled Makes the metric visible in the System Health portlet. Uses the threshold values inthe system status calculation.Disabled Omits the metric in the System Health portlet. Does not use threshold values in thesystem status calculation.View Only Makes the metric visible in the System Health portlet. Does not use thresholdvalues in the system status calculation.4 Adjust the degraded or critical thresholds for each metric.5 [Optional] If CPU or I/O skew metrics are Enabled, do one of the following:• Select the CPU or I/O skew qualification check box and specify a threshold.If the system CPU is below the defined threshold, the skew metric is excluded fromthe system health calculation. The metric displays in the System Health portlet asView Only.• Clear the CPU or I/O skew qualification check box to include the skew metric in thesystem health calculation, regardless of system CPU.6 Click Apply.System Health MetricsYou can enable the metrics and thresholds that appear in the System Health andProductivity portlets. Available metrics and the portlets in which the data appears differsdepending on the type of system you choose.Teradata Database System MetricsSystem MetricsMetric DescriptionActive Sessions Number of sessions with active queriesAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP to the average AMPAMP I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest AMP to the average AMPAMP Worker Tasks Average number of AMP worker tasks in use on each AMPComponent Down Number of components, such as BYNETs or AMPs, that are down(CPU) System Average percentage of CPU time spent in system (kernel) mode(CPU) User Average percentage of CPU time spent in user modeChapter 3 System Administration80 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 81. Metric DescriptionCPU Utilization Average node CPU use. CPU is calculated as the sum of the user CPUand system CPU usage percentages.(CPU) Wait I/O Average percentage of CPU time spent waiting for I/ODBC Disk Space Available DBC disk space in useMax Disk by AMP Available disk space currently in useMax Spool by AMP Available spool space in useMemory Failures Memory failures across all nodesMemory Used Largest amount of memory used by a single node in kilobytesNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the average nodeNode I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest node to the average nodeSystem Heartbeat Canary query showing the response time of the most recent systemheartbeat in millisecondsTotal Disk Space Percentage of total disk space currently in useAdditional Canaries Additional canary queries that are defined for the system and used aspart of the monitoring of system healthTeradata Aster System MetricsSystem MetricsMetric DescriptionActive Sessions Number of users and applications currently connected to databaseComponent Down Number of nodes that are not availableComponent Passive Number of nodes not processing queries but can be made ready toprocess queries when neededCPU Average node CPU useMax Disk by Node Largest percentage of used disk space on a nodeMemory Average node memory useNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the average nodeNode I/O Skew Comparison of I/O use on the busiest node to the average nodeQueen Disk Space Percentage of used disk space on the queen nodeReplication Factor Number of copies of the user dataTotal Space Percentage of used space to overall storage capacityConfiguring Custom Status and TooltipsYou can change the default definitions of status and tooltips by enabling and definingcustom status and tooltips for your system. For Teradata Database systems, these changesChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 81
  • 82. appear in the System Health and Productivity portlets. For Teradata Aster systems, thesechanges appear only in the System Health portlet.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the system name.2 From the SETUP list, click System Health.3 Under Status and Tooltips, select Enable custom status.4 Change the status and tooltip definitions for your system.5 [Optional] Click at the end of the tooltip to restore the default definition.6 Click Copy.Copying System Health Settings Between SystemsYou can copy the custom status, tooltips, and threshold settings to other compatible systems.You cannot copy canary query threshold settings to other systems.Note: All copied settings overwrite the target system settings.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the source system name.2 From the SETUP list, click next to System Health.3 [Optional] Select Copy status and tooltips check box to copy your custom status.4 [Optional] Select Copy thresholds check box to copy your threshold settings, exceptcanary queries.5 Select target systems.6 Click Copy.Canary QueriesAfter a Teradata Database system is configured in Teradata Viewpoint, the System Heartbeatcanary query checks the responsiveness of the system. You can also create user-definedcanary queries that gather and retain data to display in the Canary Response Times,Productivity, and System Health portlets. Canary queries are not data collectors.Adding or Copying a Canary Query1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the Teradata Database system you want toupdate.2 From the SETUP list, click Canary Queries.3 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionAdd Click to add a canary query.Copy Click in the row of the canary query you want to copy.4 Enter a name for the canary query.5 [Optional] Select the Enabled check box to enable the canary query.Chapter 3 System Administration82 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 83. 6 Under SQL, enter or modify the query SQL code.7 Under DEFAULT DATABASE, specify the default database.8 Under LOGIN, select the login you want to use to run the system task.a [Optional] Select the Log in each time the query executes check box to force a newlogon connection to the Teradata system each time that the query runs.b [Optional] Enter a timeout value. The value indicates the number of seconds beforeabandoning the attempt to log on to the Teradata system.Enter a value only if you selected the Log in each time the query executes check box.You cannot add an alert action for a logon timeout for a System Heartbeat canaryquery.9 Under COLLECT DATA, specify the data collection frequency in seconds.The recommended sample rate is 2 minutes. The retention rate is one year.10 Under EXECUTE, select one of the following options:Option Description24/7 a. Select 24/7 to execute the query 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.Custom a. Select Custom to execute the query during a time range.b. Specify the start time and end time.c. Specify the start day and end day.11 Under DELETE DATA, select one of the following options:Option DescriptionDate a. Select the After check box to set the calendar retention period.b. Enter a number and select a calendar value.Size a. Select the Over check box to set the file size retention period.b. Enter a number and select a file size restriction.12 Click Apply.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.Deleting a Canary QuerySYSTEM HEARTBEAT is a canary query that cannot be deleted. It is used to checkwhether the Teradata Database system is responsive.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Canary Queries.3 Click in the row of the canary query you want to delete.A confirmation message appears.4 Click OK.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 83
  • 84. The canary query row disappears.AlertsAlerts monitor the performance of a system and automatically take action when eventsoccur. You can add, copy, and configure alerts, as well as migrate Teradata Manager alerts.You can activate alert actions that send a notification, or take some other type of action,when a metric exceeds a threshold.After you add alert action sets in the Alert Setup portlet, they appear in the TeradataSystems portlet.The types of alert actions you can choose are:Send an EmailChoose a defined email address and text message. Event information, such as date,time, event name, threshold, and actual value, is automatically added to the body ofthe email message.Run a ProgramChoose a program to execute (.exe).Run a BTEQ ScriptChoose a BTEQ script.Run a SQL QueryChoose a SQL query.Notify SNMP SystemChoose an SNMP trap.You can also choose one of the following alert actions for Teradata Database session alert-types:Abort SessionAbort the session for which an alert was detected. This action is only available forsessions.Lower PrioritySet the priority of the session for which an alert was detected to the one specified inthe New priority for lower priority action text box, located under Data Collectorssetup for Sessions.Alert TypesYou can set alerts that take place when performance or database space events occur on oneor more systems.Chapter 3 System Administration84 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 85. TeradataDatabase SystemAlert TypeDescriptionSystem Set an alert to occur when the performance on a Teradata Database reaches thespecified threshold.Node Set an alert to occur when the performance on a Teradata Database reaches thespecified threshold at the node level.Vproc Set an alert to occur when the performance on a Teradata Database reaches thespecified threshold at the vproc level.Database Space Set an alert to occur when the space used on any resource, such as an AMP,exceeds the specified percentage.Session Set an alert to occur when the performance on a Teradata Database reaches thespecified threshold at the session level.Canary Queries Set an alert to occur when the response time for a canary query exceeds thethreshold.System Health Set an alert to occur when the system health of a Teradata Database reaches thespecified level.Data Collectors Set an alert to occur when any errors are encountered by the DCS for thespecified data collectors.Teradata AsterSystem Alert TypeDescriptionSystem Set an alert to occur when the performance on Teradata Aster reaches thespecified threshold.Node Set an alert to occur when the performance on Teradata Aster reaches thespecified threshold at the node level.Process Set an alert to occur when the performance on Teradata Aster reaches thespecified threshold at the process level.System Health Set an alert to occur when the system health of Teradata Aster reaches thespecified level.Data Collectors Set an alert to occur when any errors are encountered by the DCS for thespecified data collectors.Teradata Database Alert Metrics and PropertiesThese metrics are available for Teradata Database alerts. The associated property namesallow you to customize alert actions in the Alert Setup portlet.The metrics that you can specify in the System dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameNode CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online nodesin the configurationaveNodeCpuUsageNode Disk Usage Average percent of disk usage of all online nodesin the configurationaveNodeDiskUsageChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 85
  • 86. Metric Description Property NameNet A Usage Total BYNET utilization (average of the onlineBYNETs)netAUseAMP CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all onlineAMPs in the configurationaveAmpCpuUsagePE CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online PEsin the configurationavePeCpuUsageNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node tothe average nodenodeCpuSkewAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP tothe average AMPampCpuSkewTotal Sessions Total number of logged on sessions totalSessionsBlocked Sessions Total number of blocked sessions blockedSessionsThe metrics that you can specify in the Node dialog box and Vproc dialog box for alerts arelisted below.Metric Description Property NameId ID of the processNote: Not available in the dialog box.procIdNode ID ID of the nodeNote: Not available in the dialog box.nodeIdVproc Number Number of the vprocNote: Not available in the dialog box.vprocNoStatus Status of the node, where U means the resource isup and D means the resource is downstatusCPU Usage Percent of CPU usage that is not idle (includessystem CPU and user CPU)cpuUseDisk Usage Percent of disk usage for this resource diskUseNet A Usage Total BYNET utilization (average of the onlineBYNETs)netAUseCIC Usage Percent of Channel Interface Controller usage forthis resourcecicUseDisk Out Req Avg Average number of outstanding disk requests forthis resourcediskOutReqAvgDisk I/O Number of disk I/Os diskIOHost I/O Number of host I/Os hostIOSwaps Total number of swap reads and swap writes swapsMem Failures Segment allocation attempts that failed memFailuresChapter 3 System Administration86 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 87. Metric Description Property NameNode CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online nodesin the configurationaveNodeCpuUsageNode Disk Usage Average percent of disk usage of all online nodesin the configurationaveNodeDiskUsageNet A Use Total BYNET utilization (BYNET receiver usage) systemNetAUseNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node tothe average nodenodeCpuSkewTotal Sessions Number of sessions logged on to the PE sessLogCountAvailable AWT Total available AMP worker tasks availableAWTCountMessage Count Messages waiting on the vproc msgCountAMP CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online AMPsin the configurationaveAmpCpuUsagePE CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online PEs inthe configurationavePeCpuUsageAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP tothe average AMPampCpuSkewThe metrics that you can specify in the Database Space dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameDatabase Name Name of the databaseNote: Not available in the dialog box.databaseNameCurrent Perm % Percentage of the total permanent disk space thedatabase is currently using (Current Permdivided by Max Perm)spaceUsedPctCurrent Perm Max % Current Perm Max * Number of Vprocs / MaxPermmaxSpaceUsedPctThe metrics that you can specify in the Table Space dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameCurrent Perm Amount of permanent disk space theDBC.TransientJournal table is currently usingtotalSizeSkew Percentage of uneven distribution of disk spaceused for the DBC.TransientJournal table acrossall AMPsskewPctThe metrics that you can specify in the Session dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameSession Number Number of the sessionNote: Not available in the dialog box.sessionNoChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 87
  • 88. Metric Description Property NameUser User of the sessionNote: Not available in the dialog box.userNameHost ID Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE thatprocessed the logon request for the sessionhostIdAccount Account from which a query was submitted userAccountCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sample cpuSkewCPU delta Total CPU usage time consumed, in seconds,since the last sampledeltaCPUAMP CPU Current elapsed CPU time, in seconds, used onall AMPs by the associated session for executingrequestsampCPUSecAMP I/O Current number of logical Reads and Writesissued across all AMPs by the associated sessionampIORequest AMP CPU Current elapsed CPU time, in seconds, used onall AMPs by the current requestrequestAmpCPURequest AMP I/O Current number of logical Reads and Writesissued across all AMPs by the current requestrequestAmpIOHot AMP CPU CPU time of the highest CPU utilized AMPduring the collection intervalhotAmp1CPUConnection Time How long the session has been connected timeLoggedOnBlocked Time How long the query has been blocked blockedTimeIdle Time How long the query has been idle idleTimeSessions Per User Number of sessions logged on under thisusernamesessionsForUserPartition Partition to which the session is connected (SQL,CONSOLE, MONITOR)partNameUtility Session Session from one of the Teradata utilities,indicated by True and FalseutilityBlocked SessionNumber 1Session ID of the first blocked query blk1SessNoBlocked User Name 1 Name of the user running the first blocked query blk1UsernameBlocked SessionNumber 2Session ID of the second blocked query blk2SessNoBlocked User Name 2 Name of the user running the second blockedqueryblk2UsernameBlocked SessionNumber 3Session ID of the third blocked query blk3SessNoBlocked User Name 3 Name of the user running the third blockedqueryblk3UsernameChapter 3 System Administration88 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 89. The metrics that you can specify in the Canary Queries dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameCanary ID ID of the canary query canaryIdQuery Name Name of the query queryNameLogin TimeoutOccurredTimeout for the login, indicated by True andFalseloginTimeoutOccurredResponse Time Number of milliseconds it took for the canaryquery to return a responseresponseTimeThe metrics that you can specify in the System Health dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameHealth Name of the system health state healthTeradata Aster Alert Metrics and PropertiesThese metrics are available for Teradata Aster alerts. The associated property names allowyou to customize alert actions in the Alert Setup portlet.The metrics that you can specify in the System dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameCPU Average node CPU use cpuMemory Available amount of memory used by node memoryNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node tothe average nodenodeCpuSkewNode I/O Skew Comparison of I/O use on the busiest node to theaverage nodenodeIoSkewReplication Factor Number of copies of user data replicationFactorActive Processes Number of processes with active queries activeSessionsThe metrics that you can specify in the Node dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameState State of the node statusType Values for node types as follows:• Worker nodes hold the data and process thequeries• Queen nodes manage the process, includingthe performance of the other nodes anddelegation of queries• Loader nodes transfer data in and out ofvirtual workerstypeCPU Amount of available processing power used bythe nodecpuUseChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 89
  • 90. Metric Description Property NameMemory Memory used on the node memUseNetwork In Rate of network traffic into the node in bytes persecondnetInNetwork Out Rate of network traffic out of the node in bytesper secondnetOutDisk In Rate of disk traffic into the node in bytes perseconddiskWriteDisk Out Rate of disk traffic out of the node in bytes perseconddiskRead% Disk Full Percent of used disk space on the node. Includesuser data, replica data, and system datapercentFullThe metrics that you can specify in the Process dialog box for alerts are listed below.Metric Description Property NameUser Name of the user who submitted the process userNameDatabase Name of the database on which the process ran dbNameDuration How long the process ran processExecutionTimeMigrating AlertsAfter a Teradata Database system has been configured in Teradata Viewpoint, all of the alertsexcept event alerts can be migrated from Teradata Manager to Teradata Viewpoint.Configured rates cannot be migrated. You must configure data collection rates in TeradataViewpoint.Alerts can only be migrated when there are no alerts in Teradata Viewpoint for a TeradataDatabase system; therefore, migrate existing Teradata Manager alerts before adding andcopying alerts.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Alerts.3 From the ALERT TYPES list, click an alert type.4 Under ALERTS, click Migrate Alerts.5 Enter the log on information for an account that has permission to read data from themigrating database.6 Select an Authentication Mechanism for the migrating database.7 [Optional] Under SNMP Config, select the SNMP configuration that you assigned to anymigrated action sets containing an SNMP action.This is required when the alert actions being migrated contain any SNMP actions. TheSNMP configurations are defined in the Alert Setup portlet.8 Click Apply.A message appears in the dialog box with the number of alerts that were migrated.Chapter 3 System Administration90 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 91. Adding and Copying AlertsAfter you configure a system in Teradata Viewpoint, you can add an alert. Available alerttypes differ depending on the type of system you choose.Because you can only migrate alerts when no alerts currently exist in Teradata Viewpointfor a Teradata Database system, migrate existing Teradata Manager alerts before adding andcopying alerts.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Alerts.3 From the ALERT TYPES list, click an alert type.4 From the ALERTS list, do one of the following:• Click to add an alert.• Click in the row of the alert you want to copy.• Click the name of the alert you want to edit.5 Enter a name for the alert.6 [Optional] Select the Enabled check box to enable the alert.7 Under Alert Rules, do the following:Alert Type Trigger• System• Node• Process• Vproc• CanaryQueriesa. Select a scope to apply to the defined rules.• All applies all of the defined alert rules.• Any applies one defined alert rule, depending on which rule firstmeets criteria in the definition.b. Select a metric from the list and enter a threshold value.You can add or remove rules.c. [Optional] Enter the number of minutes in the Only trigger if alertrule(s) are met for box.The alert triggers if the rule is true for the number of minutes that youentered.• Session a. Select a scope to apply to the defined rules.• All applies all of the defined alert rules.• Any applies one defined alert rule, depending on which rule firstmeets criteria in the definition.b. Select a metric from the list and enter a threshold value.If you set up an alert rule whose only condition is Sessions per User, onlyuserName and sessionsForUser metrics are available when customizingTeradata Alerts alert actions.You can add or remove rules.c. [Optional] Enter the name of one or more users to exclude fromreceiving the alert.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 91
  • 92. Alert Type TriggerYou can add or remove users.• DatabaseSpacea. [Optional] Select the scope of databases that the alert rule applies to.• All databases includes all databases.• All databases except excludes one or more databases that you specify.• Only include databases includes one or more databases that youspecify.You can add or remove databases from the scope.b. Select a metric from the menu and enter a threshold value.The alert triggers if the metric exceeds the value that you enter.• Table Space a. [Optional] Enable and enter a value for one or more of the following forthe DBC.TransientJournal table:• Current Perm is the amount of total permanent disk space the tableis currently using.• Skew is the percentage of uneven distribution of disk space used forthe table across all AMPs.The alert triggers if the metric exceeds the value that you entered.• SystemHealtha. Select a health level from the Trigger if system health is this level orworse list.b. [Optional] Enter the number of minutes in the Only trigger if alertrule(s) are met for box.The alert triggers if the rule is true for the number of minutes that youentered.• DataCollectorsa. Select one or more data collectors from the Available box.b. Click to move them to the Selected box.The alert triggers if any errors are encountered by the DCS for theselected data collectors.8 Under Alert Action, do the following:a Select an alert action from the list.b Enter a limit for Do not run twice in a number of minutes.The alert action does not run twice during the minutes that you entered. The alertaction does not run more frequently than the data collector SAMPLE RATE.c [Optional] For session alerts only, select one of the following check boxes:• Abort SessionThis aborts the Teradata Database session after performing the selected alertaction.• Lower PriorityChapter 3 System Administration92 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 93. This modifies the priority level for the Teradata Database session whileperforming the selected alert action. The priority level is configured in the Sessiondata collector under New priority for Lower Priority action.9 Under Severity, select a severity from the menu.10 [Optional] Under Message, enter a message that appears when the alert action executes.11 Click Apply.The icon appears if the operation is successful. The icon appears if the operationfails; verify that the settings are correct, and try again.Copying Alerts Between SystemsYou can copy all alerts, except canary query alerts, from one system to another compatiblesystem.Note: Alerts with duplicate names are overwritten in the target system.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the system from which you want to copy alerts.2 From the SETUP list, click next to Alerts.3 Do one of the following:• Select a target system.• Select multiple target systems with Shift or Ctrl.4 Click Copy.Deleting AlertsAn alert can be deleted any time after it has been added to a system.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Alerts.3 From the ALERT TYPES list, click an alert type.4 Under ALERTS, select the alert name.5 Click in the row of the alert you want to delete.A confirmation message appears.6 Click OK.The alert row disappears.Monitor RatesAfter a Teradata system has been configured in Viewpoint, you can set Teradata Databaseinternal sample rates for sessions, node/vproc collection, and node/vproc logging. Theserates determine how often PM/API data are refreshed. Note the following when settingrates:Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 93
  • 94. TeradataDatabaseMonitor Rate Description12.00, 13.00,13.10• The rates are based on the numbers set in Teradata Database.• The sample rates for node/vproc sampling and node/vproc logging must be aninteger divisor of 3600.• The sample rate is valid when the new rate is an integer divisor of both currentlogging rates.• The logging rate is valid when the new rate is an integer multiple of the currentsample rate.• The sample rate is applied before the logging rates are applied. When setting allthree values at the same time, the sample rate must be a divisor of the old and thenew logging rates. The logging rates must be a multiple of the old and newsample rate.14.00 • The rates are based on the numbers set in Teradata Database.• The sample rates for node/vproc collection and node/vproc logging must be aninteger divisor of 3600.• The logging rate is independent of the sample rate.Setting Monitor RatesYou can set Teradata Database internal sample rates for sessions, system statistics, andresource usage. The sample rate you set becomes the recommended sample rate for eachcollector. Enabling the monitoring and logging process allows each collector to begincollecting data.1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Monitor Rates.3 Enable and set collector rates for the following:TeradataDatabaseDescription12.00, 13.00,13.10a. Under Session Sampling, select the check box and enter the session samplerate in the text box for the Sessions collector.b. Under Node/Vproc Sampling, select the sample check box and sample ratefor the System Statistics collector.c. Under Node/Vproc Sampling, select the logging check box and logging ratefor the Resource Usage collector.14.00 a. Under Session Sampling, select the check box and enter the session samplerate in the text box for the Sessions collector.b. Under Node/Vproc Collection, select the check box and collection rate forthe System Statistics collector.c. Under Node/Vproc Logging, select the check box and logging rate for theResource Usage collector.4 Click Apply.Chapter 3 System Administration94 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 95. Log Table Clean UpYou can configure log table clean up to remove unnecessary information and reallocatespace in Teradata Database. After you enable the clean up process for a table and configurethe retention period, you must set the time of the clean up schedule. The clean up processpermanently deletes data and does not archive it.Configuring Log Table Clean Up1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Log Table Clean Up.3 From the TABLES list, click a table.4 [Optional] Under Settings for table name , do one of the following:• Select the Enabled check box to activate clean up and include the table in the cleanup schedule.• Clear the Enabled check box to disable clean up and exclude the table from the cleanup schedule.5 Under LOGIN, select the user you want to run the clean up task.6 Under CLEAN UP, set the retention period using a number and calendar value.7 Click Apply.Clean Up TablesThe following clean up processes delete the associated system log tables:Clean Up Process Name System Log Table NameDBQ Log • DBC.DBQLSummaryTbl• DBC.DBQLStepTbl• DBC.DBQLogTbl• DBC.DBQLObjTbl• DBC.DBQLExplainTbl• DBC.DBQLSqlTblResource Usage • DBC.ResUsageSpma• DBC.ResUsageSvpr• DBC.ResUsageShst• DBC.ResUsageIpma• DBC.ResUsageIvpr• DBC.ResUsageScpu• DBC.ResUsageSldv• DBC.ResUsageSawt (12.0 and later)• DBC.ResUsageSps (12.0 and later)• DBC.ResUsageSpdsk (12.0 and later)• DBC.ResUsageSvdsk (12.0 and later)• DBC.ResUsageSobj (V2R6 only)Event Log • DBC.EventLogChapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 95
  • 96. Clean Up Process Name System Log Table NameTDWM • DBC.TDWMSummaryLog• DBC.TDWMEventLog• DBC.TDWMExceptionLogSW Event Log • DBC.SW_Event_LogAccess Log • DBC.AccLogTblClean Up ScheduleAfter the log table clean up has been configured for Teradata Database, you can set aschedule. The schedule sets the time to delete all log tables that have been enabled for theclean up process. The clean up process permanently deletes data and does not archive it.Scheduling Log Table Clean Up1 From the SYSTEMS list, click the name of the system you want to update.2 From the SETUP list, click Clean Up Schedule.3 [Optional] Under Clean Up Scheduler, do one of the following:• Select the Enabled check box to activate the clean up schedule.• Clear the Enabled check box to disable the clean up schedule.4 Under LOGIN, select the user you want to collect the current time and TeradataDatabase version.5 Under DELETE TIME, enter a time at which the clean up task is run on the Viewpointserver by the DCS.Current Teradata Time shows your information, or Unknown shows that a connectionto Teradata Database cannot be made.6 Click Apply.Disk UsageYou can view disk usage over time and the distribution of data on the Teradata Viewpointserver. The sparkline and graph provide different aspects of the data.Graphics DescriptionSparkline Shows 3 months of data. Information balloons show detailed data abouta point in time.Graph Shows how the space used by the Teradata Viewpoint server is dividedamong systems and their data collectors. Mouse over or click the systemboxes in the graph to see detailed disk space and data collectorinformation. If a system contains a region that is not associated with acollector, the information balloon displays Unknown and the amount ofdata space.Chapter 3 System Administration96 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 97. Viewing Disk Usage1 Under SYSTEMS, click Disk usage.2 [Optional] Mouse over the sparkline and graph to activate the information balloons andsee detailed information.3 [Optional] Click a system box in the graph to view the disk usage for each data collectoron that system.4 [Optional] Click the collector name in the graph to see the corresponding configurationdialog box.User ManagerThe User Manager portlet allows the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator to view andmanage Teradata Viewpoint user accounts so that you can add usernames, modify useraccounts, assign roles, reset passwords, and export data. Each portal username must beunique. You must have Teradata Viewpoint Administrator permission to access the UserManager portlet.About the User List ViewThe User List view displays a list of all Teradata Viewpoint system users by FIRST NAME,LAST NAME, PORTAL USER NAME, EMAIL, and LAST LOGIN for each user.You can view, select, and search for individual user details; add Teradata Viewpoint useraccounts, and export data. You can resize the column width or sort the contents of a columnalphabetically.Searching for a UserYou can search for an existing Teradata Viewpoint user, resize columns, and sort theinformation in the columns.1 From the User List view, click the Find Users list.2 Select a search method from the list.3 In the contains field, enter the search criterion.4 Click Find.Users with information matching the search criterion are listed in the search results.5 [Optional] Drag the column border in either direction to resize the column.6 [Optional] Sort on a column by clicking the column header.Adding a UserEach portal username must be unique to avoid being logged off when someone logs on withthe same username, such as Administrator.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 97
  • 98. If your Teradata Viewpoint portal is configured to use auto-provisioning, a user account iscreated automatically the first time a user logs on. Auto-provisioning validates portalusernames with the LDAP directory and assigns the default role and email domain.1 From the User List view, click Add User.2 Enter the portal username for the user account.3 Enter the first name, last name, and email address for the user account.4 Choose an authentication method:• Select the Externally Authenticated check box to authenticate the selected user froman external source, such as LDAP.• Clear the Externally Authenticated check box to authenticate the selected user fromthe Teradata Viewpoint internal database.5 [Optional] In the Password field, enter a preliminary password for the user account.Externally authenticated passwords are stored in the external source, such as LDAP, andvalidated from that source.6 In the Re-enter Password field, enter the password again, exactly as it was enteredpreviously.7 Click Apply.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.About the User Details ViewThe user details view allows you to delete a user, edit Teradata Viewpoint user accounts, andmanage roles assigned to users.The following tabs are available in this view:GeneralDisplays the selected portal username, first name, last name, email address, whetherthe user is externally authenticated, and the last time the user logged into Viewpoint.RolesDisplays the available and assigned roles with role precedence for the selected user.Chapter 3 System Administration98 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 99. Assigning User RolesA role must be defined in the Roles Manager portlet before it can be assigned to a user. TheRoles tab provides a list of available roles. Roles can be selected and assigned to the currentuser account.You can assign roles to an existing Teradata Viewpoint user account. If your TeradataViewpoint portal is configured to use auto-provisioning, a user account is createdautomatically the first time a user logs on to Teradata Viewpoint. By default, auto-provisioned accounts are authenticated externally and assigned a default role. Theauthentication source (for example, LDAP) and default role are set during configuration.1 From the User List view, browse the list of users or click Find Users to perform asearch.2 Click a users name.The General tab appears and displays information about the selected user.3 Click the Roles tab.Available roles are listed in the AVAILABLE PORTAL ROLES pane. Roles assigned tothe user are shown in the ROLES FOR <User> pane.4 Select a role from the AVAILABLE PORTAL ROLES list or select multiple roles bypressing Shift or Ctrl.5 Click .The selected roles appear in the ROLES FOR <User> pane. In the AVAILABLEPORTAL ROLES pane, the assigned roles are dimmed.6 Click Apply.Setting Role PriorityYou can set role priority for existing Teradata Viewpoint roles. Roles assigned higherpriority take precedence over lower-priority roles.1 From the User List view, browse the list of users or click Find Users to perform asearch.2 Click a users name.The General tab appears and displays information about the selected user.3 Click the Roles tab.4 Select a role from the ROLES FOR <User> pane to change the roles priority.5 Change the role priority by doing one of the following:• Click Up to increase the selected role priority. Roles at the top of the list have higherpriority.• Click Down to decrease the selected role priority. Roles at the bottom of the list arelower in priority.6 Click Apply.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 99
  • 100. Editing a UserYou can edit a Teradata Viewpoint user account, except the portal username. The usernameis defined when the user account is created using the User Manager portlet or it is stored inLDAP when the user is externally authenticated.1 From the User List view, browse the list of users or click Find Users to perform a search.2 Click a users name.The General tab appears and displays information about the selected user.3 [Optional] Change the first name, last name, or email address for the user account.4 Choose an authentication method:• Select the Externally Authenticated check box to authenticate the selected user froman external source, such as LDAP.• Clear the Externally Authenticated check box to authenticate the selected user fromthe Teradata Viewpoint internal database.5 [Optional] Change the password:a Select the Change Password check box.b In the Password field, enter the password.c In the Re-enter Password field, enter the password exactly as it was enteredpreviously.If Externally Authenticated is selected, the Change Password check box and relatedpassword fields are unavailable, and the password must be changed in the externalsource.6 Click Apply.Changing a User PasswordYou can change a Teradata Viewpoint user password except if Externally Authenticated isselected. When the Change Password check box and related password fields are unavailable,and the password must be changed in the external source.1 From the User List view, browse the list of users or click Find Users to perform a search.2 Click a users name.The General tab appears and displays information about the selected user.3 Select the Change Password check box.The Password and Re-enter Password fields change color.4 In the Password field, enter a password.5 In the Re-enter Password field, enter the password again, exactly as it was enteredpreviously.6 Click Apply.Chapter 3 System Administration100 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 101. Deleting a UserYou can delete a Teradata Viewpoint user account, except if you are logged on under theuser account you want to delete.1 From the User List view, browse the list of users or click Find Users to perform asearch.2 Click a users name.The General tab appears and displays information about the selected user.3 Click Delete User.A confirmation message appears.4 Click OK.Chapter 3 System AdministrationTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 101
  • 102. Chapter 3 System Administration102 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 103. CHAPTER 4Aster Completed ProcessesAster Completed ProcessesThe Aster Completed Processes portlet allows you to view the final status of processes thatran on a Teradata Aster system. Use the portlet to analyze the performance of longer-running queries, to investigate processes that did not complete successfully, and to see howthe system is being used in general.Each process is a SQL query, SQL command, or a block of SQL statements. The statementsmight originate from Teradata Database or contain Teradata Aster SQL-MapReducefunctions.Monitor multiple Teradata Aster systems by opening additional instances of the AsterCompleted Processes portlet.Aster Completed Processes ViewThe ASTER COMPLETED PROCESSES view displays summary information about thecompleted processes on a Teradata Aster system so you can monitor and locate issues.Selection MenusShow the name of the system and the time frame currently displayed. Click thesystem name to select another system. Click the time frame to select another timeperiod.State Filter BarDisplays a count of the processes in each state. Click a state to show only theprocesses in that state.FiltersControl displayed data by showing only rows that match your filter criteria. Sort onthe column headers to group data in ascending or descending order.Summary TableDisplays summary information for all processes. The table is configured in theColumns dialog box. Click a row in the table to see details.Table ActionsClear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 103
  • 104. Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, only filtereddata is exported.Selecting a System to MonitorYou can use selection menus to choose a system and time frame to monitor in the portlet,starting with the highest level menu on the far left.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a time frame from the menu.5 Click Next.About the State Filter BarThe state filter bar allows you to display specific states in the view.Chapter 4 Aster Completed Processes104 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 105. The state filter buttons provide, in near-real-time, a count of processes in each state.AllNumber of processes that finished runningCompletedNumber of processes that ran successfullyErrorNumber of processes that encountered a problem when runningCanceledNumber of processes that were stoppedAbout Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a columnand applies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, properChapter 4 Aster Completed ProcessesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 105
  • 106. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_=Cat?CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alphaor numeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthChapter 4 Aster Completed Processes106 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 107. Clearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Configuring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to select, lock, and order columns. You can resize columns inthe table.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.5 Click Apply to save the changes.6 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.State IconsThe following symbols appear in the Aster Completed Processes portlet:Chapter 4 Aster Completed ProcessesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 107
  • 108. Symbol Name DefinitionCanceled Process was stoppedCompleted Process finished runningError Error encountered during processingAster Completed Processes View MetricsMetric DescriptionUser Name of user that submitted the processState Process state, such as error, canceled, completedState Icon Symbol of the process stateType Values for process types are as follows:• SQL-MR• SQL• Teradata Import• Teradata ExportDuration How long the process ranProcess ID Unique identifier for the processSession ID Unique identifier for the sessionStart Time the process began runningEnd Time the process stopped runningWorkload Name of the workload in which the process ranDatabase Name of the database against which the process ranAbout Details ViewThe details view displays statistics and information about the selected process. This view isaccessed by clicking a process row in the summary table.TabsProvides important process details about the Overview, SQL, and Explain tabs.Process DetailsDisplays details of the selected process in sections that are specific to each tab.Previous/NextAllows you to move through processes without returning to the summary table.Chapter 4 Aster Completed Processes108 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 109. About the Overview TabThe Overview tab displays detailed information about key metrics for the selected process.The metric values show the status of a Teradata Aster process.Query Information DescriptionState Process state, such as error, canceled, completedDuration How long the process ran, displayed as hh:mm:ssStart Time the process began runningEnd Time the process stopped runningState Details Additional information about errors in operating conditionWorkload Information DescriptionWorkload Policy Name of the workload policy used to manage the process. Definesa set of related queries, and allows them to be prioritized in asimilar manner.Service Class Name of the service class used by the workload policy. Specifies theshare of system resources allocated to a workload as a function ofthe classs priority and weight values.Priority Indicates the importance of the process.• High• Medium• LowWeight Number ranging from 1 to 100 that indicates the precedence of theprocess within the priority level, increasing the resources that canbe allocated for the process. A higher value indicates a greater levelof precedence.Chapter 4 Aster Completed ProcessesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 109
  • 110. Session Information DescriptionSession ID Unique ID for the sessionUser Name of user that submitted the queryDatabase Name of the database against which the process ranIP Address IP address of the userAbout the SQL TabThe SQL tab displays the SQL for the selected query. This information is read-only. Clickto export the SQL as a .txt file.About the Explain TabThe Explain tab displays each Explain step of the query. Click to export the Explain dataas a .csv file.To view all steps and phase details, click Show all. Alternatively, click Show summary toview a shortened version of the Explain data.Step Information DescriptionStep Status Icon Indicates the status of each Explain step. In the Aster CompletedProcesses portlet, the icon is always black, indicating completed.Time Duration of the stepType Category of step such as Command, CommitPreparedTransaction,DataTransfer, Import, PrepareTransaction, and Query.Phase/Detail Summarized or full explanation of query that executes in this step.Can be used to diagnose the cause of the failure or slowness.Chapter 4 Aster Completed Processes110 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 111. CHAPTER 5Aster Node MonitorAster Node MonitorThe Aster Node Monitor portlet allows you to monitor nodes on a Teradata Aster system.The portlet displays the operation and status of worker, loader, and queen nodes as well asthe amount of data stored on the node.You can view details such as status and type for each node on the system. Hardwarestatistics including CPU and Memory are available for selected time intervals.Aster Node Monitor ViewThe ASTER NODE MONITOR view displays summary information about the nodes on aTeradata Aster system so you can monitor node performance and identify issues.Selection MenuShows the name of the system currently displayed. Click the system name to selectanother system.State Filter BarDisplays a count of the nodes in each state. Click a state to show only the nodes inthat state.FiltersFilters allow you to change displayed data by showing only rows that match yourfilter criteria. Sort on the column headers to group data in ascending or descendingorder.Summary TableDisplays summary information for all nodes. The table is configured in theColumns dialog box. The view is refreshed every 30 seconds. Click a row in the tableto see details.Table ActionsClear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display.Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, only filtereddata is exported.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 111
  • 112. Selecting a System to Monitor1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.About the State Filter BarThe state filter bar allows you to display specific states in the view.The state filter buttons provide a count of nodes in each state.AllNumber of nodes on the selected Teradata Aster systemActiveNodes that are online and available for workFailedNodes that are not participating in the nClusterPreparedNodes that are ready to be incorporated in the nCluster and able to host a virtualworkerPassiveNodes that contain copies of virtual worker data and that can be made active with arebalance operationChapter 5 Aster Node Monitor112 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 113. About Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a columnand applies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_=Cat?CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forthChapter 5 Aster Node MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 113
  • 114. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example ResultsFor columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alphaor numeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthClearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Configuring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to select, lock, and order columns. You can resize columns inthe table.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.Chapter 5 Aster Node Monitor114 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 115. 3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.5 Click Apply to save the changes.6 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.State IconsThe following icons appear in the ASTER NODE MONITOR portlet:Icons Name DefinitionActive Node is online and available to process dataCleaning Node is being cleared of all dataFailed Node is offline and not participating in the nClusterInstalling Node is being added to a clusterNew Node recently added to the systemPassive Node holds copies of virtual worker dataPrepared Node is ready to be incorporated in the cluster andcan host a virtual workerPreparing Node is preparing to host a virtual workerStopped Node is powered downUnknown Node is not registeredAster Node Monitor MetricsMetric Description% Full Percent of disk space used on the nodeCPU Node CPU useDisk In Rate of disk writes in bytes per secondChapter 5 Aster Node MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 115
  • 116. Metric DescriptionDisk Out Rate of disk reads in bytes per secondIP Address IP address of the nodeName Name of the nodeNetwork In Rate of network traffic into the node in bytes per secondNetwork Out Rate of network traffic out of the node in bytes per secondNode ID Unique ID for the nodeState Process state, such as active, installing, passiveState Icon Symbol of the process stateType Values for node types as follows:• Worker nodes hold the data and process the queries• Queen nodes manage the process, including the performanceof the other nodes and delegation of queries• Loader nodes transfer data in and out of virtual workersAbout the Details ViewThe details view displays statistics and information about the selected node. This view isaccessed by clicking on a node row in the summary table.TabsProvides important query details on the Overview and Hardware Statistics tabs.Node DetailsDisplays details of the selected node in sections that are specific to each tab.Previous/NextAllows you to move through nodes without returning to the summary table.Chapter 5 Aster Node Monitor116 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 117. About the Overview TabThe Overview tab displays detailed information about the selected node. The metric valuesprovide a snapshot of Teradata Aster system status.Node Information DescriptionIP Address IP address of the nodeRack ID User-defined name that specifies the physical location of the nodeState State of the nodeType Values for node types as follows:• Worker nodes hold the data and process the queries• Queen nodes manage the process, including the performanceof the other nodes and delegation of queries• Loader nodes transfer data in and out of virtual workersUp Since Date and time the node came onlineVirtual Workers Number of virtual workers on the nodeVirtual Worker Information DescriptionData Size Amount of data on the virtual workerIndex The partition number corresponding to a virtual workerNodes with Replicas List of nodes that contain a copy of the virtual worker dataStatus Current operating condition of the virtual workerType Values for virtual worker types as follows:• Primary is the virtual worker in which the first copy of data isinserted by Teradata AsterChapter 5 Aster Node MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 117
  • 118. Virtual Worker Information Description• Replica is the virtual worker in which a copy of the data isinserted by Teradata AsterAbout the Hardware Statistics TabThe Hardware Statistics tab displays CPU, memory, and IO metrics for the node in aselected time period. You can view statistics for the last hour, 12 hours, or 24 hours andexport the statistics for a node. The metrics in the list are the current values. The plot lines onthe graph represent values collected over the selected time period. Select a metric name to seethe plot line highlighted and surrounded by the performance envelope in the graph.List Metrics DescriptionCPU Node CPU useDisk In Rate of disk writes in bytes per secondDisk Out Rate of disk reads in bytes per secondMemory Memory used on the nodeNetwork In Rate of network traffic into the node in bytes per secondNetwork Out Rate of network traffic out of the node in bytes per secondSetting the Time PeriodYou can set the time period that is used to plot the graph.1 In the toolbar, click and select a time period from the list.The portlet refreshes, and the graph is redrawn.Removing Metrics from the GraphYou can disable a metric plot line to remove it from the graph and the metric remains in thelist.1 Clear a colored checkbox in the metric list.Exporting MetricsYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains data for the time period selected on the Hardware Statistics tab.1 Click and select a time period from the list.2 Click .3 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.Chapter 5 Aster Node Monitor118 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 119. CHAPTER 6CalendarCalendarThe Calendar portlet allows you to schedule and communicate events that might impactone or more Teradata Database systems. You must have appropriate permissions to managesystem events. A single instance of the Calendar portlet can be added to a TeradataViewpoint portal page. Each instance is identical, displaying the same information.The Calendar portlet provides the following views:Week ViewThe Week view displays all events between Sunday and Saturday of the selectedweek. In this view, only one day of the week is expanded at a time and eventindicators on other days of the week are displayed at the scheduled time in theappropriate day column.Month ViewThe Month view displays all events with start times falling between Sunday prior tothe start of the selected month and Saturday after the end of the month. In this view,event indicators are color-coded squares.An event cannot last longer than 24 hours. You can define a time and priority to an eventand, when you save it, an event indicator (a colored box) appears in the Week view orMonth view. A blue indicator means normal and a red indicator means high priority events.Mouse over an event indicator to display details about the event. All times shown are for thetime zone defined in the user profile.About the Calendar Week ViewThe Week view displays all events falling between Sunday and Saturday of the selected week.In this view, only one day of the week can be expanded at a time. The selected day caninclude one or more event summaries. The summary shows the event start and end times,and the event title. The remaining days are collapsed into narrow columns. Click in any daycolumn to expand and display a different day of the week. Todays date is shaded darker if itfalls within the selected week.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 119
  • 120. From the Week view, you can see event details by clicking anywhere in the event summaryor event indicator. Events scheduled on other days of the week are indicated by a vertical linelocated at the scheduled time in the appropriate day column.Add Event Opens the Add Event dialog box to add an event to the calendar.Today Opens the weekly calendar that includes today.Displays the Week view. If you click the date (number), the selected day isexpanded in the Week view.Displays the Month view.Displays the previous week.Displays the next week.About the Calendar Month ViewThe Month view displays all events with start times that occur during the selected month.Events shown in the selected month that start either in the previous or following month areindicated by a lighter color. Today is shaded darker if it falls within the selected month.Chapter 6 Calendar120 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 121. From the Month view, you can see event details by clicking on a date (number) or an eventindicator.Add Event Opens the Add Event dialog box to add an event to the calendar.Today Opens the monthly calendar that includes today.Displays the Week view. If you click the date (number), the selected day isexpanded in the Week view.Displays the Month view.Displays the previous month.Displays the next month.About the Calendar Event Details ViewThe Event Details view displays the details of the selected event, including event priority,who created it (the author), whether it was modified, and when it is scheduled to occur. Theevent title and description are also included in this view.Chapter 6 CalendarTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 121
  • 122. From this view, you can manage the calendar and scheduled events.Back Return to the last displayed calendar view.Edit Open the Edit Event dialog box to edit the event details.Delete Delete this event.Display the Week view containing the event.Display the Month view containing the event.Display the previous event.Display the next event.Adding an EventAdding an event changes the system event calendar and affects all users. By default, newevents are added to the currently selected day.1 From either the Calendar Week or Month view, click Add Event.The ADD EVENT dialog box appears with the current date in the START and END datefields.Chapter 6 Calendar122 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 123. 2 Set the START date:a Click inside the START date field.A pop-up calendar appears.b Click or to navigate to the appropriate month.c Select the date from the pop-up calendar.3 Set the END date.4 Select the event START and END times from the list.5 Select AM (morning) or PM (afternoon) from the list.6 Select a priority:• Normal• High7 Enter the EVENT TITLE.8 [Optional] Enter the event DESCRIPTION.9 Click OK.Editing an EventEditing an event changes the event instance affecting all users.1 From either the Calendar Week or Month view, select the event you want to edit.The event details view appears.2 Click Edit.The EDIT EVENT dialog box appears, showing event details.3 Set the START date:Chapter 6 CalendarTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 123
  • 124. a Click inside the START date field.A pop-up calendar appears.b Click or to navigate to the appropriate month.c Select the date from the pop-up calendar.4 Set the END date.5 Select the event START and END times from the list.6 Select AM (morning) or PM (afternoon) from the list.7 Select a priority:• Normal• High8 Enter the EVENT TITLE.9 [Optional] Enter the event DESCRIPTION.10 Click OK.Deleting an EventDeleting an event removes the event instance from the database and affects all users.1 From either the Calendar Week or Month view, select the event you want to delete.2 In the Event Details view, click Delete.A confirmation message appears.3 Click OK.Chapter 6 Calendar124 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 125. CHAPTER 7Canary Response TimesCanary Response TimesThe Canary Response Times portlet allows you to analyze trends in single-systemperformance over a 60-minute or a 120-minute period using canary queries. Canary queriesmeasure the time in milliseconds it takes for a user-defined query to run to completion. Thesame query is run repeatedly at a preselected interval to compare system workload overtime. The longer the query takes to complete, the heavier the system workload at that time.Canary response times can help you plan maintenance activities or schedule your workloadsappropriately. For example, you can use this portlet to identify heavy workload periods on aTeradata Database system so that you can avoid assigning tasks when system performance ismarginal. You can also use canary response times to compare current performance withaverage performance measured across one or more weeks of historical data. Additionally,you can monitor and compare the performance of multiple Teradata Database systems byadding a Canary Response Times portlet to the portal page for each monitored system.The summary view displays a graphic overview of selected canary query metrics monitoredover the previous 60-minute or 120-minute period. Samples are taken once every minute,and a data point is added to the graph for each selected canary query metric.Use the PREFERENCES view to select and organize canary query metrics to display, changethresholds, and adjust the vertical axis range for each metric. The Teradata ViewpointAdministrator defines default metrics for the Canary Response Times portlet in theTeradata Systems portlet. If enabled for your profile, you can set metrics that override thedefaults.The Canary Response Times portlet also gives you a means for comparing current andhistorical data by displaying past performance as an average of metric data points collectedover time. The duration over which the averages are calculated can be changed using thePast Averages tab.About the Canary Response Times ViewThe Canary Response Times portlet monitors the workload of a single Teradata Databasesystem over time. The summary view shows current and historical performance data usingsparklines. The sparkline is a horizontal graph, showing the time (in milliseconds) a querytakes to complete.You can monitor the performance of multiple systems by adding a Canary Response Timesportlet instance for each Teradata Database system you want to monitor. Canary responsetimes, such as SYSTEM HEARTBEAT, are represented by a data point that is added to theTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 125
  • 126. sparkline once every 60 seconds. Mouse over a sparkline to see an information ballooncontaining detailed information about the data point.The sparkline types are:Current DataShows the time (in milliseconds) that a query takes to complete. Each data pointshown on the sparkline is the average of all response times recorded during a 120-second interval, by default. The result is a curve sparkline. A large dot at the NOWpoint on the sparkline indicates the value of the last data point captured. A numberto the right of the sparklines also indicates the NOW data-point value.The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator sets the default data collection rate.Past AveragePresents the averages for a user-selected number of weeks. The sparkline is shown asa skyline chart with flat, solid data points. Use this sparkline to compare the currentperformance from the previous 60-minute or 120-minute period with the systemperformance during the same 60-minute or 120-minute period 1 or more weeks inthe past. Use the past-average data shown from NOW to 30 minutes or 60 minutesin the future to estimate system workload and enhance decision-making regardingworkload assignments and resource allocation.The summary views are:NormalThe skyline shows 90 minutes of the average-workload data values from a user-selected number of weeks in the past. The curve sparkline shows the actual data forthe past 60 minutes using 1-minute data points.MaximizedThe skyline shows 180 minutes of the average-workload data values from a user-selected number of weeks in the past. The curve sparkline shows the actual data forthe past 120 minutes using 1-minute data points.Toggle between the normal and maximized summary views using the (maximize) and(minimize) portlet buttons.Canary Response Times MetricsThe metrics available for display are canary queries.Chapter 7 Canary Response Times126 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 127. MetricDefaultSparklinePast AverageLine DescriptionSystem Heartbeat Curve Yes The predefined metric that is available for all systems. This isthe default canary query.canary query name CQ Curve Yes Canary queries defined by the Teradata ViewpointAdministrator appear on the Metrics tab.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the portlet to monitor key metric trendsthat are important to efficient operation of the system. You can select only one system tomonitor for each portlet instance.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and then use one ormore of the following tabs to customize your preferences.SystemSelect a system to monitor.MetricsSelect and organize metrics to monitor in the summary view. Drag metrics from alist of all available metrics to the Preview pane where you can preview the results asyou go.SettingsDefine settings for the metrics selected for display. Set thresholds to highlight metricvalues that are outside normal operating ranges. Set maximum vertical-axis rangesto limit the range of values displayed for selected metrics.Past AveragesAdjust the number of weeks of data points used to calculate the average value foreach displayed metric.Selecting a System to MonitorUse the System tab in the PREFERENCES view to select a Teradata Database system tomonitor. Only one system can be selected for each portlet instance.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the System tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select a system from the list.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 7 Canary Response TimesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 127
  • 128. Selecting Metrics to MonitorUse the Metrics tab in the PREFERENCES view to select and organize the metrics shown inthe summary view.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Metrics tab.The Preview pane uses sample data to show how metric rows are displayed in thesummary view.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Do any of the following to change the way metric rows are displayed:• Add a metric row. Drag a metric from the Select metrics for display list to thePreview pane.• Remove a metric row. Click located on the metric row.• Change metric row order. Drag a metric already in the Preview pane to a newlocation in the pane (up or down).Adding or removing metrics affects only the system currently selected, provided that themetrics are available on that system.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Setting Metric ThresholdsUse the Settings tab in the PREFERENCES view to set the THRESHOLD and VERTICALAXIS RANGE values for the metrics selected for display. Only metrics selected using theMetrics tab appear in the list of available metrics. Changes to the metrics affect only thesystem currently selected, provided that the metrics are available on that system.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Settings tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 [Optional] Enter the THRESHOLD setting for each available metric.The threshold line does not appear in the view when the value entered is zero or blank.5 [Optional] Enter the VERTICAL AXIS RANGE for each available metric.The sparkline scales automatically when the value entered is zero or blank.6 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.7 Click OK.Chapter 7 Canary Response Times128 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 129. Setting Past AveragesUse the Past Averages tab in the PREFERENCES view to specify the number of weeks ofdata points used to calculate the average values displayed in metric graphs.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Past Averages tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Enter the number of weeks (1 to 99 weeks).The default is 2 weeks.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 7 Canary Response TimesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 129
  • 130. Chapter 7 Canary Response Times130 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 131. CHAPTER 8Capacity HeatmapCapacity HeatmapThe Capacity Heatmap portlet allows you to analyze resource usage trends on a system toidentify periods when a system is either over-utilized or under-utilized. You can use thisinformation to schedule resource-intensive jobs with minimal impact to other users.The Capacity Heatmap portlet displays a grid with days on the horizontal axis and hours onthe vertical axis. The metric and system are selected using selection menus. Time-rangebuttons on the toolbar allow you to select 1-month or 3-month periods. Each color-codedsquare represents an hour and provides a visual indication of the metric value during a 1-hour period.The PREFERENCES view allows you to set the work week and shift specifications.About the Capacity Heatmap ViewThe CAPACITY HEATMAP view displays a graph of variations and trends in systemresource usage. The graph plots days on the horizontal axis and hours along the vertical axis.Customize the view using the menus, toolbar, and date-range slider to select metrics anddate ranges.The following list describes the features in this view:Selection MenusShows the selections that define the metric currently being displayed. You canchange the metric by changing the selections.ToolbarContains the time-range buttons. Select a time-range button to change the graph.The time-range start and end dates are displayed on the toolbar next to the time-range buttons. You can use the Display and threshold buttons to define how thecells are shaded. Export creates a .csv file containing selected data.Date-Range SliderControls the amount of historical data displayed in the view and adjusts to displayfrom 1 week to approximately 4 months of historical data. Dates outside the date-range slider timeline are shaded lighter. The darker-shaded area between the sliderhandles represents the current date range being displayed.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 131
  • 132. CellContains data about an hour on a specific date in the graph. Mouse over any cell todisplay an information balloon containing the date, hour, and metric value for the1-hour block.Work Week and Shift IndicatorHighlights times when most users are normally accessing system resources with abox around the work week and work shift hours. Specify work day and shift hoursusing the PREFERENCES view.Trend-Reporting Metrics for Teradata DatabaseDatabase MetricsMetric Description TypeCurrent Perm Sum of the current amount of permanent space (disk space)used across all vprocsNumberCurrent Perm Max Maximum permanent space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Perm Min Minimum permanent space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Spool Sum of the current amount of spool space (disk space) usedacross all vprocsNumberCurrent Spool Max Maximum spool space used on a single vproc NumberChapter 8 Capacity Heatmap132 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 133. Metric Description TypeCurrent Spool Min Minimum spool space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Temp Sum of the current amount of temporary space (disk space)used across all vprocsNumberCurrent Temp Max Maximum temporary space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Temp Min Minimum temporary space used on a single vproc NumberPeak Perm Sum of the largest amount of permanent space used across allvprocs since the last reset of the peak perm valueNumberPeak Perm Max Maximum of the largest amount of permanent space used ona single vproc since the last resetNumberPeak Perm Min Minimum of the largest amount of permanent space used on asingle vproc since the last resetNumberPeak Spool Sum of the largest amount of spool used across all vprocssince the last reset of the peak perm valueNumberPeak Spool Max Maximum of the largest amount of spool used on a singlevproc since the last resetNumberPeak Spool Min Minimum of the largest amount of spool used on a singlevproc since the last resetNumberPeak Temp Sum of the largest amount of temporary space used across allvprocs since the last reset of the peak perm valueNumberPeak Temp Max Maximum of the largest amount of temporary space used on asingle vproc since the last resetNumberPeak Temp Min Minimum of the largest amount of temporary space used on asingle vproc since the last resetNumberPerm Limit Maximum space available for permanent space storage of allindex tables, data tables, subtables, stored procedures, triggers,and permanent journalsNumberSpool Limit Maximum space available for storage of spool database objects NumberTemp Limit Maximum space available for storage of temporary databaseobjectsNumberPerformance MetricsMetric Description TypeBlocking Duration Total time the heartbeat query is blocked NumberConcurrency Average number of active tasks running on TeradataDatabase while the heartbeat query is runningNumberResponse Time Average response time of the selected canary query NumberRetrieve Time Average time to retrieve all results NumberRows Returned Average number of rows returned by the selected canaryqueryNumberChapter 8 Capacity HeatmapTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 133
  • 134. Metric Description TypeTotal Time Combined response time and retrieve time NumberQuery MetricsMetric Description TypeAbort Total Number of aborted queries NumberActive AMPs Avg Average number of active AMPs NumberActive AMPs Max Maximum number of active AMPs NumberActive AMPs Min Minimum number of active AMPs NumberActive AMPs Stddev Standard deviation of active AMPs NumberAMP CPU Skew Avg Average percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP CPU Skew Max Maximum percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP CPU Skew Min Minimum percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP CPU Skew Stddev Standard deviation percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Avg Average percent AMP I/O skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Max Maximum percent AMP I/O skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Min Minimum percent AMP I/O skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Stddev Standard deviation of AMP I/O skew PercentCache Total Number of queries found in step cache NumberConcurrency Average number of queries executing simultaneously duringthe hourNumberDelay Time Avg Average query delay time NumberDelay Time Max Maximum query delay time NumberDelay Time Min Minimum query delay time NumberDelay Time Stddev Standard deviation of query delay time NumberFirst Response TimeAvgAverage time it takes to receive the first response NumberFirst Response TimeMaxMaximum time it takes to receive the first response NumberFirst Response TimeMinMinimum time it takes to receive the first response NumberFirst Response TimeStddevStandard deviation of time it takes to receive the first response NumberMax Steps inParallelism AvgAverage number of level-2 query steps executed in parallel NumberMax Steps inParallelism MaxMaximum number of level-2 query steps executed in parallel NumberChapter 8 Capacity Heatmap134 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 135. Metric Description TypeMax Steps inParallelism MinMinimum number of level-2 query steps executed in parallel NumberMax Steps inParallelism StddevStandard deviation of number of level-2 query steps executedin parallelNumberNumber of Steps Avg Average number of query steps NumberNumber of Steps Max Maximum number of query steps NumberNumber of Steps Min Minimum number of query steps NumberNumber of StepsStddevStandard deviation of number of query steps NumberQuery Count Queries logged in dbc.QryLog, or the sum of Querycountfrom dbc.QryLogsummary during the sample periodNumberQuery Seconds Avg Average query run time NumberQuery Seconds Max Maximum query run time NumberQuery Seconds Min Minimum query run time NumberQuery Seconds Stddev Standard deviation of query run time NumberResult Rows Avg Average number of result rows for the query NumberResult Rows Max Maximum number of result rows for the query NumberResult Rows Min Minimum number of result rows for the query NumberResult Rows Stddev Standard deviation of number of result rows for the query NumberSpool Usage Avg Average amount of spool the query used NumberSpool Usage Max Maximum amount of spool the query used NumberSpool Usage Min Minimum amount of spool the query used NumberSpool Usage Stddev Standard deviation of amount of spool the query used NumberSteps with ParallelismAvgAverage number of query steps with parallel steps NumberSteps with ParallelismMaxMaximum number of query steps with parallel steps NumberSteps with ParallelismMinMinimum number of query steps with parallel steps NumberSteps with ParallelismStddevStandard deviation of number of query steps with parallelstepsNumberTotal CPU Time Avg Average CPU time. CPU time is calculated as the total AMPCPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPU time forthe query.NumberTotal CPU Time Max Maximum CPU time. CPU time is calculated as the total AMPCPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPU time forthe query.NumberChapter 8 Capacity HeatmapTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 135
  • 136. Metric Description TypeTotal CPU Time Min Minimum CPU time. CPU time is calculated as the total AMPCPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPU time forthe query.NumberTotal CPU Time Stddev Standard deviation of CPU time. CPU time is calculated as thetotal AMP CPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPUtime for the query.NumberTotal I/O Count Avg Average I/O count for the query NumberTotal I/O Count Max Maximum I/O count for the query NumberTotal I/O Count Min Minimum I/O count for the query NumberTotal I/O Count Stddev Standard deviation of I/O count for the query NumberWarning Total Total number of queries with warnings NumberSystem MetricsMetric Description TypeActive Sessions Number of sessions with active queries NumberAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAMP I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAverage OutstandingDisk ReqsOutstanding disk requests (disk queue size) NumberAWT Average number of AMP worker tasks in use on each AMP NumberComponents Down Number of components, such as BYNETs or AMPs, that aredownNumberCPU Average node CPU use. CPU is calculated as the sum of theuser CPU and system CPU usage percentages.PercentCPU AWT Processing CPU resources spent processing an AMP worker task.Normalized by multiplying the value returned from TeradataDatabase by the number of physical CPUs on the associatednode of the AWT.PercentCPU/Disk Ratio Ratio of CPU use to disk use. Calculated as the node CPUtime divided by the physical disk usage.PercentCPU DispatcherProcessingCPU resources spent in PE Dispatcher processing PercentDBC Disk Space Available DBC disk space in use PercentDisk I/O Number of disk I/Os NumberDisk Reads Total physical disk reads per system during the sample period NumberDisk Usage Disk use on the system PercentChapter 8 Capacity Heatmap136 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 137. Metric Description TypeDisk Writes Total physical disk writes per system during the sample period NumberFSG Cache Miss Percentage of FSG cache misses. Calculated as physical I/Osdivided by logical I/Os.NumberHost Block Reads Total message blocks (one or more messages sent in onephysical group) received from all clientsNumberHost Block Writes Total message blocks sent to all hosts NumberIndex Ratio The percentage of index hits. Calculated as the index I/Osdivided by the data block I/Os.NumberLogical MB/Sec Logical I/O of the system in megabytes per second NumberMax Disk Space ByAMPAvailable disk space currently in use PercentMax Spool Space ByAMPAvailable spool space in use PercentMemory Failures Total memory failures across all nodes NumberMemory Resources Total segments allocated to memory resources NumberNet A Usage Percent of BYNET A usage (BYNET receiver usage) PercentNet Reads Total reads from the BYNET during the sample period NumberNet Writes Total messages written to the BYNET during the sampleperiodNumberNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNode CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online nodes in theconfigurationPercentNode I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNodes Down Number of system nodes down NumberParallelism Percentage of parallelism, calculated as the average CPUusage / maximum CPU usage x 100PercentParser Usage Percent of CPU time the parser uses. It might exceed 100%.Normalized by multiplying the value returned from TeradataDatabase by the number of physical CPUs on the associatednode of the parser.PercentPE CPU Usage Average CPU usage of the PEs. Calculated as the averageusage of the parser and the dispatcher (both normalizedvalues). Normalized by multiplying the value by the numberof physical CPUs on the associated node of the PE.PercentRead I/O Percent of I/O that are reads PercentSession Login Count Sessions currently logged on to the system NumberChapter 8 Capacity HeatmapTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 137
  • 138. Metric Description TypeSwap Drops Total pages or segments dropped from memory during thesample period due to swappingNumberSwap Reads Total pages or segments read into memory from the disk aftera prior write or drop during the sample periodNumberSwap Writes Total pages or segments written into swap area from memoryduring the sample periodNumberSystem CPU Average CPU time spent in System mode PercentTotal AMP CPU Total AMP CPU use PercentTotal Disk Space Total disk space currently in use PercentTotal Node CPU Total node CPU use PercentUser CPU Average CPU time spent in User mode PercentVproc CPU Usage Average percent of the CPU usage of all online vprocs in theconfiguration. Normalized by multiplying the value returnedfrom Teradata Database by the number of physical CPUs inthe associated vproc.PercentWait I/O CPU Average CPU time spent waiting for I/O PercentTable MetricsMetric Description TypeIndex Count Total number of indexes NumberTable Size Table size in bytes, including index, fallback, and journalsubtablesNumberTrend-Reporting Metrics for Teradata AsterSystem MetricsMetric Description TypeActive Processes Number of processes that are currently running NumberComponents Down Number of nodes that are not available NumberComponents Passive Number of nodes not processing queries but can be madeready to process queries when neededNumberCPU Average node CPU use PercentDisk I/O Data transfer rate, in bytes per second NumberDisk In Rate of disk writes, in bytes per second NumberDisk Out Rate of disk reads, in bytes per second NumberMax Disk By Node For the node with the most used disk space, the amount ofused disk space on the nodePercentMemory Average node memory use PercentChapter 8 Capacity Heatmap138 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 139. Metric Description TypeNetwork In Rate of network traffic into the node, in bytes per second NumberNetwork Out Rate of network traffic out of the node, in bytes per second NumberNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNode I/O Skew Comparison of I/O use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentQueen Disk Space Amount of used disk space on the queen node PercentSession Login Count Number of sessions currently logged on to the system NumberTotal Space Amount of used disk space on the system PercentAbout the Capacity Heatmap Menus and ToolbarThe menus and toolbar allow you to specify the display attributes of the CAPACITYHEATMAP view.Use the selection menus to define a metric to monitor by selecting a:• System• Category• Metric• Source or VariantThe first time you add the portlet to the page, the first available metric that you havepermission to view is displayed. However, if you only have permission to view Tablemetrics, no data appears in the portlet until you select a metric using the selection menus.The 1 mo and 3 mo buttons allow you to adjust the time range displayed. As you adjust thetime range, the toolbar refreshes automatically to display the new time range in the toolbar.The Display button allows you to show or hide cell values and adjust high and low valuesthat determine cell shading. The Display cell values check box is only available when themetric displayed is a percentage. If the selected time range results in narrow cells, cell valuesare not displayed even though the Display cell values check box is selected.The threshold button displays the current threshold value and allows you to set thethreshold slider and adjust the threshold. The threshold button and slider only appear whenthe metric displayed is a percentage.Chapter 8 Capacity HeatmapTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 139
  • 140. If the threshold value is within the gray-scale range defined in the DISPLAY OPTIONSmenu, the cells are displayed in a shade of the exception color equivalent to thecorresponding gray-scale shade for that cell value.The Export button allows you to create a .csv file containing selected data.Selecting Metrics and Systems to MonitorYou can use selection menus to choose a metric and system to monitor in the portlet,starting with the highest level menu on the far left. Menus choices are available based on theprevious menu, so not all menus apply to all metrics.You are not required to make a selection from every menu each time you modify a metricselection.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a category from the menu.5 Click Next.6 Select a metric from the menu.7 Click Next.8 [Optional] Select a source or variant from the menu.The menu for source or variant (sum, average, minimum, maximum, standard deviationof that metric) is only available for certain metric categories.9 Click Next.Adjusting the Date RangeUse the toolbar to set the range of dates to display for the selected metric and system.1 Mouse over the date-range slider to activate the start-date and end-date handles.2 Drag the start-date handle until the intended start date is displayed in the toolbar.3 Drag the end-date handle until the intended end date is displayed in the toolbar.4 [Optional] Drag the date-range slider left or right to move the start-date and end-datehandles in unison.Chapter 8 Capacity Heatmap140 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 141. 5 [Optional] Click 1 mo.One month of historical data is displayed ending at the current end date.6 [Optional] Click 3 mo.Slightly more than three months of historical data is displayed ending at the current enddate.Setting Cell Values and ShadingThe DISPLAY OPTIONS dialog box allows you to display cell values and to set metricthresholds for applying cell shading for each system monitored. The shading provides avisual overview by highlighting interesting values.You must repeat this procedure for each available metric to ensure appropriate shading isapplied when the metric is selected.1 From the CAPACITY HEATMAP view, click Display.The DISPLAY OPTIONS dialog box appears.2 Do one of the following:• Select the Display cell values check box to display cell values.• Clear the Display cell values check box to display cells without values.The Display cell values check box is only available when the metric displayed is apercentage. If the selected date range results in narrow cells, cell values are not displayedeven though the Display cell values check box is selected.3 Set the lower and upper threshold values in the Apply shading to values between boxes.4 Click OK.Values below the defined range appear in a very light shade of gray, while values above therange have a very dark shade. Values within the defined range appear in three shades ofgray.Setting the Threshold ValueThe threshold button displays the current threshold value. Use the threshold button toaccess the threshold slider and adjust exception highlighting to show when the system isover-utilized or under-utilized.The threshold button and slider only appear when the metric displayed is a percentage.1 In the toolbar, click the threshold button.The threshold slider appears.Chapter 8 Capacity HeatmapTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 141
  • 142. 2 Do one of the following:• Click to set an upper threshold, highlighting all values greater than the selectedvalue in shades of red.• Click to set a lower threshold, highlighting all values less than the selected value inshades of gray.3 Drag up or down to adjust the threshold value.The CAPACITY HEATMAP view highlights change to reflect values above or below thethreshold setting.4 Click anywhere off the threshold slider to close the slider and return to the portlet.Exporting MetricsYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains up to the last 8 months of data, regardless of the selected date range. One variant(Avg, Max, or Min) is exported for the selected metric.1 In the selection menu, select a system, category, metric, and variant.2 Click .3 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.4 [Optional] Reformat exported data to match the format in the view.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to specify the work days and hours that are outlinedwith a border in the CAPACITY HEATMAP view. This setting helps to visually emphasizethe days and hours during which most users are using system resources.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.Chapter 8 Capacity Heatmap142 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 143. Configuring the Work Week and ShiftUse the Work week and shift tab in the PREFERENCES view to outline specific work daysand hours with a dark gray border in the CAPACITY HEATMAP view. The work-week-and-shift-border helps you easily identify the days and hours when system resources areused most.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Work week and shift tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select the number of shifts (work days) per week from the Total number of shifts perweek list.A single row displays for each shift.5 For each shift, click the appropriate arrow, and then select the following:• Start day• Start time• Shift duration6 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.7 Click OK.Example with Overlapping ShiftsWhen multiple shifts are defined on the same day and the hours you specify overlap, they arecombined into one shift and are enclosed in one set of shift-indicator lines. The first shift starts at 6AM and lasts for 8 hours, and the second shift starts at 1 PM and lasts for 8 hours. After you savethese settings, the work-week lines and shift-indicator lines show a single shift from 6 AM to 9PM. The Work week and shift tab counts the combined Total number of shifts per week and theShift duration indicates a longer single shift.Chapter 8 Capacity HeatmapTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 143
  • 144. Chapter 8 Capacity Heatmap144 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 145. CHAPTER 9Elastic PerformanceElastic PerformanceThe Elastic Performance portlet allows you to view your Teradata system usage and identifyperiods where usage exceeds licensed capacity. You can export data to assist in verifying thatpay per use charges reflected in the billing invoice from Teradata Corporation are accurate.This portlet is disabled by default and must be enabled using the Portlet Library portlet.The PREFERENCES view allows you to set the capacity baseline that is specified in yourTPERF Capacity on Demand Order Addendum. If you need additional information orassistance, contact your Teradata Customer Service Representative.About the Elastic Performance ViewThe ELASTIC PERFORMANCE view provides a graph of system usage over different timeperiods for each node type on the Teradata system, allowing you to see when usage exceedsbaseline. The Elastic Usage collector must be enabled to see data in the view.The following list describes the features in this view:Selection MenusShows and allows you to change the system and the graph type being displayed. Usethe selection menus to select the following graph types:Average CPU per hour: Displays bars with the average CPU usage per hour. Thepercentage of CPU usage above baseline is highlighted in the graph.CPU seconds above baseline: Displays CPU seconds above baseline per day in themonth graph or per week in the quarter graph.ToolbarDisplays the date range. The dates and times represent system usage displayed in thegraph. The Export button allows you to create a .csv file containing data for acustomized date range.System UsageDisplays the actual system usage with one graph for each node type on the system.As you mouse over the bars in the graph, information balloons display details aboutthe data for the time period. The bar at the right side of the CPU seconds abovebaseline graph will be shorter when the entire time period is not completed anddata is still being gathered.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 145
  • 146. System CPU Limit: The CPU limit set on the Teradata system which displays afterthe Elastic Limit data collector is enabled. You can set the CPU limit using theWorkload Designer portlet or the Schmon utility.Capacity Baseline: The capacity baseline is set in the PREFERENCES view.Licensed capacity is shown below the line. Usage above the line, displayed in red, issubject to pay per use charges.Data Gap: A period of time when no usage data was available. Bars containing datagaps are represented by a lighter color. The total amount of time where data was notavailable is shown in the information balloon as you mouse over the bar.Information Balloon: The information balloon for the CPU seconds abovebaseline graph displays the following:• CPU seconds above baseline: The total number of CPU seconds used above thebaseline in the day or week period.• Hours above baseline: The count of all hours in the day or week period that hadan average CPU usage above the baseline.• Average CPU when above baseline: The average CPU usage for all hours in theday or week period that had an average CPU usage above the baseline.Following is an example of the Average CPU per hour graph, where the bars represent theaverage percent of CPU usage per hour.Following is an example of the CPU seconds above baseline graph, where the bars representthe CPU seconds above baseline for a month.Chapter 9 Elastic Performance146 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 147. Selecting a SystemYou can use selection menus to choose a system and graph type, starting with the highestlevel menu on the far left. Menu choices are based on the previous menu.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.Only systems that have the Elastic Usage collector enabled are included in the systemselection.3 Click Next.4 To select a graph type, do one of the following:• Select Average CPU per hour.• Select CPU seconds above baseline, click Next, and then select Month or Quarter.5 Click Next.Exporting Usage DataYou can export usage data for further analysis. The date range shown in the toolbar is thedefault period for which data is exported. Start and end dates are inclusive. The time zoneused for the export date range is the Teradata system time zone.1 In the selection menu, select a system and graph type.2 Click .3 [Optional] Change the start and end date.4 Select one of the following export options:Export File Type DescriptionSummary Data (CSV) Exports aggregate data from the graph for viewing.Summary Data (ZIP) Exports aggregate data from the graph for billing purposes.Chapter 9 Elastic PerformanceTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 147
  • 148. Export File Type DescriptionAll Data (ZIP) Exports all available data points from the selected time period forbilling purposes.5 Click Export.6 Save the file to the desired location.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to set the capacity baseline which should be based onyour TPERF Capacity on Demand Order Addendum.Setting Capacity BaselineUse the General tab in the PREFERENCES view to set the capacity baseline. The percentageyou enter is the capacity that you paid for and is displayed in the ELASTICPERFORMANCE view.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Enter the capacity baseline as specified in your TPERF Capacity on Demand OrderAddendum.3 Click OK.Chapter 9 Elastic Performance148 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 149. CHAPTER 10External ContentExternal ContentThe External Content portlet allows you to access your company browser-based tools fromwithin the Teradata Viewpoint portal. Upon opening the External Content portlet, the webpage appears, as set by the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator. If you have the appropriatepermissions, you can use the PREFERENCES view to change the URL.Caution: Any valid web URL can be used. However, the portlet does not validate page content.Accessing some URLs might display the page outside the portlet or redirect the portal pageentirely.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the URL that appears when the ExternalContent portlet is opened. You must have the appropriate permissions to change the URL.Changing the URLUse the PREFERENCES view to change the URL set by the Teradata ViewpointAdministrator.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Enter the URL of your choice.3 Press Enter.A confirmation message appears.4 Click Save.The new URL is saved.Setting the Default URLUse the PREFERENCES view to change the default URL set by the Teradata ViewpointAdministrator.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.The URL reverts to the default URL set by the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 149
  • 150. 3 Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settings in allPREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet to aportal page.4 Enter the URL of your choice.5 Click OK.A confirmation message appears.6 Click Save.The new URL is saved as the default URL.Chapter 10 External Content150 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 151. CHAPTER 11Lock ViewerLock ViewerThe Lock Viewer portlet allows you to view the lock data such as transaction identifiers,session identifiers, lock object identifiers, and global deadlocks. Viewing lock informationhelps you determine whether system performance has been degraded by a database lock.Locate locks:• In a specific database• In a specific time frame• Caused by a specific user• That are blocking a specific userAbout the Lock Viewer ViewThe LOCK VIEWER view displays a report containing information about the databaselocks that have occurred in the last 5 minutes, hour, day, or week. Lock data is displayed inthe report only after the lock contention is resolved. Real-time lock contention data is notavailable. The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator must enable the appropriate collectors todisplay data in the LOCK VIEWER view.The following list describes the features in this view:Selection MenusShows the system and time frame for which the lock information is collected. Youcan choose a different system and time frame.You can use the rewind feature with any time frame selection to retrieve lock dataand compare it to data for a different date and time. You can only use the 5 minutestime frame with the rewind feature, and it is typically used to troubleshoot lockcontentions.FiltersChanges the displayed data to only show rows that match your filter criteria. Youcan use the filters to search for locks in a specific database, caused by a specific user,or that are blocking a specific user.Lock Log ReportShows lock data for transaction identifiers, session identifiers, lock object identifiers,and global deadlocks.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 151
  • 152. Table ActionsClear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display and setthresholds.Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, only filtereddata is exported.Selecting a System and Time FrameYou can use selection menus above the filter to choose a system and time frame, starting withthe highest level menu on the far left.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a time frame from the SELECT TIME FRAME dialog box.5 Click Next.The report appears in the summary view.Viewing the Lock Log ReportUse the Lock Log Report to view the lock data, such as transaction identifiers, sessionidentifiers, lock object identifiers, and global deadlocks. Lock data is displayed in the reportonly after the lock contention is resolved. Real-time lock contention data is not available.1 In the selection menu, choose a system and a time frame.Chapter 11 Lock Viewer152 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 153. The Lock Log Report appears with the database locks that occurred within the period oftime you specified.2 [Optional] Drag the column border in either direction to resize the column.Summary LocksThis topic describes the information that appears in the Lock Log Report.Column Description TypeBlocking Host Logical host ID of the transaction that imposed the lock NumberBlocking Level Lock level of the transaction that imposed the lock. Thefollowing values indicate the level:• Database Locked at the database level• Table Locked at the table level• RowHash Locked at the row level• RowRange Locked for a range of rowsAlphaBlocking Mode Lock level mode of the transaction that imposed the lock.The following values indicate the mode:• Ac Access• Ex Exclusive• Rd Read• Wr WriteAlphaBlocking Session Session number of the transaction that imposed the lock.The following session numbers are used to indicatedatabase internal sessions:• 0 System User• 1 System Accounting• 2 System Recovery• 3 Archive/RestoreNumberBlocking User Username that is blocking the query of another user AlphaBlocktime Date and time at which the block occurred, displayed asMM/DD/YY HH:MM:SSNumberDatabase Database name on which the lock was requested Alpha or NumberDeadlock Indicates whether the lock contention results in a deadlock.The following values indicate the type of deadlock:• N No deadlock• Y Local deadlock• G Global deadlockAlphaDelay Total time, in seconds, the transaction waited for the block NumberHost Logical host ID of the transaction that was waiting for thelockNumberChapter 11 Lock ViewerTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 153
  • 154. Column Description TypeLevel Lock level of the transaction that was waiting for the lock.The following values indicate the level:• Database Locked at the database level• Table Locked at the table level• RowHash Locked at the row level• RowRange Locked for a range of rowsAlphaMode Lock level mode of the transaction that was waiting for thelock. The following values indicate the mode:• Ac Access• Ex Exclusive• Rd Read• Wr WriteAlphaMultiple Blocker Indicates whether more than one transaction encounteredthe same lock contention. The following values indicate thestatus:• Y Two or more blocked transactions• N One blocked transactionAlphaProcessor ID Unique identifier of the AMP where the lock was requested NumberSession Session number of the transaction that was locked. Thefollowing session numbers are used to indicate databaseinternal sessions:• 0 System User• 1 System Accounting• 2 System RecoveryNumberTable Table name on which the lock was requested Alpha or NumberUser Username whose query is blocked by another user Alpha or NumberAbout Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a column andapplies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.The filtering, sorting, and page number settings that you choose for the default or minimizedview are not used when you switch to the maximized view.Chapter 11 Lock Viewer154 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 155. Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_=Cat?CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forthChapter 11 Lock ViewerTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 155
  • 156. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example ResultsFor columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alphaor numeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthClearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Configuring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to set thresholds and select, lock, and order columns. You canresize columns in the table. The thresholds and column selection, order, and lock settingsthat you choose are applied to the minimized and maximized views separately.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click Set, type a threshold value, and click OK.Values exceeding the threshold are highlighted and displayed in the table.5 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.Chapter 11 Lock Viewer156 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 157. 6 Click Apply to save the changes.7 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.Chapter 11 Lock ViewerTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 157
  • 158. Chapter 11 Lock Viewer158 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 159. CHAPTER 12Metrics AnalysisMetrics AnalysisThe Metrics Analysis portlet allows you to analyze resource usage trends for one or moresystems. Trends are graphed according to metrics such as CPU, memory, and throughputwithin a specified time range. The information is refreshed every 60 seconds.The METRICS ANALYSIS view displays a graph with time on the horizontal axis, metricvalues on the vertical axis, and a different color for each metric plot line. Plot lines show theaverage metric values as a line and have enhanced interactive features, such as performanceenvelopes and information balloons that show the actual, minimum, and maximum metricvalues. Time-range buttons allow you to monitor current usage within the last hour or viewusage trends over the last day, week, month, 3 months, or 6 months.The PREFERENCES view allows you to select and organize metrics to display, setthresholds, and adjust the vertical axis range for each metric.About the Metrics Analysis ViewThe METRICS ANALYSIS view displays a graph that represents system resource usage.One or more systems can be monitored in the time range using the same or differentmetrics. Metrics can be selected with different thresholds and vertical axis ranges.The following list describes the features in this view:ToolbarContains the time-range buttons. Select a time-range button to change the graph.Export creates a .csv file containing selected data.Line GraphPlots the time range on the horizontal axis and the metric values on the vertical axis.The plot line is a colored line that represents the average metric values. Click a plotline to see the highlighted plot line and performance envelope in a lighter shade ofthe assigned color. The performance envelope represents the upper and lower metricvalues.Time RangeShows the range of time selected with the time-range button on the toolbar. Forexample, if one hour is selected, times from the previous hour appear across thebottom of the graph.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 159
  • 160. MetricsLists up to 10 metrics that are defined in the PREFERENCES view. Each listposition is assigned a color and a check box. The metric name appears along withthe name of the system being monitored, if there is more than one system enabled.Select a metric name to highlight the plot line and see the performance envelope inthe graph.About Metric ThresholdsSet thresholds to highlight metric values that are outside normal operating ranges. Setmaximum vertical-axis ranges to limit the range of values displayed for selected metrics.After a metric threshold is set in the PREFERENCES view, the threshold line is displayedacross the graph with the threshold value to the right of the graph when you select a metricplot line. As you mouse over the selected plot line, information balloons display the datapoint value and the minimum and maximum performance envelope values. The plot line andinformation balloons change to red when the threshold is exceeded during the time range.Threshold settings are optional and can be set any time after the metric has been configured.Chapter 12 Metrics Analysis160 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 161. Setting the Time RangeYou can set the time range that is used to plot the graph.1 In the toolbar, click a time-range button.The portlet refreshes, and the graph is redrawn.Removing Metrics from the GraphYou can disable a metric plot line to remove it from the graph and the metric remains in thelist.1 Clear a colored checkbox in the metric list.About the ToolbarThe toolbar allows you to choose the time range to display in the graph. The graph displaysthe oldest data on the left and the most recent data on the right. For each metric, data iscollected every 15 seconds and averaged according to the time range chosen.Button Description1 hour Displays the metric values for the last hour, plotted by minute1 day Displays the metric values for the last 24 hours, plotted by 15-minute periods1 week Displays the metric values for the last week, plotted by hour1 mo Displays the metric values for the last month, plotted by 4-hour periods3 mo Displays the metric values for the last 3 months, plotted by 12-hour periods6 mo Displays the metric values for the last 6 months, plotted by dayClicking a different time-range button causes the portlet to immediately recalculate andupdate the graph based on the data points collected for the metrics.Chapter 12 Metrics AnalysisTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 161
  • 162. The Export button allows you to create a .csv file containing selected data.Exporting MetricsYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains data for the selected time period. The minimum, average, and maximum is exportedfor all metrics configured in the PREFERENCES view.1 In the toolbar, click a time-range button.Option Frequency1 hour Data points at 2 minute intervals1 day Data points at 15 minute intervals1 week Data points at 1 hour intervals1 mo Data points at 4 hour intervals3 mo Data points at 12 hour intervals6 mo Data points at a 1 day interval2 Click .3 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.4 [Optional] Reformat exported data to match the format in the view.Analysis Metrics for Teradata DatabaseThe following metrics are available to analyze resource usage for a Teradata Database system.Metric Description TypeActive Sessions Number of sessions with active queries NumberAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAMP I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAverage OutstandingDisk ReqsOutstanding disk requests (disk queue size) NumberAWT Average number of AMP worker tasks in use on each AMP NumberComponents Down Number of components, such as BYNETs or AMPs that aredownNumberCPU Average node CPU use. CPU is calculated as the sum of theuser CPU and system CPU usage percentages.PercentCPU AWT Processing CPU resources spent processing an AMP worker task.Normalized by multiplying the value returned from TeradataDatabase by the number of physical CPUs on the associatednode of the AWT.PercentChapter 12 Metrics Analysis162 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 163. Metric Description TypeCPU/Disk Ratio Ratio of CPU use to disk use. Calculated as the node CPUtime divided by the physical disk usage.PercentCPU DispatcherProcessingCPU resources spent in PE Dispatcher processing PercentDBC Disk Space Available DBC disk space in use PercentDisk I/O Number of disk I/Os NumberDisk Reads Total physical disk reads per system during the sample period NumberDisk Usage Disk use on the system PercentDisk Writes Total physical disk writes per system during the sample period NumberFSG Cache Miss Percentage of FSG cache misses. Calculated as the physical I/Os divided by the logical I/Os.NumberHost Block Reads Message blocks (one or more messages sent in one physicalgroup) received from all clientsNumberHost Block Writes Message blocks sent to all hosts NumberIndex Ratio Index I/Os divided by the data block I/Os NumberLogical MB/Sec Logical I/O of the system in megabytes per second NumberMax Disk By AMP Available disk space currently in use PercentMax Spool By AMP Available spool space in use PercentMemory Failures Memory failures across all nodes NumberMemory Resources Segments allocated to memory resources NumberNet A Usage Percent of BYNET A usage (BYNET receiver usage) PercentNet Reads Reads from the BYNET during the sample period NumberNet Writes Messages written to the BYNET during the sample period NumberNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNode CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online nodes in theconfigurationPercentNode I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNodes Down Number of system nodes down NumberParallelism Percentage of parallelism, calculated as the average CPUusage / maximum CPU usage x 100PercentParser Usage Percent of CPU time the parser uses. It might exceed 100%.Normalized by multiplying the value returned from TeradataDatabase by the number of physical CPUs on the associatednode of the parser.PercentChapter 12 Metrics AnalysisTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 163
  • 164. Metric Description TypePE CPU Usage Average CPU usage of the PEs, calculated as the average usageof the parser and the dispatcher (both normalized values).Normalized by multiplying the value by the number ofphysical CPUs on the associated node of the PE.PercentRead I/O Percent of I/O that are reads PercentSession Login Count Sessions currently logged on to the system NumberSwap Drops Pages or segments dropped from memory during the sampleperiod due to swappingNumberSwap Reads Pages or segments read into memory from the disk after aprior write or drop during the sample periodNumberSwap Writes Pages or segments written into swap area from memoryduring the sample periodNumberSystem CPU Average CPU time spent in System mode PercentTotal AMP CPU Total AMP CPU use PercentTotal Disk Space Total disk space in use PercentTotal Node CPU Total node CPU use PercentUser CPU Average CPU time spent in User mode PercentVproc CPU Usage Average percent of the CPU usage of all online vprocs in theconfigurationPercentWait I/O CPU Average CPU time spent waiting for I/O PercentAnalysis Metrics for Teradata AsterThe following metrics are available to analyze resource usage for a Teradata Aster system.Metric Description TypeActive Processes Number of processes that are currently running NumberComponents Down Number of nodes that are not available NumberComponents Passive Number of nodes not processing queries but can be madeready to process queries when neededNumberCPU Average node CPU use PercentDisk I/O Data transfer rate, in bytes per second NumberDisk In Rate of disk writes, in bytes per second NumberDisk Out Rate of disk reads, in bytes per second NumberMax Disk By Node For the node with the most used disk space, the amount ofused disk space on the nodePercentMemory Average node memory use PercentNetwork In Rate of network traffic into the node, in bytes per second NumberNetwork Out Rate of network traffic out of the node, in bytes per second NumberChapter 12 Metrics Analysis164 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 165. Metric Description TypeNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNode I/O Skew Comparison of I/O use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentQueen Disk Space Amount of used disk space on the queen node PercentSession Login Count Number of sessions currently logged on to the system NumberTotal Space Amount of used disk space on the system PercentAbout the Preferences ViewFrom the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.In this view, you can:• Add metrics to monitor and display.• Delete metrics that you do not want to monitor or display.• Select the ENABLE check box to plot the metric in the graph.• Clear the ENABLE check box to remove the metric from the graph, but still list it belowthe graph.• Reorder metrics to change their position and color.• Select systems to monitor and display.• Set a threshold that helps you track the performance of each metric.• Set a vertical axis range to limit the maximum value to display.Adding MetricsYou can add metrics that are plotted in the graph.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Select the ENABLE check box to enable the metric for display.3 [Optional] Select a system from the list.The SYSTEM list is available when more than one Teradata Viewpoint server is enabledfor the Data Collection Service.4 Select a metric from the list.You can add or remove metrics. Up to 10 metrics can be listed.5 [Optional] Enter a THRESHOLD value.6 [Optional] Enter a VERTICAL AXIS RANGE value.7 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the metrics for display.8 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.9 Click OK.Chapter 12 Metrics AnalysisTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 165
  • 166. Changing the Metrics Display OrderYou can change the order of the metrics that are listed below the graph. Reordering themetric list affects which color is assigned to the metric.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Metrics tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 On the metric row, click and drag the row to its new location.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Enabling and Disabling MetricsYou can enable and disable metrics from the graph. When a metric is disabled, the metricplot line is not displayed in the graph; however, data points are still being collected, so themetric is included in the list under the graph and can be reactivated at a later time.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.3 Do one of the following:• Clear ENABLE on the metric line to disable the metric.• Select ENABLE on the metric line to enable the metric.4 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.5 Click OK.Deleting MetricsYou can delete metrics from the graph. When a metric is deleted in the PREFERENCESview, the metric plot line is not displayed in the graph, and the metric is not included in thelist.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Select the Metrics tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Click on the metric row of the metric you want to delete.The metric row disappears.Chapter 12 Metrics Analysis166 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 167. 5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 12 Metrics AnalysisTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 167
  • 168. Chapter 12 Metrics Analysis168 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 169. CHAPTER 13Metrics GraphMetrics GraphThe Metrics Graph portlet allows you to analyze resource usage trends on a system within aspecified time range to help identify daily or weekly periods when a system is either over-utilized or under-utilized. You can use this information to determine when to scheduleresource-intensive jobs with minimal impact to other users.The METRICS GRAPH view displays a graph with time on the horizontal axis and metricvalues on the vertical axis. The metric and system are selected using selection menus. Time-range buttons on the toolbar allow you to select 1-month or 3-month periods. The daterange displayed can be adjusted dynamically using the date-range slider. The vertical scalefor the metric values can be expanded or compressed by dragging the number up or down.Each point on the graph represents the value collected for the selected metric during thepreceding 1-hour period.About the Metrics Graph ViewThe METRICS GRAPH view displays a graph of variations and trends in system resourceusage. The graph plots the time range on the horizontal axis and the metric values on thevertical axis. Customize the view using the menus, toolbar, and date-range slider to selectmetrics and date ranges.The following list describes the features in this view:Selection MenusShows the selections that define the metric currently being displayed. You canchange the metric by changing the selections.ToolbarContains the time-range buttons. Select a time-range button to change the graph.The time-range start and end dates are displayed on the toolbar next to the time-range buttons. Export creates a .csv file containing selected data.Date-Range SliderControls the amount of historical data displayed in the view and adjusts to displayfrom 2 days to approximately 4 months of historical data. Dates outside the date-range slider timeline are shaded lighter. The darker-shaded area between the sliderhandles represents the current date range being displayed.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 169
  • 170. Line GraphShows the numerical value of metric on the vertical axis. Mouse over a number anddrag it up or down to expand or compress the vertical scale.Plot LineDisplays metric data values in the graph. Mouse over a plot line to see aninformation balloon containing the date and time the value was collected and themetric value.Trend-Reporting Metrics for Teradata DatabaseDatabase MetricsMetric Description TypeCurrent Perm Sum of the current amount of permanent space (disk space)used across all vprocsNumberCurrent Perm Max Maximum permanent space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Perm Min Minimum permanent space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Spool Sum of the current amount of spool space (disk space) usedacross all vprocsNumberCurrent Spool Max Maximum spool space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Spool Min Minimum spool space used on a single vproc NumberChapter 13 Metrics Graph170 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 171. Metric Description TypeCurrent Temp Sum of the current amount of temporary space (disk space)used across all vprocsNumberCurrent Temp Max Maximum temporary space used on a single vproc NumberCurrent Temp Min Minimum temporary space used on a single vproc NumberPeak Perm Sum of the largest amount of permanent space used across allvprocs since the last reset of the peak perm valueNumberPeak Perm Max Maximum of the largest amount of permanent space used ona single vproc since the last resetNumberPeak Perm Min Minimum of the largest amount of permanent space used on asingle vproc since the last resetNumberPeak Spool Sum of the largest amount of spool used across all vprocssince the last reset of the peak perm valueNumberPeak Spool Max Maximum of the largest amount of spool used on a singlevproc since the last resetNumberPeak Spool Min Minimum of the largest amount of spool used on a singlevproc since the last resetNumberPeak Temp Sum of the largest amount of temporary space used across allvprocs since the last reset of the peak perm valueNumberPeak Temp Max Maximum of the largest amount of temporary space used on asingle vproc since the last resetNumberPeak Temp Min Minimum of the largest amount of temporary space used on asingle vproc since the last resetNumberPerm Limit Maximum space available for permanent space storage of allindex tables, data tables, subtables, stored procedures, triggers,and permanent journalsNumberSpool Limit Maximum space available for storage of spool database objects NumberTemp Limit Maximum space available for storage of temporary databaseobjectsNumberPerformance MetricsMetric Description TypeBlocking Duration Total time the heartbeat query is blocked NumberConcurrency Average number of active tasks running on TeradataDatabase while the heartbeat query is runningNumberResponse Time Average response time of the selected canary query NumberRetrieve Time Average time to retrieve all results NumberRows Returned Average number of rows returned by the selected canaryqueryNumberTotal Time Combined response time and retrieve time NumberChapter 13 Metrics GraphTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 171
  • 172. Query MetricsMetric Description TypeAbort Total Number of aborted queries NumberActive AMPs Avg Average number of active AMPs NumberActive AMPs Max Maximum number of active AMPs NumberActive AMPs Min Minimum number of active AMPs NumberActive AMPs Stddev Standard deviation of active AMPs NumberAMP CPU Skew Avg Average percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP CPU Skew Max Maximum percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP CPU Skew Min Minimum percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP CPU Skew Stddev Standard deviation percent of AMP CPU skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Avg Average percent AMP I/O skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Max Maximum percent AMP I/O skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Min Minimum percent AMP I/O skew PercentAMP I/O Skew Stddev Standard deviation of AMP I/O skew PercentCache Total Number of queries found in step cache NumberConcurrency Average number of queries executing simultaneously duringthe hourNumberDelay Time Avg Average query delay time NumberDelay Time Max Maximum query delay time NumberDelay Time Min Minimum query delay time NumberDelay Time Stddev Standard deviation of query delay time NumberFirst Response TimeAvgAverage time it takes to receive the first response NumberFirst Response TimeMaxMaximum time it takes to receive the first response NumberFirst Response TimeMinMinimum time it takes to receive the first response NumberFirst Response TimeStddevStandard deviation of time it takes to receive the first response NumberMax Steps inParallelism AvgAverage number of level-2 query steps executed in parallel NumberMax Steps inParallelism MaxMaximum number of level-2 query steps executed in parallel NumberMax Steps inParallelism MinMinimum number of level-2 query steps executed in parallel NumberChapter 13 Metrics Graph172 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 173. Metric Description TypeMax Steps inParallelism StddevStandard deviation of number of level-2 query steps executedin parallelNumberNumber of Steps Avg Average number of query steps NumberNumber of Steps Max Maximum number of query steps NumberNumber of Steps Min Minimum number of query steps NumberNumber of StepsStddevStandard deviation of number of query steps NumberQuery Count Queries logged in dbc.QryLog, or the sum of Querycountfrom dbc.QryLogsummary during the sample periodNumberQuery Seconds Avg Average query run time NumberQuery Seconds Max Maximum query run time NumberQuery Seconds Min Minimum query run time NumberQuery Seconds Stddev Standard deviation of query run time NumberResult Rows Avg Average number of result rows for the query NumberResult Rows Max Maximum number of result rows for the query NumberResult Rows Min Minimum number of result rows for the query NumberResult Rows Stddev Standard deviation of number of result rows for the query NumberSpool Usage Avg Average amount of spool the query used NumberSpool Usage Max Maximum amount of spool the query used NumberSpool Usage Min Minimum amount of spool the query used NumberSpool Usage Stddev Standard deviation of amount of spool the query used NumberSteps with ParallelismAvgAverage number of query steps with parallel steps NumberSteps with ParallelismMaxMaximum number of query steps with parallel steps NumberSteps with ParallelismMinMinimum number of query steps with parallel steps NumberSteps with ParallelismStddevStandard deviation of number of query steps with parallelstepsNumberTotal CPU Time Avg Average CPU time. CPU time is calculated as the total AMPCPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPU time forthe query.NumberTotal CPU Time Max Maximum CPU time. CPU time is calculated as the total AMPCPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPU time forthe query.NumberTotal CPU Time Min Minimum CPU time. CPU time is calculated as the total AMPCPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPU time forthe query.NumberChapter 13 Metrics GraphTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 173
  • 174. Metric Description TypeTotal CPU Time Stddev Standard deviation of CPU time. CPU time is calculated as thetotal AMP CPU time plus the total parser and dispatcher CPUtime for the query.NumberTotal I/O Count Avg Average I/O count for the query NumberTotal I/O Count Max Maximum I/O count for the query NumberTotal I/O Count Min Minimum I/O count for the query NumberTotal I/O Count Stddev Standard deviation of I/O count for the query NumberWarning Total Total number of queries with warnings NumberSystem MetricsMetric Description TypeActive Sessions Number of sessions with active queries NumberAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAMP I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAverage OutstandingDisk ReqsOutstanding disk requests (disk queue size) NumberAWT Average number of AMP worker tasks in use on each AMP NumberComponents Down Number of components, such as BYNETs or AMPs, that aredownNumberCPU Average node CPU use. CPU is calculated as the sum of theuser CPU and system CPU usage percentages.PercentCPU AWT Processing CPU resources spent processing an AMP worker task.Normalized by multiplying the value returned from TeradataDatabase by the number of physical CPUs on the associatednode of the AWT.PercentCPU/Disk Ratio Ratio of CPU use to disk use. Calculated as the node CPUtime divided by the physical disk usage.PercentCPU DispatcherProcessingCPU resources spent in PE Dispatcher processing PercentDBC Disk Space Available DBC disk space in use PercentDisk I/O Number of disk I/Os NumberDisk Reads Total physical disk reads per system during the sample period NumberDisk Usage Disk use on the system PercentDisk Writes Total physical disk writes per system during the sample period NumberFSG Cache Miss Percentage of FSG cache misses. Calculated as physical I/Osdivided by logical I/Os.NumberChapter 13 Metrics Graph174 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 175. Metric Description TypeHost Block Reads Total message blocks (one or more messages sent in onephysical group) received from all clientsNumberHost Block Writes Total message blocks sent to all hosts NumberIndex Ratio The percentage of index hits. Calculated as the index I/Osdivided by the data block I/Os.NumberLogical MB/Sec Logical I/O of the system in megabytes per second NumberMax Disk Space ByAMPAvailable disk space currently in use PercentMax Spool Space ByAMPAvailable spool space in use PercentMemory Failures Total memory failures across all nodes NumberMemory Resources Total segments allocated to memory resources NumberNet A Usage Percent of BYNET A usage (BYNET receiver usage) PercentNet Reads Total reads from the BYNET during the sample period NumberNet Writes Total messages written to the BYNET during the sampleperiodNumberNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNode CPU Usage Average percent of CPU usage of all online nodes in theconfigurationPercentNode I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentNodes Down Number of system nodes down NumberParallelism Percentage of parallelism, calculated as the average CPUusage / maximum CPU usage x 100PercentParser Usage Percent of CPU time the parser uses. It might exceed 100%.Normalized by multiplying the value returned from TeradataDatabase by the number of physical CPUs on the associatednode of the parser.PercentPE CPU Usage Average CPU usage of the PEs. Calculated as the averageusage of the parser and the dispatcher (both normalizedvalues). Normalized by multiplying the value by the numberof physical CPUs on the associated node of the PE.PercentRead I/O Percent of I/O that are reads PercentSession Login Count Sessions currently logged on to the system NumberSwap Drops Total pages or segments dropped from memory during thesample period due to swappingNumberSwap Reads Total pages or segments read into memory from the disk aftera prior write or drop during the sample periodNumberChapter 13 Metrics GraphTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 175
  • 176. Metric Description TypeSwap Writes Total pages or segments written into swap area from memoryduring the sample periodNumberSystem CPU Average CPU time spent in System mode PercentTotal AMP CPU Total AMP CPU use PercentTotal Disk Space Total disk space currently in use PercentTotal Node CPU Total node CPU use PercentUser CPU Average CPU time spent in User mode PercentVproc CPU Usage Average percent of the CPU usage of all online vprocs in theconfiguration. Normalized by multiplying the value returnedfrom Teradata Database by the number of physical CPUs inthe associated vproc.PercentWait I/O CPU Average CPU time spent waiting for I/O PercentTable MetricsMetric Description TypeIndex Count Total number of indexes NumberTable Size Table size in bytes, including index, fallback, and journalsubtablesNumberTrend-Reporting Metrics for Teradata AsterSystem MetricsMetric Description TypeActive Processes Number of processes that are currently running NumberComponents Down Number of nodes that are not available NumberComponents Passive Number of nodes not processing queries but can be madeready to process queries when neededNumberCPU Average node CPU use PercentDisk I/O Data transfer rate, in bytes per second NumberDisk In Rate of disk writes, in bytes per second NumberDisk Out Rate of disk reads, in bytes per second NumberMax Disk By Node For the node with the most used disk space, the amount ofused disk space on the nodePercentMemory Average node memory use PercentNetwork In Rate of network traffic into the node, in bytes per second NumberNetwork Out Rate of network traffic out of the node, in bytes per second NumberNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentChapter 13 Metrics Graph176 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 177. Metric Description TypeNode I/O Skew Comparison of I/O use on the busiest node to the averagenodePercentQueen Disk Space Amount of used disk space on the queen node PercentSession Login Count Number of sessions currently logged on to the system NumberTotal Space Amount of used disk space on the system PercentAbout the Metrics Graph Menus and ToolbarThe menus and toolbar allow you to specify the display attributes of the METRICS GRAPHview.Use the selection menus to define a metric to monitor by selecting a:• System• Category• Metric• Source or VariantThe first time you add the portlet to the page, the first available metric that you havepermission to view is displayed. However, if you only have permission to view Tablemetrics, no data appears in the portlet until you select a metric using the selection menus.The 1 mo and 3 mo buttons allow you to adjust the time range displayed. As you adjust thetime range, the toolbar refreshes automatically to display the new time range in the toolbar.The Export button allows you to create a .csv file containing selected data.Selecting Metrics and Systems to MonitorYou can use selection menus to choose a metric and system to monitor in the portlet,starting with the highest level menu on the far left. Menus choices are available based on theprevious menu, so not all menus apply to all metrics.You are not required to make a selection from every menu each time you modify a metricselection.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.Chapter 13 Metrics GraphTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 177
  • 178. 4 Select a category from the menu.5 Click Next.6 Select a metric from the menu.7 Click Next.8 [Optional] Select a source or variant from the menu.The menu for source or variant (sum, average, minimum, maximum, standard deviationof that metric) is only available for certain metric categories.9 Click Next.Adjusting the Date RangeUse the toolbar to set the range of dates to display for the selected metric and system.1 Mouse over the date-range slider to activate the start-date and end-date handles.2 Drag the start-date handle until the intended start date is displayed in the toolbar.3 Drag the end-date handle until the intended end date is displayed in the toolbar.4 [Optional] Drag the date-range slider left or right to move the start-date and end-datehandles in unison.5 [Optional] Click 1 mo.One month of historical data is displayed ending at the current end date.6 [Optional] Click 3 mo.Three months of historical data is displayed ending at the current end date.Exporting MetricsYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains up to the last 8 months of data, regardless of the selected date range. One variant(Avg, Max, or Min) is exported for the selected metric.1 In the selection menu, select a system, category, metric, and variant.2 Click .3 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.4 [Optional] Reformat exported data to match the format in the view.Chapter 13 Metrics Graph178 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 179. CHAPTER 14My QueriesMy QueriesThe My Queries portlet allows you to view and manage your queries across multipleTeradata Database systems. You can see if queries are queued or blocked, and you can seetheir impact on system resources.Use the My Queries portlet to view information about queries in either the summary viewor the details view. The summary view contains a table with one row allocated to each of thesessions logged on under one or more user names. Select a row in the summary view to seeadditional session and query information in the details view. Use the SQL, Explain, BlockedBy, or Query Band tab in the details view to display information for the selected session.The PREFERENCES view allows you to select one or more Teradata Database systems, andthen select one or more users per system to monitor. From this view, you can also select aformat for the SQL that appears in the query details view.About the My Queries ViewAfter you add an account in the Profile portlet for each Teradata Database system you wantto monitor, the MY QUERIES view displays queries running on the selected systems underyour logon.FiltersDisplays data by showing only rows that match your filter criteria. Sort on thecolumn headers to group data in ascending or descending order.SessionsThe MY QUERIES view displays information about each session in a table, withcolumns configured specifically for the current view. These statistics are sampledand the table is refreshed every 30 seconds. Highlighted values in any row indicatethat a session has exceeded threshold criteria for a specific metric. Click anywhere ina row to see session details.Table ActionsClear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display and setthresholds.Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, only filtereddata is exported.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 179
  • 180. About Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a column andapplies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.The filtering, sorting, and page number settings that you choose for the default or minimizedview are not used when you switch to the maximized view.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, properChapter 14 My Queries180 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 181. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_=Cat?CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alpha ornumeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthChapter 14 My QueriesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 181
  • 182. Clearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Configuring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to set thresholds and select, lock, and order columns. You canresize columns in the table. The thresholds and column selection, order, and lock settingsthat you choose are applied to the minimized and maximized views separately.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click Set, type a threshold value, and click OK.Values exceeding the threshold are highlighted and displayed in the table.5 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.6 Click Apply to save the changes.7 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.Chapter 14 My Queries182 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 183. Session View MetricsMetrics appearing in the summary view can be selected in the Columns dialog box. Metricsavailable for monitoring and display are listed below.Metric Description TypeAccount Account from which a query was submitted StringBlocked Time How long the query has been blocked NumberCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sample PercentCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by thequeryPercentΔ CPU Total CPU usage time consumed, in seconds, since the lastsampleNumberΔ I/O I/O count since the last sample NumberDuration How long the query has been running NumberHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionNumberImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP duringthe collection interval times the total number of AMPsparticipating for this session during the last session collectionintervalNumberIn State How long the query has been in the current state NumberI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sample PercentPartition Partition in which the query is running StringPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates systemperformance degradationNumberQuery Band Set of name-value pairs for the session or transaction StringReq CPU Number of CPU seconds needed to run the query NumberReq I/O Number of disk I/Os performed to run the query NumberSession ID Unique session identifier NumberSpool Amount of spool space the query requires NumberStart Time that the query started running on Teradata Database NumberState Text describing the current state of the query StringState Icon Icon representing the current state of the query IconSystem Full name of the system running the query StringTemp Space Amount of temp space used by the query NumberChapter 14 My QueriesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 183
  • 184. Metric Description TypeUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed inmilliseconds, to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over ashort period of timeNumberUsername Name of the user who submitted the query StringWorkload Workload in which the query is running StringState IconsThe following icons appear in the portlet:Icons Name DefinitionAborting Query has been aborted, and changes are being rolledback.Active Query is running.Blocked Query is waiting for a lock held by another query.Delayed Query is in a delay queue waiting to run.Idle No query is running.Other Query is in an unknown state.Parsing Query is being parsed before running.QTDelayed Query is waiting for rows to be inserted into a queuetable.Response Query is returning results to the user.SESDelayed Query is delayed because a utility limit has beenexceeded in FastLoad, MultiLoad, FastExport, orARC.About the Details ViewThe details view displays statistics and information about the selected session. This view canbe accessed by clicking a session row in the summary view.TabsProvides important query details on the Overview, SQL, Explain, Query Band,Blocked By, Skew, and Delay tabs.Query DetailsDisplays details of the selected query in sections that are specific to each tab.Manage QueriesManages the query or session for Teradata Database systems with Abort, ChangePriority, Change Workload, and Release Query options.Chapter 14 My Queries184 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 185. Previous/NextAllows you to move through sessions without returning to the summary table.About the Overview TabThe Overview tab provides detailed information about key metrics for the selected sessionand its queries. The metric values provide a view of the query status on the system. Metricsthat exceed defined thresholds are highlighted.Query Information DescriptionState Query state, such as active, blocked, terminateTime in State How long the query has been in the current state, displayed ashh:mm:ssTotal Duration How long the query has run, displayed as hh:mm:ssSpool Space Amount of spool space the query is usingTemp Space Amount of temp space the query is usingPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates system performancedegradationUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed in milliseconds,to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over a short period oftimeChapter 14 My QueriesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 185
  • 186. Query Information DescriptionCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by the queryCPU Total CPU usage time, in seconds, consumed by the queryCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sampleImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP during thecollection interval times the total number of AMPs participatingfor this session during the last session collection intervalI/O Number of I/O operations the query performedI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sampleWorkload Information DescriptionName Name of the workload where the query is actively runningMethod Name of the workload management method in SLES 11. Availablevalues are:• Tactical• SLG Tier (not used by TIWM systems)• TimeshareCPU Decay Most severe level of CPU resource access restriction for queries ina Timeshare workload in SLES 11CPU Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical CPU time exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Classification Mode How a query or session is assigned to a workload. Available valuesare:• Auto - Query is assigned automatically by TASM• Request - Query is assigned manually to a workload usingChange Workload• Session - Queries initiated in that session are assignedmanually to a workload using Change WorkloadThis field is empty if this is not a DBC/SQL session or if TeradataWorkload Management Category 3 is disabled.VPart Name of the virtual partition in SLES 11I/O Decay Most severe level of I/O resource access restriction for queries in aTimeshare workload in SLES 11I/O Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical I/O usage exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Session Information DescriptionUser Name of the user that submitted the queryAccount Account of the user that submitted the querySource Source details, such as application name, IP address, and host usernameChapter 14 My Queries186 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 187. Session Information DescriptionPartition Partition in which the query is runningRequests Number of queries submitted by the sessionAbout the SQL TabThe SQL tab displays the SQL for the selected query. This information is read-only. Clickto export the SQL as a .txt file. The tab is only available when a query is active, blocked, ordelayed.For Teradata Database systems, the tab is only available when a query meets certainthresholds established by the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.About the Explain TabThe Explain tab displays an abbreviated version of the Step statistics and Explain text thatresult from an Explain request in an SQL session. Each Explain step is uniquely identifiedwith a number, where the background of the number box indicates status. This informationis read-only. The tab is only available when a query meets certain thresholds established bythe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator. Click to export the Explain data as a .csv file.Step Information DescriptionStep Number • Completed steps are at the top of the list and indicated by ablack number box.• Active steps are indicated by a pulsating number box (flashesgray and white).• Steps to run are at the bottom of the list and indicated by awhite number box.Confidence Level Indicator Icon- No confidence in the estimate- Low confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate due to a join indexEst. Time Estimated execution time for the stepEst. Rows Estimated number of rows for the stepActual Time Actual CPU time consumed by the step, or blank if the step hasnot runActual Rows Actual number of rows for the step, or blank if the step has notrunAbout the Blocked By TabThe Blocked By tab displays details about other queries that are blocking the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when the selected query is blocked.Chapter 14 My QueriesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 187
  • 188. Blocked By Information DescriptionUsername Name of the user that is running the query that holds the lockHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionSession ID Session ID of the blocking queryLock Type Type of lock. Type can be Exclusive, Read, Write, or Access.Status Lock status. Status can be Waiting or Granted.Locked Name of the locked objectAbout the Query Band TabThe Query Band tab displays the session and transaction query bands for the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when a query band is included in thequery.Query Band Information DescriptionName Name of the query band for the session or transactionValue Value of the query band for the session or transactionAbout the Delay TabThe Delay tab displays details about all rules that are delaying a query. A scroll bar appears ifthere are more than two rules. This information is read-only. The tab is only available if theselected query is delayed and monitored on a Teradata Database 13.10 system or later.Statistics Information DescriptionBlocking Count Number of consecutive times this session has blocked at least oneother sessionUtility Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a utility throttle ruleSystem Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a system throttle ruleWorkload Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a workload throttleruleRule Information DescriptionRule Name Name of rule causing request delayRule Type TASM type of rule causing request delayOverridable Indicates if the Teradata Database Administrator can abort orrelease the requestAbout the Skew TabThe Skew tab displays details about the level of skew in the query or session. The Skew tabdoes not display when the Delay tab is present.Chapter 14 My Queries188 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 189. Skew Information DescriptionHighest AMP with the highest CPU utilization or I/O count2nd Highest AMP with the second highest CPU utilization or I/O count3rd Highest AMP with the third highest CPU utilization or I/O countAverage AMP with the lowest CPU utilization or I/O count3rd Lowest AMP with the second lowest CPU utilization or I/O count2nd Lowest AMP with the third lowest CPU utilization or I/O countLowest Average CPU utilization or I/O count across all AMPSSession Skew Difference between the highest and the average valuesParticipating AMPs Total number of AMPs participating for this session during thelast session collection intervalAbout Managing Queries and SessionsYou can manage queries and sessions to improve workload performance for TeradataDatabase systems.AbortAbort the selected query or sessionChange PriorityChange the priority of the selected query or sessionChange WorkloadChange the workload of the selected query or sessionRelease QueryRelease the selected query from a delay queueYou must log on with a user ID that has permissions to abort, change priorities orworkloads, or release queries. If you log out, close a portlet, or open a new portlet instance,you must log on again.Note: Change Workload is available only if Teradata Active System Management (TASM)is enabled. If TASM is disabled, Change Priority is available. If you do not see ChangeWorkload or Change Priority in the menu, the system you are monitoring does notsupport these features or you do not have permission to use them. If the query you aremonitoring is delayed, only Release Query is available.Aborting a Query or a SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can abort a query or session that is blocking otherqueries or consuming too many resources.1 Click the row of the query you want to abort.2 Click .Chapter 14 My QueriesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 189
  • 190. 3 Select Abort.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Select one of the following:• Abort Query to abort the selected query.• Abort Session to abort the selected query and log off the session.7 Click Next.8 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing the Priority of a Query or SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can change the priority of a query or session to allowhigher priority queries to run or balance session resources.This menu item is only available when workloads are not enabled and the system beingmonitored supports this feature.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .3 Select Change Priority.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 From the list of accounts that have been assigned to the user, select an account to copythe account name to the Edit new account string box.7 [Optional] Edit the account string or enter a new account string.8 Click Next.9 Select one of the following:• Move just this query to change the priority of the selected query.• Move this query and all future queries associated with this session to change thepriority of the selected query and all subsequent queries in the current session.10 Click Next.11 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing the Workload of a Query or SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can change the workload of a query or session to allowhigher priority workloads to run or to balance workload resources.This menu item is only available when workloads are enabled and the system beingmonitored supports this feature.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .3 Select Change Workload.Chapter 14 My Queries190 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 191. 4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Select a different workload from the list and click Next.7 Select one of the following:• Move just this query to change the selected query.• Move this query and all future queries associated with this session to change thepriority of the selected query and all subsequent queries in the current session.8 Click Next.9 Click Next to confirm your selection.10 Click OK.Releasing a QueryFor Teradata Database systems, you can release a query from the delay queue for immediateprocessing.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .3 Select Release Query.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing Multiple SessionsYou can change system resources for multiple sessions, users, or account strings in thefollowing locations:• All sessions table from the summary view• User sessions table from the details view• Account strings table from the details view1 Click a session from the summary view.2 [Optional] Access user or account string tables from the details view.a Click a session.b Click the USER or ACCOUNT link under SESSION INFO.3 Select a session action from the Table Actions menu.Check boxes appear next to the sessions.4 Do one of the following:• Select the check box in the column heading to select all sessions.• Select the check boxes for specific sessions.5 Select Next.6 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.Chapter 14 My QueriesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 191
  • 192. 7 Follow the instructions on subsequent screens.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to select systems and users to monitor and to select aformat for the SQL that appears in the query details view.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and then use one ormore of the following tabs to customize your preferences.SystemsSelect the Teradata Database systems and login user names to monitor.DisplayChoose formatted or unformatted SQL to display on the SQL tab of the query detailsview.Selecting Systems and Users to MonitorUse the Systems tab in the PREFERENCES view to select Teradata Database systems andlogin user names to monitor.Define user names for each system using the Profile portlet. Only predefined user namesappear on the Systems tab.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Systems tab.3 Click to expand system names and show available user names.4 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.5 For each Teradata Database system and user name you want to monitor:a Select the systems on which you want to monitor queries.b Select the user names for each system that you want to monitor.Chapter 14 My Queries192 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 193. 6 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.7 Click OK.Selecting Display OptionsThe Display tab in the PREFERENCES view allows you to format the SQL that appears onthe SQL tab of the query details view.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Display tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Do one of the following for Teradata Database systems:• Select the Format SQL check box to use formatted SQL.• Clear the Format SQL check box to use unformatted SQL.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 14 My QueriesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 193
  • 194. Chapter 14 My Queries194 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 195. CHAPTER 15Node ResourcesNode ResourcesThe Node Resources portlet allows you to monitor physical and virtual resources to locateover or under-utilized resources and isolate performance or system issues. You choosewhich system and resources to monitor on your Teradata Database system.The Node Resources portlet provides metrics about:• Percentage of CPU used by nodes or vprocs• How system resource usage is spread across the vprocs• How much physical disk I/O, BYNET traffic, or host reads and writes are occurring• Whether congestion or excessive swapping is an issue on a single or group of nodes orvprocsThese metrics allow you to analyze data and detect issues, such as poor node or vprocparallel efficiency, or higher than expected disk read/write ratio or swap I/O rate.The Node Resources portlet provides controls that let you choose what information isdisplayed. The information is refreshed every 60 seconds.The PREFERENCES view allows you to choose which metrics appear in the portlet views.About the Summary ViewsThe summary views provide a status of the resources on your Teradata Database system soyou can monitor and locate issues. The NODES summary view displays the status of nodes,grouped by clique. The VPROCS summary view displays the status of vprocs in a node.The following list describes the features in these views:Selection MenusShows the system and resources currently being displayed. Choose a system,including multi-generational systems, and type of node.ToolbarContains a count of the total resources on the selected system, the number ofresources outside the threshold, and the number of down resources that are out ofservice or offline.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 195
  • 196. Preview SlidersDisplays resources that are outside the threshold or down. You can customize themetrics displayed from the PREFERENCES view.Resource TotalsDisplays the total number of nodes or vprocs that are outside the threshold.Clique IDDisplays the status of nodes, grouped by clique, when you select any of the Nodesviews from the selection menus.Node IDDisplays the status of vprocs in a node when you select any of the Vprocs viewsfrom the selection menus. You can click a node ID to view the details view for thatnode.Preview SquaresDisplays node or vproc status by color-coded squares, depending on the resourceyou chose from the selection menus.Following is an example of the NODES summary view that you see when you select AllNodes > Nodes > ALL from the selection menu.Following is an example of the VPROCS summary view that you see when you select AllNodes > Vprocs > ALL from the selection menu.Chapter 15 Node Resources196 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 197. Selecting a System to MonitorYou can use selection menus to choose a system and type of resource to monitor in theportlet, starting with the highest level menu on the far left. Menu choices are based on theprevious menu.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a type of resource from the menu.5 Click Next.6 Select Nodes or Vprocs from the menu.7 Click Next.8 Do one of the following:• Select Nodes, and then select ALL, With AMPs, or Without AMPs from the menu.• Select Vprocs, and then select ALL, AMPs, or PEs from the menu.9 [Optional] Click Next.Selection Menu ChoicesThe Node Resources portlet displays data for a single Teradata Database system. Theselection menu allows you to choose the type of data that appears in the summary views,Chapter 15 Node ResourcesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 197
  • 198. preview squares, and details views. Depending on your system, you may have access tomulti-generational systems.Selection Menu Choices DescriptionNodes > ALL Node data on all nodes, grouped by cliqueNodes > With AMPs Node data on all nodes with AMPs, grouped by cliqueNodes > Without AMPs Node data on all nodes without AMPs, grouped by cliqueVprocs > ALL Vproc data on all AMPs and vprocs, grouped by nodeVprocs > AMP Vproc data only on AMPs, grouped by nodeVprocs > PE Vproc data only on PEs, grouped by node5500H, 5350, 4980, and soforthMulti-generational system dataFor example, by selecting 5500H, you can view and compare data for5500H nodes within a system. Typically, you would not compare metricson older hardware with metrics on newer hardware.About the ToolbarThe toolbar allows you to filter the display attributes in the table view by using the resourcecount status buttons. The toolbar displays a summary count of:• The total resources on the selected system• The > threshold resources that are outside the threshold• The number of down resources that are out of service or offlineAfter you click a button, the table view appears with statistics and information about theselected resources to help you isolate issues.About the Preview SlidersPreview sliders display metrics of resources that are outside the threshold or down and helpyou determine if there is skew across the nodes or vprocs. The metrics and thresholds thatappear in the preview sliders are set in the PREFERENCES view.As you move a slider:• A box to the right of each slider displays the total number of nodes or vprocs that areoutside the threshold.• A box above the slider displays a percentage + or - from the average. The left side of theslider represents the average. As you move the slider to the right, the metric is furtheraway from the average.• Preview squares reflect the resources that are outside the threshold.You can click a node ID to see the details view for that node.Chapter 15 Node Resources198 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 199. A single vproc might be counted for each resource total, however, that vproc is only countedonce in the > threshold status button.About the Preview SquaresPreview squares are color-coded squares that help you determine status for a particularresource. Preview squares display data in the summary views and details views according tothe resources selected from the selection menu.Mouse over a preview square to display an information balloon containing the metrics forthe resource selected. The information in the balloon corresponds to the metrics in the 3preview sliders. Click a preview square to see the details view for that resource.The types of preview squares are listed below.Preview Square Status DescriptionGray Normal No threshold is set or no metric is outside of thethreshold.Orange Warning At least one metric for a resource is outside thethreshold.Black Down Set automatically when the node goes down or when theTeradata Database Administrator takes the resource outof service or offline.Summary View MetricsSelect metrics to appear in the summary view for nodes, vprocs, AMPs, and PEs using theColumns dialog box. Some metrics are only available in certain views.NNodes > ALL, Nodes > With AMPs, Nodes > Without AMPsChapter 15 Node ResourcesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 199
  • 200. VVprocs > ALLAVprocs > AMPPVprocs > PEMetric Description Type ViewCIC Usage Percent of Channel Interface Controller usage for thisresourcePercent NCPU Usage Percent of CPU usage that is spent being active (notidle)Percent N, V, A, PDisk I/O Number of disk I/Os for this resource Number N, V, ADisk Out ReqAvgAverage number of outstanding disk requests for thisresourceNumber N, V, ADisk Reads Total number of physical disk reads for this resourceduring the sample intervalNumber N, V, ADisk Usage Percentage of disk usage for this resource Percent NDisk Writes Total number of physical disk writes for this resourceduring the sample intervalNumber N, V, AHost BlockReadsNumber of message blocks received from all hosts.A message block may consist of multiple messages.Number N, V, PHost BlockWritesNumber of message blocks sent to all hosts.A message block may consist of multiple messages.Number N, V, PHost I/O Number of host I/Os for this resource Number N, V, PMem Agings Memory agings and collections done on old segments Number NMem AllocateKBKilobytes allocated to memory resources Number N, V, A, PMem Allocates Segments allocated to memory resources Number N, V, A, PMem Failures Memory segment allocation attempts that failed Number NNet A Usage Total BYNET utilization (average of the onlineBYNETs)Percent NNet Reads Messages read from the BYNET and input into theresource during the sample intervalNumber N, V, A, PNet Writes Messages written from the resource and output to theBYNET during the sample intervalNumber N, V, A, PNV Mem Agings Backup storage disk segments flushed from nonvolatilememory (on Teradata Database V2R6.x)Number NChapter 15 Node Resources200 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 201. Metric Description Type ViewNV MemAllocate SegsComplete and partial nonvolatile memory allocationsof disk segments read (written) for backup storage (onTeradata Database V2R6.x)Number N, V, ANV MemAllocateKilobytes of nonvolatile memory allocated for AMPbackup storage (on Teradata Database V2R6.x)Number NPercent AMPWorker TaskCPU resources spent in AMP Worker Task (AWT)processingPercent V, APercent Kernel Time spent in UNIX PDE Kernel waiting for I/Os tocompletePercent NPercent Service CPU resources spent in UNIX PDE user serviceprocessingPercent N, V, A, PPercentDispatcherPercent of CPU resources spent in PE DispatcherprocessingPercent V, PPercent User CPU resources spent in non-service user codeprocessingPercent NParser Usage Percent of CPU resources spent in PE ParserprocessingPercent V, A, PSwaps Total number of swap reads and swap writes Number NSwap Drops Pages and segments dropped from resource memoryduring the sample period due to swappingNumber NSwap Reads Segments read into resource memory from the diskduring the sample interval due to swappingNumber NSwap Writes Segments written to disk from resource memoryduring the sample interval due to swappingNumber NAbout the Table ViewThe table view displays statistics and information about the resources at one time, helpingyou to isolate performance or system issues. This view is useful for comparing multiplevprocs. The table view can be accessed from the summary views by clicking a resource countstatus button in the toolbar or clicking any metric name in the preview slider.Select and organize the displayed columns by clicking .Click a row to access the details view for a particular node or vproc, depending on theresource you chose from the selection menus.About Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Chapter 15 Node ResourcesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 201
  • 202. Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a column andapplies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.The filtering, sorting, and page number settings that you choose for the default or minimizedview are not used when you switch to the maximized view.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_=Cat?CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forthChapter 15 Node Resources202 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 203. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alpha ornumeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthClearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Configuring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to set thresholds and select, lock, and order columns. You canresize columns in the table.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.Chapter 15 Node ResourcesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 203
  • 204. The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click Set, type a threshold value, and click OK.Qualifying data is highlighted in the table.5 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.6 Click Apply to save the changes.7 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.The thresholds and column selection, order, and lock settings that you choose are appliedto the minimized and maximized views separately.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.About the Details ViewThe details view displays statistics and information about a particular node or vproc to helpyou isolate performance or system issues. This view can be accessed by clicking on a previewsquare in the summary view or a row in the table view.Preview squares at the bottom of the view help you determine the status for a particularvproc within the node. Mouse over a square to display an information balloon containingmetrics for that vproc. Mouse over other preview squares to compare the metric values withother vprocs. When viewing a vproc, the parent node number is shown in the informationballoon. Click a preview square to directly access the details view for another vproc. Click thenode ID to view the details view for that node.Chapter 15 Node Resources204 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 205. Details View MetricsThe metrics that may appear in the details view are listed below.If the processing is skewed towards one or more AMPs (that is, the parallelism is not 100%),the metrics may display a value greater than 100%. This is due to the way the data isnormalized.Some metrics are only available in certain views.NNodes > ALL, Nodes > With AMPs, Nodes > Without AMPsVVprocs > ALL, Vprocs > AMP, Vprocs > PEMetric/Name Description Type ViewStatus Status of the node or vproc, where U means theresource is up, D means the resource is down, and Smeans the resource is in stand-by stateCharacter N, VClique # Location of the clique in the rack. When there is oneclique, a dash displays.Number NNode # Unique identifier for each node (cabinet ID and nodeID)Number VNode Type Type of node Various NType Type of vproc Character VChapter 15 Node ResourcesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 205
  • 206. Metric/Name Description Type ViewAMP Count Number of AMPs currently executing session requestson this nodeNumber NPE Count Number of PEs currently active on this node Number NHost ID/Cluster Host Id is the logical host identifier associated with aPE or session. Cluster is the cluster number associatedwith an AMP.Number VSession LogCountSessions currently logged on to this PE Number VSession RunCountSessions sending TSR messages to this vproc Number VCPU Usage Percent of CPU usage that is not spent being active(not idle)Percent N, VPercent Kernel Time spent in UNIX PDE Kernel waiting for I/Os tocompletePercent N% Service Percent of CPU resources spent in UNIX-PDE userservice processingPercent N, V% User CPU resources spent in non-service user codeprocessingPercent NPercent AMPWorker TaskCPU Resources spent in AMP Worker Task (AWT)processingPercent VParser Usage Percent of CPU resources spent in PE ParserprocessingPercent VPercentDispatcherPercent of CPU resources spent in PE DispatcherprocessingPercent VNet A Usage Total BYNET utilization (average of the onlineBYNETs)Percent NDisk Usage Percent of disk usage for this resource Percent N, VCIC Usage Percent of Channel Interface Controller usage for thisresourcePercent N, VDisk Reads Total physical disk reads for this resource during thesample intervalNumber N, VDisk Writes Total physical disk writes for this resource during thesample intervalNumber N, VDisk I/O Number of disk I/Os Number N, VDisk Out ReqAvgAverage number of outstanding disk requests for thisresourceNumber N, VHost BlockReadsMessage blocks received from all hosts. A messageblock may consist of multiple messages.Number N, VHost BlockWritesMessage blocks sent to all hosts. A message block mayconsist of multiple messages.Number N, VChapter 15 Node Resources206 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 207. Metric/Name Description Type ViewHost I/O Number of host I/Os Number N, VSwap Reads Segments read into node memory from the diskduring the sample interval due to swappingNumber NSwap Writes Segments written to disk from node memory duringthe sample interval due to swappingNumber NSwap Drops Pages and segments dropped from node memoryduring the sample period due to swappingNumber NSwaps Total number of swap reads and swap writes Number NMem Allocatesor Mem AllocsSegments allocated to memory resources Number N, VMem AllocateKBKilobytes allocated to memory resources Number N, VMem Faillures Segment allocation attempts that failed Number NMem SEGsAgingsMemory agings and collections done on old segments Number NNet Reads Messages read from the BYNET and input into thenode during the sample intervalNumber N, VNet Writes Messages written from the node and output to theBYNET during the sample intervalNumber N, VNV Mem Agings Backup storage disk segments flushed fromnonvolatile memory (on Teradata Database V2R6.x)Number NNV MemAllocateKilobytes of nonvolatile memory allocated for AMPbackup storage (on Teradata Database V2R6.x)Number NNV MemAllocate SEGsComplete and partial nonvolatile memory allocationsof disk segments read (written) for backup storage (onTeradata Database V2R6.x)Number N, VPE CPU Use CPU usage of the parsing engines Percent VAvailable AWT Total available AMP worker tasks Number VAWT In Use Total in-use AMP worker tasks Number VMessage Count Messages waiting on the vproc Number VMessage DQCountMessages processed from the queue Number VAbout the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the way resource information isdisplayed in the portlet views.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and then use one ormore of the following tabs to customize your preferences.Chapter 15 Node ResourcesTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 207
  • 208. Slider MetricsSelect the metrics to display in the preview sliders for each view. Set the maximumthreshold percent for each metric.DisplayDisplay or hide nodes or cliques in the summary views that are operating within setthresholds.Setting Metric ThresholdsUse the Slider Metrics tab in the PREFERENCES view to set metric thresholds. UseMaxThreshold % to set the maximum range of the preview sliders in the summary views.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Slider Metrics tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select a view from the list.5 Select a metric from the list.6 Enter the maximum threshold percent for each metric.The maximum range of the preview sliders changes in the summary views.7 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.8 Click OK.Hiding Nodes and CliquesUse the Display tab in the PREFERENCES view to display or hide nodes or cliques in thesummary views.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Display tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Do one of the following:• Select the Hide nodes or cliques that are operating within set thresholds check boxto hide nodes or cliques in the summary views.• Clear the Hide nodes or cliques that are operating within set thresholds check boxto display nodes or cliques in the summary views.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 15 Node Resources208 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 209. CHAPTER 16ProductivityProductivityThe Productivity portlet allows you to analyze performance trends for a Teradata Databasesystem over a 24-hour or a 48-hour period. You can also compare current performance withaverage performance measured across one or more weeks of historical data. Additionally,you can monitor and compare the productivity of multiple systems by adding aProductivity portlet to the view for each Teradata Database system to be monitored.Only the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can enable system health metrics, configure thewarning and critical thresholds, and customize the states and tooltips for your system. Themetrics and thresholds are usually selected to highlight an unusual load on the system thathas the potential to impact overall performance.About the Productivity ViewThe PRODUCTIVITY view displays a high-level overview of the performance trends for aTeradata Database system during the preceding 24 hours or 48 hours. Data trends arerepresented in a horizontal graph called a sparkline. Mouse over a sparkline to see aninformation balloon containing detailed information about the data point. There are threetypes of sparklines:CANARY RESPONSE TIMECanary-response-time metrics show the time (in milliseconds) a query takes tocomplete. Canary response times, such as SYSTEM HEARTBEAT are representedby a curve sparkline. Every 15 minutes, a new data point is added to the sparkline,representing the average canary response time recorded during the interval. A largedot and a number at the end of the sparkline indicate the last data point captured.QUERIES PER HOURQueries-per-hour (QPH) metrics show the number of queries against the databasefor each hour over the 24-hour or 48-hour period for the selected metric. Forexample, the TOTAL QPH sparkline is a skyline sparkline, used to represent QPHmetrics. A flat, solid data point represents the number of queries per hour on thetimeline.SYSTEM HEALTHThe SYSTEM HEALTH metric provides an overview of the worst state of themonitored system, sampled at 15-minute intervals during the 24-hour or 48-hourperiod. SYSTEM HEALTH is represented by a bar sparkline and uses default orTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 209
  • 210. custom states and tooltips. The values on the sparkline represent the worst systemstate experienced during each 15-minute period.To display data in the PRODUCTIVITY view, the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator mustfirst enable the appropriate Teradata Viewpoint collectors, including Query count, Systemstatistics, and Canary queries. The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator also specifies the datacollection rate for each collector.Factors external to Teradata Viewpoint can also affect the collection and display of data. TheTeradata System Administrator must enable query logging on the Teradata Database system.Productivity MetricsYou can select and organize metrics to display, set thresholds, adjust the vertical axis rangefor each metric, and adjust the duration over which the averages are calculated using thePREFERENCES view.MetricDefaultSparklinePastAverageLine Default DescriptionCanary Response TimesMetricsCurve Yes No Select individual canary query metricsSystem Metrics: SystemHealthBar No Yes Shows customized states or these default states:healthy, warning, critical, down, or unknown.System Metrics: SystemHeartbeatCurve Yes Yes Shows whether the Teradata Database system isresponsiveSystem Metrics: TotalQPHSkyline Yes Yes Select total queries per hour metricsQueries Per Hour Metrics Skyline Yes No Select individual queries per hour metricsAbout the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the portlet to monitor key metric trendsthat are important to efficient operation of the system. You can select only one system tomonitor for each portlet instance.Chapter 16 Productivity210 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 211. From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and then use one ormore of the following tabs to customize your preferences.SystemSelect a system to monitor.MetricsSelect and organize metrics to monitor in the summary view. Drag metrics from alist of all available metrics to the Preview pane where you can preview the results asyou go.SettingsDefine settings for the metrics selected for display. Set thresholds to highlight metricvalues that are outside normal operating ranges. Set maximum vertical-axis rangesto limit the range of values displayed for selected metrics.Past AveragesAdjust the number of weeks of data points used to calculate the average value foreach displayed metric.Selecting a System to MonitorUse the System tab in the PREFERENCES view to select a Teradata Database system tomonitor. Only one system can be selected for each portlet instance.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the System tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select a system from the list.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Selecting Metrics to MonitorUse the Metrics tab in the PREFERENCES view to select and organize the metrics shown inthe summary view.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Metrics tab.The Preview pane uses sample data to show how metric rows are displayed in thesummary view.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Do any of the following to change the way metric rows are displayed:Chapter 16 ProductivityTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 211
  • 212. • Add a metric row. Drag a metric from the Select metrics for display list to thePreview pane.• Remove a metric row. Click located on the metric row.• Change metric row order. Drag a metric already in the Preview pane to a newlocation in the pane (up or down).Adding or removing metrics affects only the system currently selected, provided that themetrics are available on that system.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Setting Metric ThresholdsUse the Settings tab in the PREFERENCES view to set the THRESHOLD and VERTICALAXIS RANGE values for the metrics selected for display. Only metrics selected using theMetrics tab appear in the list of available metrics.Only the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can enable System Health metrics andconfigure the degraded and critical thresholds. These selections are made in the TeradataSystems portlet.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Settings tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 [Optional] Enter the THRESHOLD setting for each available metric.The threshold line does not appear in the view when the value entered is zero or blank.5 [Optional] Enter the VERTICAL AXIS RANGE for each available metric.The sparkline scales automatically when the value entered is zero or blank.6 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.7 Click OK.Setting Past AveragesUse the Past Averages tab in the PREFERENCES view to specify the number of weeks ofdata points used to calculate the average values displayed in metric graphs.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Past Averages tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Enter the number of weeks (1 to 99 weeks).Chapter 16 Productivity212 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 213. The default is 2 weeks.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 16 ProductivityTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 213
  • 214. Chapter 16 Productivity214 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 215. CHAPTER 17Query GroupsQuery GroupsThe Query Groups portlet allows you to view information about session queries running ona Teradata Database system that match defined criteria.A query group is any combination of one or more Teradata Database users, account strings,query bands, and workloads. For example, a query group that contains a group of users,could be configured for you to view queries based on the country of the user.Queries appear in a group because they match certain criteria or characteristics. You canonly view groups that have been assigned to you. If you identify a problem query, you cancorrect the problem by changing the priority or workload, releasing the query, or abortingthe query or session. Take these actions for one query or session, or multiple queries orsessions at a time.The summary view contains a table with one row allocated to each group running on thedatabase. It contains all the information matching the criteria set for that group.The details view contains session and query information.The Query Groups portlet allows you to filter queries by group for all sessions. You can setthresholds for certain columns, and when the threshold is exceeded, the information ishighlighted in the summary table.The PREFERENCES view allows you to change display options.You can monitor multiple Teradata Database systems by opening more than one instance ofthe Query Groups portlet.About the Query Groups ViewThe QUERY GROUPS view displays a summary of queries running on the selectedTeradata Database system.Selection MenusShows the system and query group currently being displayed. Choose a system anda query group.State Filter BarDisplays a count of the sessions in each of the states. Click any state in the bar tochange the displayed data in the summary table to only show the sessions running aquery in the selected state.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 215
  • 216. FiltersFilters allow you to change displayed data by showing only rows that match yourfilter criteria. You can also sort on the column headers to find the details you want.Summary TableDisplays information about each session for the group of queries, with columnsconfigured specifically for the current view. The view is refreshed every 30 seconds.Click on a row in the table to see details.Table ActionsClear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display and setthresholds.Abort, Change Priority, Change Workload, and Release Query allow you tomanage the selected queries and sessions.Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, only filtereddata is exported.Overflow MenuDisplays a list of states. You can select another state to replace the current state.Selecting a System to MonitorYou can use selection menus to choose a system and a query group to monitor in the portlet,starting with the highest level menu on the far left. Menu choices are based on the previousmenu.You are not required to make a selection from every menu each time you modify a selection.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.Chapter 17 Query Groups216 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 217. 3 Click Next.4 Select a group from the menu.5 Click Next.About the State Filter BarThe state filter bar allows you to display specific states in the view. If more than six states areavailable in a Teradata Database system, you can select another state from the OverflowMenu to replace the state in the last position.The state filter buttons provide a count of sessions for each state category. Click any buttonto filter for the selected state or select a state from the list. For example, click DELAY todisplay the sessions running a query that is queued and waiting to run in the selectedsystem. Mouse over a state filter button to display the expanded content for large,abbreviated numbers or truncated state names.AllSessions currently running in the selected Teradata Database systemNot idleSessions in any state except idleActiveSessions running a query that is in progressBlockSessions running a query that is waiting for a locked resource, such as a databasetable or viewDelaySessions running a query that is queued waiting to runAbortSessions running a query that is in the process of aborting (rolling back changesmade by the query)RespSessions running a query that has completed and is sending (responding) spooleddata back to the userIdleSessions not currently running a queryParseSessions running a query that is being parsed. It has not begun to execute.Chapter 17 Query GroupsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 217
  • 218. OtherSessions whose status is unknown and do not fall into any of the above categoriesQTDelayedSessions delayed due to a queue table restrictionSESDelayedUtility sessions that are in the workload delay queueAbout Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a column andapplies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.The filtering, sorting, and page number settings that you choose for the default or minimizedview are not used when you switch to the maximized view.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.=CAT=cat?CATcatsChapter 17 Query Groups218 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 219. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example ResultsThis symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?. =Cat*=Cat_=Cat?Cat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alpha ornumeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthClearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Chapter 17 Query GroupsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 219
  • 220. Option DescriptionClear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Configuring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to set thresholds and select, lock, and order columns. You canresize columns in the table. The thresholds and column selection, order, and lock settingsthat you choose are applied to the minimized and maximized views separately.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click Set, type a threshold value, and click OK.Values exceeding the threshold are highlighted and displayed in the table.5 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.6 Click Apply to save the changes.7 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.State IconsThe following icons appear in the portlet:Icons Name DefinitionAborting Query has been aborted, and changes are being rolledback.Active Query is running.Chapter 17 Query Groups220 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 221. Icons Name DefinitionBlocked Query is waiting for a lock held by another query.Delayed Query is in a delay queue waiting to run.Idle No query is running.Other Query is in an unknown state.Parsing Query is being parsed before running.QTDelayed Query is waiting for rows to be inserted into a queuetable.Response Query is returning results to the user.SESDelayed Query is delayed because a utility limit has beenexceeded in FastLoad, MultiLoad, FastExport, orARC.Query Group MetricsMetric Description TypeAccount Account from which a query was submitted StringBlocked Time How long the query has been blocked NumberCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sample PercentCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by thequeryPercentΔ CPU Total CPU usage time consumed, in seconds, since the lastsampleNumberΔ I/O I/O count since the last sample NumberDuration How long the query has been running NumberHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionNumberImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP duringthe collection interval times the total number of AMPsparticipating for this session during the last session collectionintervalNumberIn State How long the query has been in the current state NumberI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sample PercentPartition Partition in which the query is running StringPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates systemperformance degradationNumberQuery Band Entire query band string (Query bands are a set of name-value pairs defined by the user to tag sessions or transactionswith an ID through an SQL interface.)StringChapter 17 Query GroupsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 221
  • 222. Metric Description TypeReq CPU CPU seconds needed to run the query NumberReq I/O Disk I/Os performed to run the query NumberSession ID Unique session identifier NumberSpool Spool space the query requires NumberStart Time that the query started running on Teradata Database NumberState Icon Icon representing the current state of the query IconState Text describing the current state of the query StringTemp Space Temp space used by the query NumberUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed inmilliseconds, to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over ashort period of timeNumberUser Name of the user who submitted the query StringWorkload Workload in which the query is running StringAbout the Details ViewThe details view displays statistics and information about the selected session. This view canbe accessed by clicking a session row in the summary view.TabsProvides important query details on the Overview, SQL, Explain, Query Band,Blocked By, Skew, and Delay tabs.Query DetailsDisplays details of the selected query in sections that are specific to each tab.Manage QueriesManages the query or session for Teradata Database systems with Abort, ChangePriority, Change Workload, and Release Query options.Previous/NextAllows you to move through sessions without returning to the summary table.Chapter 17 Query Groups222 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 223. About the Overview TabThe Overview tab provides detailed information about key metrics for the selected sessionand its queries. The metric values provide a view of the query status on the system. Metricsthat exceed defined thresholds are highlighted.Query Information DescriptionState Query state, such as active, blocked, terminateTime in State How long the query has been in the current state, displayed ashh:mm:ssTotal Duration How long the query has run, displayed as hh:mm:ssSpool Space Amount of spool space the query is usingTemp Space Amount of temp space the query is usingPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates system performancedegradationUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed in milliseconds,to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over a short period oftimeCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by the queryCPU Total CPU usage time, in seconds, consumed by the queryCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sampleChapter 17 Query GroupsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 223
  • 224. Query Information DescriptionImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP during thecollection interval times the total number of AMPs participatingfor this session during the last session collection intervalI/O Number of I/O operations the query performedI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sampleWorkload Information DescriptionName Name of the workload where the query is actively runningMethod Name of the workload management method in SLES 11. Availablevalues are:• Tactical• SLG Tier (not used by TIWM systems)• TimeshareCPU Decay Most severe level of CPU resource access restriction for queries ina Timeshare workload in SLES 11CPU Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical CPU time exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Classification Mode How a query or session is assigned to a workload. Available valuesare:• Auto - Query is assigned automatically by TASM• Request - Query is assigned manually to a workload usingChange Workload• Session - Queries initiated in that session are assignedmanually to a workload using Change WorkloadThis field is empty if this is not a DBC/SQL session or if TeradataWorkload Management Category 3 is disabled.VPart Name of the virtual partition in SLES 11I/O Decay Most severe level of I/O resource access restriction for queries in aTimeshare workload in SLES 11I/O Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical I/O usage exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Session Information DescriptionUser Name of the user that submitted the queryAccount Account of the user that submitted the querySource Source details, such as application name, IP address, and host usernamePartition Partition in which the query is runningRequests Number of queries submitted by the sessionChapter 17 Query Groups224 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 225. About the SQL TabThe SQL tab displays the SQL for the selected query. This information is read-only. Clickto export the SQL as a .txt file. The tab is only available when a query is active, blocked, ordelayed.For Teradata Database systems, the tab is only available when a query meets certainthresholds established by the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.About the Explain TabThe Explain tab displays an abbreviated version of the Step statistics and Explain text thatresult from an Explain request in an SQL session. Each Explain step is uniquely identifiedwith a number, where the background of the number box indicates status. This informationis read-only. The tab is only available when a query meets certain thresholds established bythe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator. Click to export the Explain data as a .csv file.If you have the correct permissions, use to retrieve the latest Explain steps from thedatabase. Click Refresh to update. The refresh screen data is not maintained once therefresh view closes. Repeatedly retrieving current Explain data can impact systemperformance.Step Information DescriptionStep Number • Completed steps are at the top of the list and indicated by ablack number box.• Active steps are indicated by a pulsating number box (flashesgray and white).• Steps to run are at the bottom of the list and indicated by awhite number box.Confidence Level Indicator Icon- No confidence in the estimate- Low confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate due to a join indexEst. Time Estimated execution time for the stepEst. Rows Estimated number of rows for the stepActual Time Actual CPU time consumed by the step, or blank if the step hasnot runActual Rows Actual number of rows for the step, or blank if the step has notrunAbout the Blocked By TabThe Blocked By tab displays details about other queries that are blocking the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when the selected query is blocked.Chapter 17 Query GroupsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 225
  • 226. Blocked By Information DescriptionUsername Name of the user that is running the query that holds the lockHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionSession ID Session ID of the blocking queryLock Type Type of lock. Type can be Exclusive, Read, Write, or Access.Status Lock status. Status can be Waiting or Granted.Locked Name of the locked objectAbout the Query Band TabThe Query Band tab displays the session and transaction query bands for the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when a query band is included in thequery.Query Band Information DescriptionName Name of the query band for the session or transactionValue Value of the query band for the session or transactionAbout the Delay TabThe Delay tab displays details about all rules that are delaying a query. A scroll bar appears ifthere are more than two rules. This information is read-only. The tab is only available if theselected query is delayed and monitored on a Teradata Database 13.10 system or later.Statistics Information DescriptionBlocking Count Number of consecutive times this session has blocked at least oneother sessionUtility Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a utility throttle ruleSystem Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a system throttle ruleWorkload Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a workload throttleruleRule Information DescriptionRule Name Name of rule causing request delayRule Type TASM type of rule causing request delayOverridable Indicates if the Teradata Database Administrator can abort orrelease the requestAbout the Skew TabThe Skew tab displays details about the level of skew in the query or session. The Skew tabdoes not display when the Delay tab is present.Chapter 17 Query Groups226 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 227. Skew Information DescriptionHighest AMP with the highest CPU utilization or I/O count2nd Highest AMP with the second highest CPU utilization or I/O count3rd Highest AMP with the third highest CPU utilization or I/O countAverage AMP with the lowest CPU utilization or I/O count3rd Lowest AMP with the second lowest CPU utilization or I/O count2nd Lowest AMP with the third lowest CPU utilization or I/O countLowest Average CPU utilization or I/O count across all AMPSSession Skew Difference between the highest and the average valuesParticipating AMPs Total number of AMPs participating for this session during thelast session collection intervalAbout Managing Queries and SessionsYou can manage queries and sessions to improve workload performance for TeradataDatabase systems.AbortAbort the selected query or sessionChange PriorityChange the priority of the selected query or sessionChange WorkloadChange the workload of the selected query or sessionRelease QueryRelease the selected query from a delay queueYou must log on with a user ID that has permissions to abort, change priorities orworkloads, or release queries. If you log out, close a portlet, or open a new portlet instance,you must log on again.Note: Change Workload is available only if Teradata Active System Management (TASM)is enabled. If TASM is disabled, Change Priority is available. If you do not see ChangeWorkload or Change Priority in the menu, the system you are monitoring does notsupport these features or you do not have permission to use them. If the query you aremonitoring is delayed, only Release Query is available.Aborting a Query or a SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can abort a query or session that is blocking otherqueries or consuming too many resources.1 Click the row of the query you want to abort.2 Click .Chapter 17 Query GroupsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 227
  • 228. 3 Select Abort.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Select one of the following:• Abort Query to abort the selected query.• Abort Session to abort the selected query and log off the session.7 Click Next.8 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing the Priority of a Query or SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can change the priority of a query or session to allowhigher priority queries to run or balance session resources.This menu item is only available when workloads are not enabled and the system beingmonitored supports this feature.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .3 Select Change Priority.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 From the list of accounts that have been assigned to the user, select an account to copythe account name to the Edit new account string box.7 [Optional] Edit the account string or enter a new account string.8 Click Next.9 Select one of the following:• Move just this query to change the priority of the selected query.• Move this query and all future queries associated with this session to change thepriority of the selected query and all subsequent queries in the current session.10 Click Next.11 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing the Workload of a Query or SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can change the workload of a query or session to allowhigher priority workloads to run or to balance workload resources.This menu item is only available when workloads are enabled and the system beingmonitored supports this feature.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .3 Select Change Workload.Chapter 17 Query Groups228 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 229. 4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Select a different workload from the list and click Next.7 Select one of the following:• Move just this query to change the selected query.• Move this query and all future queries associated with this session to change thepriority of the selected query and all subsequent queries in the current session.8 Click Next.9 Click Next to confirm your selection.10 Click OK.Releasing a QueryFor Teradata Database systems, you can release a query from the delay queue for immediateprocessing.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .3 Select Release Query.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing Multiple SessionsIn Teradata Database systems, you can change system resources for multiple sessions fromthe summary view.1 Select a session action from the Table Actions menu.Check boxes appear next to the sessions.2 Do one of the following:• Select the SEL check box in the column heading to choose all sessions.• Select specific check boxes to choose only those sessions.3 Click Next.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Follow the instructions that appear on subsequent screens.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to change display options.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.In this view you can:Chapter 17 Query GroupsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 229
  • 230. • Display or hide the state filter bar in the portlet.• Choose formatted or unformatted SQL to display in the SQL tab.Selecting Display OptionsUse the Display tab in the PREFERENCES view to select a format for the SQL and to displayor hide filters.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.3 Do one of the following:• Select the Display the state filter bar check box to display the state filter bar in theportlet.• Clear the Display the state filter bar check box to hide the state filter bar in theportlet.4 Do one of the following:• Select the Format SQL check box to use formatted SQL.• Clear the Format SQL check box to use unformatted SQL.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 17 Query Groups230 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 231. CHAPTER 18Query MonitorQuery MonitorThe Query Monitor portlet allows you to view information about queries running inTeradata Database and Teradata Aster systems so you can target problem queries.For Teradata Database, you can see the progress of submitted queries and target longer-running queries so you can optimize them. After you have identified a problem query, youcan take action to correct the problem by changing the priority or workload, releasing thequery, or aborting the query or session. You can take these actions for a single query orsession, or multiple queries or sessions at a time. The session view provides a table listing thesessions, account strings, users, or utilities running on the database.From the PREFERENCES view for Teradata Database systems, you can choose to displaythe sessions list, top sessions graph, state filter bar, and set the criteria values used to displaysessions in the My Criteria view. The My Criteria session list displays only sessions thathave exceeded the defined thresholds.For Teradata Aster, you can see the progress of queries. The session view provides a tablelisting the sessions, databases, or users running on the database.From the PREFERENCES view for Teradata Aster systems, you can choose to display thesessions list and state filter bar.About the Query Monitor ViewThe QUERY MONITOR view shows a list of sessions running on a system, which you cangroup by account string, database, session, user, or utility.Selection MenusShows the system and resources currently being displayed. Choose a system andview options, including account string, database, session, user, or utility.Top Sessions GraphDisplays the sessions with the largest value compared with the total number ofsessions currently running in a Teradata Database.State Filter BarDisplays a count of the sessions in each state. Click any state in the bar to change thedisplayed data in the summary table to only show the sessions running a query inthe selected state.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 231
  • 232. Overflow Menu Displays additional states available for a Teradata Databasesystem. If the number of states on the State Filter Bar exceeds the available space,you can select another state to replace the current state.FiltersDisplays data by showing only rows that match your filter criteria. Sort on thecolumn headers to group data in ascending or descending order.Summary TableDisplays summary information about sessions, account strings, users, or utilities incolumns. The current view is configured in the Columns dialog box andPREFERENCES view. The view is refreshed every 30 seconds. Click a row in thetable to see details.Table ActionsFor Teradata Database systems, Table Actions include:• Clear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.• Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display and setthresholds.• Abort, Change Priority, Change Workload, and Release Query allow you tomanage the selected queries and sessions.• Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, onlyfiltered data is exported.For Teradata Aster systems, Table Actions include:• Clear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.• Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display.• Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, onlyfiltered data is exported.Chapter 18 Query Monitor232 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 233. Selecting a System to MonitorYou can use selection menus to choose a system, type of view, and information to monitorin the portlet, starting with the highest level menu on the far left. Menu choices are based onwhat you selected in the previous menu.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a type of view from the menu.5 Click Next.6 If you selected By Session for a Teradata Database system, you can further define thecriteria.7 Click Next.Selection Menu ChoicesThe Query Monitor portlet displays data for one system at a time, based on the data typeyou select. The selection menu choices are specific to the type of system selected.Teradata DatabaseSelection Menu Choices DescriptionBy Account String Displays rows of account strings in the summary tableBy Session > All Displays all sessions in the summary tableChapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 233
  • 234. Teradata DatabaseSelection Menu Choices DescriptionBy Session > My Criteria Displays the summary table for sessions that exceed the set criteriavalues and the metrics enabled in the PREFERENCES viewBy User Displays rows of users in the summary tableBy Utility Displays rows of utilities in the summary tableTeradata Aster SelectionMenu Choices DescriptionBy Database Displays rows of databases in the summary tableBy Session Displays rows of sessions in the summary tableBy User Displays rows of users in the summary tableAbout the Top Sessions GraphThe top sessions graph, which is only available for Teradata Database systems, provides aTop sessions by menu where you can select one of several metrics. Selecting a metricupdates the graph to display sessions with the largest values in bars representing the relativesize of the metric value. As you mouse over the bar graph, information balloons displaysession values. Click a graph section representing a session to see details for that session.Use the maximized view to display some of the smaller sessions by clicking Other.The Display tab in the PREFERENCES view allows you to show or hide the top sessionsgraph in the summary view.About the State Filter BarThe state filter bar allows you to display specific states in the view. For a Teradata Databasesystem, if the number of states exceeds the available space, you can select another state fromthe Overflow Menu. The new state replaces the last state on the state filter bar.The state filter buttons provide a count of sessions for each state category. Click a state in thestate filter bar to display only sessions with a query in the selected state. For example, clickDELAY to display the sessions running a query that is queued and waiting to run. Mouseover a state filter button to display the full state name or number.For Teradata Database systems, these states are available:Chapter 18 Query Monitor234 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 235. AllSessions in the systemNot idleSessions in any state except idleActiveSessions processing queriesBlockSessions processing a query waiting for a locked resource, such as a database table orviewDelaySessions waiting to be processedAbortSessions in the process of aborting (rolling back changes made by the query)RespSessions running a query that has completed and is sending (responding) spooleddata back to the userIdleSessions not currently running a queryParseSessions running a query that is being parsed. It has not begun to execute.OtherSessions whose status is unknown and do not fall into another categoryQTDelayedSessions delayed due to a queue table restrictionSESDelayedUtility sessions that are in the workload delay queueFor Teradata Aster systems, these states are available:AllSessions in the systemActiveSessions processing queriesIdleSessions not runningChapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 235
  • 236. CancelingSessions being canceled by a system userPendingSessions waiting to be processedAbout Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a column andapplies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.The filtering, sorting, and page number settings that you choose for the default or minimizedview are not used when you switch to the maximized view.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction with anyother symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Chapter 18 Query Monitor236 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 237. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results=Cat? Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alpha ornumeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthClearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Chapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 237
  • 238. Option DescriptionConfiguring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to select, lock, and order columns. You can resize columns inthe table. The thresholds and column selection, order, and lock settings that you choose areapplied to the minimized and maximized views separately.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click Set, type a threshold value, and click OK.Threshold values can be set for Teradata Database systems. Values exceeding thethreshold are highlighted and displayed in the table.5 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.6 Click Apply to save the changes.7 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.State IconsThe following icons appear for a Teradata Database system:Icons Name DefinitionAborting Query has been aborted, and changes are being rolledback.Active Query is running.Chapter 18 Query Monitor238 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 239. Icons Name DefinitionBlocked Query is waiting for a lock held by another query.Delayed Query is in a delay queue waiting to run.Idle No query is running.Other Query is in an unknown state.Parsing Query is being parsed before running.QTDelayed Query is waiting for rows to be inserted into a queuetable.Response Query is returning results to the user.SESDelayed Query is delayed because a utility limit has beenexceeded in FastLoad, MultiLoad, FastExport, orARC.The following icons appear for a Teradata Aster system:Icons Name DefinitionActive Process is running.Canceling Process has been canceled and is stopping.Pending Process is waiting to run.Query Monitor MetricsMetrics that appear in summary table can be customized using the Columns dialog box.Available metrics differ depending on the type of system and selection menu options youchoose.Teradata Database System MetricsSession MetricsThe selection menu choice By Session > All or My Criteria makes the following metricsavailable.Metric Description TypeAccount Account from which a query was submitted StringBlocked Time How long the query has been blocked NumberCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sample PercentCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by thequeryPercentΔ CPU Total CPU usage time consumed, in seconds, since the lastsampleNumberΔ I/O I/O count since the last sample NumberDuration How long the query has been running NumberChapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 239
  • 240. Metric Description TypeHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionNumberImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP duringthe collection interval times the total number of AMPsparticipating for this session during the last session collectionintervalNumberIn State How long the query has been in the current state NumberI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sample PercentPartition Partition in which the query is running StringPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates systemperformance degradationNumberQuery Band Entire query band string (Query bands are a set of name-value pairs defined by the user to tag sessions or transactionswith an ID through an SQL interface.)StringReq CPU CPU seconds needed to run the query NumberReq I/O Disk I/Os performed to run the query NumberSession ID Unique session identifier NumberSpool Spool space the query requires NumberStart Time that the query started running on Teradata Database NumberState Icon Icon representing the current state of the query IconState Text describing the current state of the query StringTemp Space Temp space used by the query NumberUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed inmilliseconds, to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over ashort period of timeNumberUser Name of the user who submitted the query StringWorkload Workload in which the query is running StringAccount String and User MetricsThe selection menu choice By Account String or By User makes the following metricsavailable.Metric Description TypeΔ CPU Total CPU usage time consumed, in seconds, since the lastsampleNumberΔ I/O I/O count since the last sample NumberΔ Request Count Total number of queries submitted by the user or accountstring since the last sampleNumberChapter 18 Query Monitor240 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 241. Metric Description TypeAborting Count Queries that have been aborted and changes are being rolledbackNumberAccount Account from which a query was submitted StringActive Count Queries that are running NumberBlocked Count Queries waiting for a lock held by another query NumberCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by thequeryPercentDelayed Count Queries in a delay queue waiting to run NumberIdle Count Queries that are not running NumberParsing Count Queries being parsed before running NumberResponse Count Queries that are returning results to the user NumberSpool Current spool used by the request across all AMPs, in bytes NumberTotal Number of sessions for the user or account (total of active,aborting, blocked, idle, parsing, response, delayed, andunknown)NumberUnknown Count Queries in an unknown state NumberUsername Name of the user that submitted the query StringTeradata Aster System MetricsSession MetricsThe selection menu choice By Session makes the following metrics available.Metric Description TypeDatabase Name of the database on which the process is running StringIcon Values for process types are as follows:• SQL-MR• SQL• Teradata Import• Teradata ExportNumberIn State How long the process has been in the current state NumberProcess ID Unique process identifier NumberSession ID Unique session identifier NumberStart Time the process began running NumberState Process state, such as active, canceling, pending StringState Icon Symbol of the process state IconUsername Name of the user who submitted the process StringWorkload Workload in which the process is running StringChapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 241
  • 242. Database and User MetricsThe selection menu choice By Database or By User makes the following metrics available.Metric Description TypeActive Count Active processes NumberCanceling Count Processes created by the user that were canceled and arestoppingNumberDatabase Name of the database on which the process is running StringIdle Count Number of processes with no running processes on thisdatabase or for this userNumberPending Count Number of processes waiting to run NumberTotal Number of active, idle, and pending processes NumberUsername Name of the user who submitted the processes StringAbout the Utility ViewThe utility view, which is only available for Teradata Database systems, displays utilitynames, states, and limits in the following columns:NameType of utility, including the partition on which the utility is being run. You canclick a name to obtain details about an individual utility.Note: TDWM Statistics reports many active utilities other than utility session. If youselect an active utility to obtain more information, you might receive a No Datamessage.ActiveCurrent number of utilities active on the partition.LimitMaximum number of utilities allowed to be active on the partition. The limit valuecan be either the system default value for the utility or a rule throttle value. You canoverride the default limits by changing the setting in the DBS control record.About the Details ViewThe details view displays statistics and information about the selected session. This view canbe accessed by clicking a session row in the summary view.TabsTeradata Database systems have Overview, SQL, Explain, Query Band, Blocked By,Skew, and Delay tabs.Teradata Aster systems have Overview, SQL, and Explain tabs.Chapter 18 Query Monitor242 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 243. Query DetailsDisplays details of the selected query in sections that are specific to each tab.Manage QueriesManages the query or session for Teradata Database systems with Abort, ChangePriority, Change Workload, and Release Query options.Previous/NextAllows you to move through sessions without returning to the summary table.About the Overview Tab for Teradata DatabaseThe Overview tab provides detailed information about key metrics for the selected sessionand its queries. The metric values provide a view of the query status on the system. Metricsthat exceed defined thresholds are highlighted. Under SESSION INFO, you can click a useror account to see all sessions for that user or account string.Query Information DescriptionState Query state, such as active, blocked, terminateTime in State How long the query has been in the current state, displayed ashh:mm:ssTotal Duration How long the query has run, displayed as hh:mm:ssSpool Space Amount of spool space the query is usingTemp Space Amount of temp space the query is usingChapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 243
  • 244. Query Information DescriptionPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates system performancedegradationUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed in milliseconds,to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over a short period oftimeCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by the queryCPU Total CPU usage time, in seconds, consumed by the queryCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sampleImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP during thecollection interval times the total number of AMPs participatingfor this session during the last session collection intervalI/O Number of I/O operations the query performedI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sampleWorkload Information DescriptionName Name of the workload where the query is actively runningMethod Name of the workload management method in SLES 11. Availablevalues are:• Tactical• SLG Tier (not used by TIWM systems)• TimeshareCPU Decay Most severe level of CPU resource access restriction for queries ina Timeshare workload in SLES 11CPU Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical CPU time exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Classification Mode How a query or session is assigned to a workload. Available valuesare:• Auto - Query is assigned automatically by TASM• Request - Query is assigned manually to a workload usingChange Workload• Session - Queries initiated in that session are assignedmanually to a workload using Change WorkloadThis field is empty if this is not a DBC/SQL session or if TeradataWorkload Management Category 3 is disabled.VPart Name of the virtual partition in SLES 11I/O Decay Most severe level of I/O resource access restriction for queries in aTimeshare workload in SLES 11I/O Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical I/O usage exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Chapter 18 Query Monitor244 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 245. Session Information DescriptionUser Name of the user that submitted the queryAccount Account of the user that submitted the querySource Source details, such as application name, IP address, and host usernamePartition Partition in which the query is runningRequests Number of queries submitted by the sessionAbout the Overview Tab for Teradata AsterThe Overview tab displays detailed information about key metrics for the selected session.The metric values provide a view of the query status on the system.Query Information DescriptionProcess ID Unique identifier for the processState Process state, such as active, canceling, pendingIn State How long the process has been in the current stateStart Time the process started runningWorkload Information DescriptionWorkload Policy Name of the workload policy used to manage the process. Definesa set of related queries, and allows them to be prioritized in asimilar manner.Service Class Name of the service class used by the workload policy. Specifies theshare of system resources allocated to a workload as a function ofthe classs priority and weight values.Priority Indicates the importance of the process.• High• Medium• LowWeight Number ranging from 1 to 100 that indicates the precedence of theprocess within the priority level, increasing the resources that canbe allocated for the process. A higher value indicates a greater levelof precedence.Session Information DescriptionUser Name of user that submitted the queryDatabase Name of the database on which the process ranIP Address IP address of the user that submitted the processChapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 245
  • 246. About the SQL TabThe SQL tab displays the SQL for the selected query. This information is read-only. Clickto export the SQL as a .txt file. The tab is only available when a query is active, blocked, ordelayed.For Teradata Database systems, the tab is only available when a query meets certainthresholds established by the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.About the Explain Tab for Teradata DatabaseThe Explain tab displays an abbreviated version of the Step statistics and Explain text thatresult from an Explain request in an SQL session. Each Explain step is uniquely identifiedwith a number, where the background of the number box indicates status. This informationis read-only. The tab is only available when a query meets certain thresholds established bythe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator. Click to export the Explain data as a .csv file.If you have the correct permissions, use to retrieve the latest Explain steps from thedatabase. Click Refresh to update. The refresh screen data is not maintained once the refreshview closes. Repeatedly retrieving current Explain data can impact system performance.Step Information DescriptionStep Number • Completed steps are at the top of the list and indicated by ablack number box.• Active steps are indicated by a pulsating number box (flashesgray and white).• Steps to run are at the bottom of the list and indicated by awhite number box.Confidence Level Indicator Icon- No confidence in the estimate- Low confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate due to a join indexEst. Time Estimated execution time for the stepEst. Rows Estimated number of rows for the stepActual Time Actual CPU time consumed by the step, or blank if the step hasnot runActual Rows Actual number of rows for the step, or blank if the step has notrunAbout the Explain Tab for Teradata AsterThe Explain tab displays the Explain text that shows a querys progress. Each Explain stephas a colored box that indicates the status of the step. This information is read-only. Clickto export the Explain data as a .csv file.Chapter 18 Query Monitor246 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 247. To view all steps and phase details, click Show all. Alternatively, click Show summary toview a shortened version of the Explain data.Step Information DescriptionStep Status Icon Indicates the status of each Explain step:• Completed steps are at the top of the list and indicated by ablack box.• Active steps are indicated by a pulsating box (flashes gray andwhite).• Steps to run are at the bottom of the list and indicated by awhite box.Time Duration of the stepType Category of step, such as Command,CommitPreparedTransaction, DataTransfer, Import,PrepareTransaction, and QueryPhase/Detail Summarized or full explanation of query that executes in this step.Can be used to diagnose the cause of the failure or slowness.About the Blocked By Tab for Teradata DatabaseThe Blocked By tab displays details about other queries that are blocking the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when the selected query is blocked.The Session ID is a link that allows you to drill down into the session information for theblocking session. This allows you to navigate the chain of blocking sessions to identify thesession currently holding the lock on the object.Blocked By Information DescriptionUsername Name of the user that is running the query that holds the lockHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionSession ID Session ID of the blocking queryLock Type Type of lock. Type can be Exclusive, Read, Write, or Access.Status Lock status. Status can be Waiting or Granted.Locked Name of the locked objectAbout the Query Band Tab for Teradata DatabaseThe Query Band tab displays the session and transaction query bands for the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when a query band is included in thequery.Query Band Information DescriptionName Name of the query band for the session or transactionValue Value of the query band for the session or transactionChapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 247
  • 248. About the Delay Tab for Teradata DatabaseThe Delay tab displays details about all rules that are delaying a query. A scroll bar appears ifthere are more than two rules. This information is read-only. The tab is only available if theselected query is delayed and monitored on a Teradata Database 13.10 system or later.Statistics Information DescriptionBlocking Count Number of consecutive times this session has blocked at least oneother sessionUtility Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a utility throttle ruleSystem Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a system throttle ruleWorkload Throttle Delay Time Amount of time request has been delayed by a workload throttleruleRule Information DescriptionRule Name Name of rule causing request delayRule Type TASM type of rule causing request delayOverridable Indicates if the Teradata Database Administrator can abort orrelease the requestAbout the Skew Tab for Teradata DatabaseThe Skew tab displays details about the level of skew in the query or session. The Skew tabdoes not display when the Delay tab is present.Skew Information DescriptionHighest AMP with the highest CPU utilization or I/O count2nd Highest AMP with the second highest CPU utilization or I/O count3rd Highest AMP with the third highest CPU utilization or I/O countAverage AMP with the lowest CPU utilization or I/O count3rd Lowest AMP with the second lowest CPU utilization or I/O count2nd Lowest AMP with the third lowest CPU utilization or I/O countLowest Average CPU utilization or I/O count across all AMPSSession Skew Difference between the highest and the average valuesParticipating AMPs Total number of AMPs participating for this session during thelast session collection intervalAbout Managing Queries and SessionsYou can manage queries and sessions to improve workload performance for TeradataDatabase systems.Chapter 18 Query Monitor248 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 249. AbortAbort the selected query or sessionChange PriorityChange the priority of the selected query or sessionChange WorkloadChange the workload of the selected query or sessionRelease QueryRelease the selected query from a delay queueYou must log on with a user ID that has permissions to abort, change priorities orworkloads, or release queries. If you log out, close a portlet, or open a new portlet instance,you must log on again.Note: Change Workload is available only if Teradata Active System Management (TASM)is enabled. If TASM is disabled, Change Priority is available. If you do not see ChangeWorkload or Change Priority in the menu, the system you are monitoring does notsupport these features or you do not have permission to use them. If the query you aremonitoring is delayed, only Release Query is available.Aborting a Query or a SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can abort a query or session that is blocking otherqueries or consuming too many resources.1 Click the row of the query you want to abort.2 Click .3 Select Abort.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Select one of the following:• Abort Query to abort the selected query.• Abort Session to abort the selected query and log off the session.7 Click Next.8 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing the Priority of a Query or SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can change the priority of a query or session to allowhigher priority queries to run or balance session resources.This menu item is only available when workloads are not enabled and the system beingmonitored supports this feature.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .Chapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 249
  • 250. 3 Select Change Priority.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 From the list of accounts that have been assigned to the user, select an account to copythe account name to the Edit new account string box.7 [Optional] Edit the account string or enter a new account string.8 Click Next.9 Select one of the following:• Move just this query to change the priority of the selected query.• Move this query and all future queries associated with this session to change thepriority of the selected query and all subsequent queries in the current session.10 Click Next.11 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing the Workload of a Query or SessionFor Teradata Database systems, you can change the workload of a query or session to allowhigher priority workloads to run or to balance workload resources.This menu item is only available when workloads are enabled and the system beingmonitored supports this feature.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .3 Select Change Workload.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Select a different workload from the list and click Next.7 Select one of the following:• Move just this query to change the selected query.• Move this query and all future queries associated with this session to change thepriority of the selected query and all subsequent queries in the current session.8 Click Next.9 Click Next to confirm your selection.10 Click OK.Releasing a QueryFor Teradata Database systems, you can release a query from the delay queue for immediateprocessing.1 Click the row of the query you want to change.2 Click .Chapter 18 Query Monitor250 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 251. 3 Select Release Query.4 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.5 Click Next.6 Click Next to confirm your selection.Changing Multiple SessionsFor Teradata Database systems, you can change system resources for multiple sessions,users, or account strings in the following locations:• All sessions table from the summary view• My Criteria sessions table from the summary view• User sessions table from the details view• Account strings table from the details view• Utility table from the details view1 Select By Session in the selection menu and one of the following choices:• All• My Criteria2 [Optional] Access user or account string tables from the details view.a Click a session.b Click the USER or ACCOUNT link under SESSION INFO.3 Select a session action from the Table Actions menu.Check boxes appear next to the sessions.4 Do one of the following:• Select the check box in the column heading to select all sessions.• Select the check boxes for specific sessions.5 Select Next.6 Log on to Teradata Database, if prompted.7 Follow the instructions on subsequent screens.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the way query and session information isdisplayed in portlet views.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and then use one ormore of the following tabs to customize your preferences.DisplayFor Teradata Database systems, choose formatted or unformatted SQL to display inthe SQL tab. Display or hide the top sessions graph, state filter bar, and session listin the portlet.Chapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 251
  • 252. For Teradata Aster systems, display or hide the state filter bar and session list in theportlet.CriteriaFor Teradata Database systems, set the criteria values used to display sessions in theMy Criteria view. After setting the criteria value and enabling a metric, any queryexceeding the criteria value appears in the sessions table in the My Criteria view.Selecting Display OptionsUse the Display tab in the PREFERENCES view to display or hide the Top Session Graph,State Filter Bar, or Session List in the portlet, and select a format for the SQL.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Display tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Do one of the following for Teradata Database systems:• Select the Top Sessions Graph check box to display the top session graph in theportlet.• Clear the Top Sessions Graph check box to hide the top sessions graph in the portlet.5 Do one of the following:• Select the State Filter Bar check box to display the state filter bar in the portlet.• Clear the State Filter Bar check box to hide the state filter bar in the portlet.6 Do one of the following:• Select the Session List check box to display the session list in the summary table inthe portlet.• Clear the Session List check box to hide the session list in the summary table in theportlet.7 Do one of the following for Teradata Database systems:• Select the Format SQL check box to use formatted SQL.• Clear the Format SQL check box to use unformatted SQL.8 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.9 Click OK.Selecting Threshold CriteriaFor Teradata Database systems, use the Criteria tab in the PREFERENCES view to set thecriteria values used to display sessions in the My Criteria view. If any enabled metric exceedsthe threshold value, the session is displayed when the metric is also selected in the Columnsdialog box.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.Chapter 18 Query Monitor252 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 253. 2 Click the Criteria tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Enter threshold values for each metric you want tested.5 Select the metrics you want enabled.6 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.7 Click OK.Chapter 18 Query MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 253
  • 254. Chapter 18 Query Monitor254 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 255. CHAPTER 19Query SpotlightQuery SpotlightThe Query Spotlight portlet allows you to view completed queries that exceeded thethresholds you set. You can view individual queries of interest as a line graph over time andagainst a variety of metrics. The Snapshot tab displays the query data at any point in time.Use Query Spotlight to:• View general information about a query.• Inspect a query as a line graph using the date-range slider and time marker.• Set a date and time in the rewind toolbar. This feature is useful for rewinding data insurrounding portlets to a point of time specified within a query. The Query Spotlightportlet can set time and date but it does not respond to changes made in the rewindtoolbar.The PREFERENCES view allows you to choose the query criteria that filter which metricsappear in the views.You can monitor multiple systems by opening additional instances of the Query Spotlightportlet. Rewind control is given over to the last instance of Query Spotlight to use the timemarker.About the Query Spotlight ViewThe QUERY SPOTLIGHT view displays completed queries on the selected system and timeframe.Selection MenusChoose the system and time frame to display. Time frame options include viewingby hours, days, weeks, or setting a custom range.FiltersDisplays data by showing only rows that match your filter criteria. Sort on thecolumn headers to group data in ascending or descending order.Summary TableDisplays summary information about each query. The current view is configured inthe Columns dialog box and PREFERENCES view. Click on a row in the table tosee details.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 255
  • 256. Table ActionsClear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display and setthresholds.Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, only filtereddata is exported.Selecting a System to MonitorYou can use the selection menu to choose a system and time frame to monitor.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a time frame.Hours, week, and month are all based on the current time. Custom is a fixed time period.5 Click Next.If you chose Custom, enter a date and time range and click OK.About Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a column andapplies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.Chapter 19 Query Spotlight256 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 257. The filtering, sorting, and page number settings that you choose for the default orminimized view are not used when you switch to the maximized view.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_=Cat?CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forthChapter 19 Query SpotlightTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 257
  • 258. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alphaor numeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthClearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Configuring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to set thresholds and select, lock, and order columns. You canresize columns in the table. The thresholds and column selection, order, and lock settingsthat you choose are applied to the minimized and maximized views separately.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click Set, type a threshold value, and click OK.Chapter 19 Query Spotlight258 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 259. Values exceeding the threshold are highlighted and displayed in the table.5 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.6 Click Apply to save the changes.7 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.Query Spotlight View MetricsMetrics appearing in the queries table can be selected using the Columns dialog box.Metrics available for monitoring and display are listed below.Metric Description TypeCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sample PercentDuration How long the query has been running NumberEnd Time that the query stopped running on Teradata Database NumberHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionNumberImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP duringthe collection interval times the total number of AMPsparticipating for this session during the last session collectionintervalNumberI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sample PercentPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates systemperformance degradationNumberReq CPU Number of CPU seconds needed to run the query NumberReq I/O Number of disk I/Os performed to run the query NumberReq Number Number of the specific request NumberSession ID Unique session identifier NumberSpool Amount of spool space the query requires NumberStart Time that the query started running on Teradata Database NumberChapter 19 Query SpotlightTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 259
  • 260. Metric Description TypeUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed inmilliseconds, to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over ashort period of timeNumberUsername Name of the user who submitted the query StringAbout the Details ViewThe details view displays a graph, statistics, and information about a selected query. Choose ametric from the metrics list to display one query as a line graph.Metrics ListThe list of metrics that can be graphed are as follows: CPU Skew, Impact CPU, I/OSkew, PJI, CPU Delta, I/O Delta, Spool, and Unnecessary I/O.Date-Range SliderA slider used to control the amount of data displayed in the graph. The sliderappears for longer queries.The darker-shaded area between the slider handles represents the current date rangedisplayed in the graph.Metrics GraphCharts selected metric for a query using Explain steps. As you mouse over the graph,information balloons display query values.Time MarkerA marker that pinpoints information about a query at a particular point in time.Used to rewind time in the rewind toolbar when Control Rewind is enabled.Determines the data displayed in the Snapshot and Blocked By tabs.Job StepsNumbers that denote the Explain step that occurs between the dashed lines in thegraph. Job steps are shown just below the graph area. Overlapping steps or steps-within-steps are not shown.When there is not enough room to display individual steps, the numbers aregrouped together. For example, you might see 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. Step 8 represents steps 5,6, 7, and 8.TabsProvides important query details on the Overview, SQL, Explain, Blocked By, andSnapshot tabs.Query DetailsDisplays details of the selected query in sections that are specific to each tab.Chapter 19 Query Spotlight260 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 261. Previous/NextAllows you to move through sessions without returning to the summary table.Time FrameA window that displays the date and time range duration of the query.SkylineSkyline blocks represent a metric over the duration of the designated query step. ForImpact CPU this metric is the average Delta CPU. For Unnecessary I/O it is theaverage Delta IO. No other metrics display skyline data.Adjusting the Date RangeThe date-range slider shows the most recent part of the query. The date and time range aredisplayed in the time frame above the slider on the right.1 Mouse over the date-range slider to activate the start-time and end-time handles.Chapter 19 Query SpotlightTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 261
  • 262. 2 Drag the start-time handle until the intended start time is displayed in the time frame.3 Drag the end-time handle until the intended end time is displayed in the time frame.4 [Optional] Drag the date-range handle left or right to move the start-time and end-timehandles in unison.Selecting a Metric to GraphYou can select different metrics to graph. The metrics contain historical details you can useto investigate queries.1 Click next to the metric name.2 Select a metric from the menu.About Query Spotlight and RewindThe Query Spotlight portlet cannot rewind and does not use the rewind toolbar. TheControl Rewind button in the Query Spotlight portlet is a toggle that enables portal rewindfor portlets that support the rewind function on the same page. When rewind is enabled, thetime marker in Query Spotlight sets the time and date in the rewind toolbar and controls thetime and date for data in the other portlets. This allows you to investigate how metricscompare across portlets during the same time frame.When Control Rewind is toggled off, the time marker no longer controls the date and timefor data in the other portlets and portal rewind is controlled from the rewind toolbar.Enabling and Using Rewind ControlThe time marker is a vertical line in the graph with small triangles at the top and bottom. Itsposition represents a point in time and controls rewind for the portlets that support therewind function. The time marker appears green when Control Rewind is enabled and youinteract with it.1 From the Details View, click Control Rewind located below the graph in the middle ofthe page.The icon in the Control Rewind button turns green and the rewind toolbar appears.2 Click or drag the time marker to a specific point in time.Chapter 19 Query Spotlight262 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 263. 3 [Optional] Drag the time marker to another point in time.Disabling Rewind ControlThe icon in the Control Rewind button is green and the rewind toolbar is displayed withrewind is enabled.1 Click Control Rewind.The in the Control Rewind button turns gray. The time marker no longer controlsthe time and date in the rewind toolbar, and portal rewind is controlled from the rewindtoolbar.About the Overview TabThe Overview tab provides detailed information about key metrics for the selected sessionand its queries. The metric values provide a view of the query status on the system. Metricsthat exceed defined thresholds are highlighted.Metric Description TypeTotal Duration How long the query has run, displayed as hh:mm:ss NumberUser Name of the user that submitted the query CharacterAccount Account of the user that submitted the query CharacterReq Number Number of I/O operations the query performed NumberReq CPU Total CPU usage time, in seconds, consumed by the query NumberReq I/O Number of I/O operations the query performed NumberReq Max Spool Amount of spool space the query requires NumberSource Source details, such as application name, IP address, and hostuser nameCharacterAbout the SQL TabThe SQL tab displays the SQL for the selected query. This information is read-only. Clickto export the SQL as a .txt file. The tab is only available when a query is active, blocked, ordelayed.For Teradata Database systems, the tab is only available when a query meets certainthresholds established by the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.About the Explain TabThe Explain tab displays an abbreviated version of the Step statistics and Explain text thatresult from an Explain request in an SQL session. Each Explain step is uniquely identifiedwith a number, where the background of the number box indicates status. This informationis read-only. The tab is only available when a query meets certain thresholds established bythe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator. Click to export the Explain data as a .csv file.Chapter 19 Query SpotlightTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 263
  • 264. Step Information DescriptionStep Number • Completed steps are at the top of the list and indicated by ablack number box.• Active steps are indicated by a pulsating number box (flashesgray and white).• Steps to run are at the bottom of the list and indicated by awhite number box.Confidence Level Indicator Icon- No confidence in the estimate- Low confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate- High confidence in the estimate due to a join indexEst. Time Estimated execution time for the stepEst. Rows Estimated number of rows for the stepActual Time Actual CPU time consumed by the step, or blank if the step hasnot runActual Rows Actual number of rows for the step, or blank if the step has notrunAbout the Blocked By TabThe Blocked By tab displays details about other queries that are blocking the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when the selected query is blocked.Blocked By Information DescriptionUsername Name of the user that is running the query that holds the lockHost Host ID or LAN ID associated with the PE that processed thelogon request for the sessionSession ID Session ID of the blocking queryLock Type Type of lock. Type can be Exclusive, Read, Write, or Access.Status Lock status. Status can be Waiting or Granted.Locked Name of the locked objectAbout the Query Band TabThe Query Band tab displays the session and transaction query bands for the selected query.This information is read-only. The tab is only available when a query band is included in thequery.Query Band Information DescriptionName Name of the query band for the session or transactionValue Value of the query band for the session or transactionChapter 19 Query Spotlight264 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 265. About the Snapshot TabThe Snapshot tab displays detailed query data for any point in time. Metrics that exceeddefined thresholds are highlighted.Query Information DescriptionState Query state, such as active, blocked, terminateTime in State How long the query has been in the current state, displayed ashh:mm:ssTotal Duration How long the query has run, displayed as hh:mm:ssSpool Space Amount of spool space the query is usingTemp Space Amount of temp space the query is usingPJI Ratio of the CPU milliseconds per I/O for the query, where alarger Product Join Index number indicates system performancedegradationUnnecessary I/O All AMP I/O divided by all AMP CPU, displayed in milliseconds,to reveal large amounts of I/O occurring over a short period oftimeCPU Use Percent of the total amount of available CPU used by the queryCPU Total CPU usage time, in seconds, consumed by the queryCPU Skew CPU skew during the last sampleImpact CPU CPU time in seconds of the highest CPU utilized AMP during thecollection interval times the total number of AMPs participatingfor this session during the last session collection intervalI/O Number of I/O operations the query performedI/O Skew I/O skew during the last sampleWorkload Information DescriptionName Name of the workload where the query is actively runningMethod Name of the workload management method in SLES 11. Availablevalues are:• Tactical• SLG Tier (not used by TIWM systems)• TimeshareCPU Decay Most severe level of CPU resource access restriction for queries ina Timeshare workload in SLES 11CPU Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical CPU time exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Classification Mode How a query or session is assigned to a workload. Available valuesare:• Auto - Query is assigned automatically by TASMChapter 19 Query SpotlightTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 265
  • 266. Workload Information Description• Request - Query is assigned manually to a workload usingChange Workload• Session - Queries initiated in that session are assignedmanually to a workload using Change WorkloadThis field is empty if this is not a DBC/SQL session or if TeradataWorkload Management Category 3 is disabled.VPart Name of the virtual partition in SLES 11I/O Decay Most severe level of I/O resource access restriction for queries in aTimeshare workload in SLES 11I/O Exception Nodes Number of nodes that exceeded the tactical I/O usage exceptioncriteria for the session in a Tactical workload in SLES 11Time Marker Description TypeTime Location Temporal location of the time marker within the Explain step NumberStep Location Explain step in which the time marker is located NumberAbout the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to set thresholds to filter query data and customize theway query list information is displayed in the portlet view.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and the Criteria tab.CriteriaSpecify threshold criteria to limit the number of queries shown in the query table.After enabling a metric filter and setting the criteria value, any query exceeding thecriteria value appears in the query table if it is also selected in the Columns dialogbox.Selecting Threshold CriteriaUse the Criteria tab in the PREFERENCES view to set the criteria values used to displayqueries in the QUERY SPOTLIGHT view. If any enabled metric exceeds the threshold value,the query is displayed when the metric is also selected in the Columns dialog box.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.3 Enter threshold values for each metric you want tested.4 Select the metrics you want enabled.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.Chapter 19 Query Spotlight266 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 267. 6 Click OK.Chapter 19 Query SpotlightTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 267
  • 268. Chapter 19 Query Spotlight268 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 269. CHAPTER 20Remote ConsoleRemote ConsoleThe Remote Console portlet allows you to run many of the Teradata Database consoleutilities remotely from within the Teradata Viewpoint portal.Using this portlet, you can:• Select or search for a system.• Select or search for a utility.• Enter console utility commands.• Display responses from the commands.Teradata field engineers, Teradata Database operators, system administrators, and systemprogrammers use Teradata Database utilities to administer, configure, monitor, anddiagnose issues with Teradata Database.About the Remote Console ViewThe REMOTE CONSOLE view allows you to select and run Teradata Database consoleutilities. You can run only one utility at a time for each portlet instance. Permission to useeach console utility is granted to individual users based on their role and portlet access. If amessage appears in the console denying access to a utility, you are not authorized to use thatutility.The following list describes the features in this view:Selection MenusSelect a system and utility.Clear ConsoleClear the content from the console.DisconnectDisconnect the utility from Teradata Database.ConsoleDisplay responses from the commands.Input LineEnter commands.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 269
  • 270. Submit CommandClick to submit the command.Running a UtilityYou can select a different system and utility, enter commands, and use the keyboard up anddown arrow keys to access previous commands.Use this procedure only if you are logged into a system and utility, and want to select adifferent system or utility.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a utility from the menu.5 Click Next.The name of the utility appears in the console.6 Enter a command on the input line.7 Click to submit the command.The command results appear in the console.Chapter 20 Remote Console270 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 271. 8 [Optional] From the input line, use your keyboard up and down arrows to accessprevious commands.The commands are temporarily saved and available as long as you are running theutility. After disconnecting from the utility, the commands are cleared.Note: After approximately 30 minutes of inactivity in the portlet, the Teradata Databaseconnection times out, and you must reconnect to the utility and Teradata Database.About the Remote Console Menus and ToolbarThe menus and toolbar allow you to specify the display attributes of the REMOTECONSOLE view.Use the selection menus to:• Select or search for a system.• Select or search for a utility.Use Clear Console to clear the content from the console.Use Disconnect to disconnect from the utility and Teradata Database.Selecting a System and UtilityYou can use selection menus above the toolbar to choose a system and utility to monitor inthe portlet, starting with the highest level menu on the far left. You must select a system andutility before you can submit commands and see the output in the console.1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Enter the name of the system in the Search box or select a system from the menu.The Search box is not case sensitive. If you cannot find the correct system, press theBackspace key on your keyboard until you find the system you want in the list.As you type, the list shows the systems that match your filter criteria.3 Click Next.4 Enter the name of the utility in the Search box or select a utility from the menu.The Search box is not case sensitive. If you cannot find the correct utility, press theBackspace key on your keyboard until you find the utility you want in the list.As you type, the list shows the utilities that match your filter criteria.5 Click Next.Clearing the Console1 From the summary view, click Clear Console.The contents of the console no longer appear.Chapter 20 Remote ConsoleTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 271
  • 272. Disconnecting from a UtilityYou can disconnect from a utility and database.1 From the summary view, click Disconnect.The input line no longer accepts input and the portlet no longer responds to commands.The Teradata Database connection closes when you remove the portlet from the portalpage or click Disconnect. If you close the browser without clicking Disconnect, theTeradata Database connection times out in approximately 30 minutes.About Console UtilitiesTeradata field engineers, Teradata Database operators, system administrators, and systemprogrammers use Teradata Database utilities to administer, configure, monitor, anddiagnose issues with Teradata Database.Console UtilitiesInformation about available console utilities is listed below. You can access only thefollowing subset of Teradata Database utilities.Utility DescriptionAbort Host Cancel all outstanding transactions running on a failed host until the systemrestarts the host.Check Table Check for inconsistencies between internal data structures, such as table headers,row identifiers, and secondary indexes.Configure Define AMPs, PEs, and hosts, and describe their interrelationships for TeradataDatabase.DBS Control Display and modify the DBS Control Record fields.Ferret Define the scope of an action, such as a range of tables or selected vprocs, displaythe parameters and scope of the action, and perform the action. The action is toeither move data to reconfigure data blocks and cylinders, or display disk spaceand cylinder free space percent in use.Gateway Global Monitor and control the sessions of Teradata Database LAN-connected users.Lock Display Display a snapshot capture of all real-time database locks and their associatedcurrently running sessions.OperatorConsoleRun supervisor commands to manage the programs that perform TeradataDatabase operations.PrioritySchedulerCreate, modify, and monitor Teradata Database process prioritization parameters.All processes have an assigned priority based on their Teradata Database session.Priority Scheduler allocates CPU and I/O resources based on the priority.QueryConfigurationDisplay the current Teradata Database configuration, including the node, AMP,and PE identification and status.Query Session Monitor the state of selected Teradata Database sessions on selected logical hostIDs.Chapter 20 Remote Console272 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 273. Utility DescriptionRecoveryManagerDisplay information used to monitor progress of a Teradata Database recovery.Show Locks Display locks placed by archive and recovery, and by table rebuild operations ondatabases and tables.Teradata DWMDumpDisplay information about active Teradata Dynamic Workload Manager(Teradata DWM) rules on a Teradata Database system.Vproc Manager Manage the vprocs including obtaining the status of specified vprocs, initializingvprocs, forcing a vproc to restart, and forcing a Teradata Database restart.Information on how to use a majority of these utilities is located in Utilities. Information onhow to use Teradata DWM Dump is in Teradata Dynamic Workload Manager User Guide.Information on how to use Operator Console is in Graphical User Interfaces: DatabaseWindow and Teradata MultiTool. Experienced utilities users can refer to the simplifiedcommand descriptions in Utilities Quick Reference which provides the syntax diagrams foreach Teradata Database utility.You can access these documents at: http://www.info.teradata.com.About the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to change the console text and background colors.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.Setting the Display BackgroundUse the Display tab in the PREFERENCES view to change the console text and the displaybackground to light or dark.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Display tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Change the color of the text and background by selecting one of the following options:• Light text on dark background• Dark text on light background5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 20 Remote ConsoleTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 273
  • 274. Chapter 20 Remote Console274 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 275. CHAPTER 21Space UsageSpace UsageThe Space Usage portlet allows you to monitor database disk space usage for TeradataDatabase and Teradata Aster systems. The views and the options vary depending on thesystem you choose.For Teradata Database systems, you can monitor database data, such as the perm space,temp space, and spool space, and reallocate permanent disk space. The details view displayspermanent space usage over time in information balloons. You can reallocate permanentdisk space from one database to another using either the SPACE USAGE view or the detailsview.For Teradata Aster systems, you can monitor database data, such as the table count andcurrent space usage. The details view displays the space usage, schema and level of skew.The PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the display for summary and detailsviews and set thresholds for filters. Preferences are only available for Teradata Databasesystems.About the Space Usage ViewThe SPACE USAGE view displays information about databases on the selected system. ForTeradata Database systems, the view displays a summary of perm, spool, and temp space foreach database on the selected system. Use this information to see if you need to reallocatedisk space to maximize space usage. For Teradata Aster systems, the view displays thenumber of tables and amount of space used for each database on the selected system.The following list describes the features in this view:Selection MenusDisplays the system and space usage report. You can choose a different system andreport.Threshold Filter BarDisplays the number of databases on the system and the number of databases whosespace usage exceeds set thresholds. This feature is only available for TeradataDatabase systems.You can set the thresholds in the PREFERENCES view.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 275
  • 276. FiltersDisplays data by showing only rows that match your filter criteria. Sort on thecolumn headers to group data in ascending or descending order.Table ActionsThis feature is only available for Teradata Database systems.Clear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display and setthresholds.Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are applied, onlyfiltered data is exported.Add SpaceReallocates permanent disk space from one database to another. This feature is onlyavailable for Teradata Database systems.Summary TableDisplays summary information for the space usage report. The table is configured inthe Columns dialog box. Click a row in the table to see details.Following is an example of the SPACE USAGE view that appears when you select a TeradataDatabase system from the selection menu.Following is an example of the SPACE USAGE view that appears when you select a TeradataAster system from the selection menu.Chapter 21 Space Usage276 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 277. About the Threshold Filter BarFor Teradata Database systems, the threshold filter bar allows you to view databases thatexceed thresholds for space usage.In the By Database report for Teradata Database systems, threshold buttons display thenumber of databases that use space in all categories and that exceed set thresholds. Click anythreshold button to filter for the selected category. Define the thresholds in thePREFERENCES view.In Teradata Database systems, these states are available:AllList of databases on the systemPermNumber of databases using permanent disk space in excess of the set thresholdSpoolNumber of databases using temporary spool space in excess of the set thresholdTempNumber of databases using temporary space in excess of the set thresholdSelecting a System and ReportYou can use selection menus above the toolbar to choose a system and report, starting withthe highest level menu on the far left.Chapter 21 Space UsageTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 277
  • 278. 1 In the selection menu, click the currently selected system name to display a list ofavailable systems.2 Select a system from the menu.3 Click Next.4 Select a report from the SELECT REPORT dialog box.5 Click Next.The report appears in the SPACE USAGE view.Selection Menu ChoicesThe Space Usage portlet displays data for one system at a time. The selection menu definesthe information that appears in the SPACE USAGE view and in the details view.Teradata DatabaseSystem Selection MenuChoices DescriptionBy Database Displays details by database for permanent disk space, such as the totalspace being used and the amount of temporary spool space being used.By Vproc Displays details by vproc for permanent disk space, such as the totalspace being used and the amount of available space.Teradata Aster SystemSelection Menu Choices DescriptionBy Database Displays details for the database, such as the name, table count, andspace in use.By Node Displays details for each worker node, such as the percentage of spacebeing used and the amount of available space.Adding SpaceYou can reallocate permanent disk space from one database to another. This feature is onlyavailable for Teradata Database systems. Permission to reallocate disk space is granted toindividual users based on their Teradata Viewpoint role and portlet access.1 To reallocate space, do one of the following:• From the SPACE USAGE view, click and then select Add Space from the menuthat appears.• From the details view, click Add Space.2 Log onto the selected Teradata Database system, if prompted.3 Click Next.4 In the Add text box, enter how much space you want to reallocate.5 In the MB from text box, select the source database from which the perm space is beingtaken.Chapter 21 Space Usage278 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 279. 6 Click Submit.A confirmation message appears.7 Click OK.The space is reallocated to the database.About Filters and SortingFilters allow you to display only rows that match your filter criteria. You can narrow thesearch further by filtering on multiple columns. Use greater than or less than symbols whenfiltering columns with numeric values. When using these symbols, exact matches may notproduce the expected results due to rounding of numbers containing decimals.Sorting allows you to change the order of rows in a table based upon criteria in a columnand applies across all pages of the table. Sort on a column by clicking the column header. Asecond click toggles the sort order. You can sort on two columns consecutively using Ctrl+Click in the column header. Primary sort order is indicated by a single arrow, andsecondary sort order is indicated by a double arrow.The filtering, sorting, and page number settings that you choose for the default orminimized view are not used when you switch to the maximized view.Filter SymbolsUse wildcard characters or symbols in a filter to expand or limit search criteria. Somesymbols are used for string filtering and others are used for numeric filtering. String filtersare not case sensitive and an asterisk wildcard is applied to the end of the filter string.Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results? Use this wildcard character to match alpha or numericcharacters in the position it occupies. Type this wildcardcharacter at the beginning, middle, or end of your search.This wildcard character can be used more than once in thesame search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.cat??catcat?lcat???p???ercats, catalogscat, Scattercatalogcatalogpacker, parser, proper* Use this wildcard character to match zero, one, or multiplealpha or numeric characters in the position it occupies.Type this symbol at the beginning, middle, or end of yoursearch. This wildcard character can be used more than oncein the same search.This wildcard character can be used in conjunction withany other symbol.*catcat*lcat**ews*er*%cat, cats, catalog, scatter, wildcatcatalogcat, cats, catalognewscaster, newspaperwhat is 100%?= Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters literally. The search results arecase-sensitive.This symbol can be used in conjunction with * and ?.=CAT=cat?=Cat*=Cat_CATcatsCat, Cats, CatalogCat_Chapter 21 Space UsageTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 279
  • 280. Wildcard orSymbol Description Example Results=Cat? Cat? Use this symbol in front of a wildcard character so thewildcard is interpreted as a regular character and not as awildcard.This symbol can be used in conjunction with *, ?, and .*?=cat*cat?what is 100%?cat*cat?, Cat?> Use this symbol to match any number that is greater thanthe specified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only > and the number.>60 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth>= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values greaterthan or equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only >= and the number.>=60 60, 61, 62, 70, 500, and so forth< Use this symbol to match any number that is less than thespecified value. This symbol is only used to performmathematical comparisons.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only < and the number.<60 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth<= Use these symbols in conjunction to match values less thanor equal to the specified number.For columns containing percentages, avoid using % in thefilter. Type only <= and the number.<=60 60, 59, 58, 50, 8, and so forth! Use this symbol at the beginning of your search to matchalpha or numeric characters that do not contain the alphaor numeric characters.This symbol can be used in conjunction with any othersymbol or wildcard character.!cat33 cat32, cat34, and so forthClearing FiltersYou can clear the filter box values from the table.1 Do one of the following:Option DescriptionClearindividualfilter boxesa. Click on the filter box.Clear allfilter boxesa. Select Clear Filters at the bottom of the portlet.Chapter 21 Space Usage280 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 281. Option DescriptionConfiguring Columns to DisplayUse the Columns dialog box to set thresholds and select, lock, and order columns. You canresize columns in the table. The thresholds and column selection, order, and lock settingsthat you choose are applied to the minimized and maximized views separately.1 Click in the table header and select Configure Columns.2 In the Columns dialog box, select the check boxes of columns to display.Mouse over the name to see the complete name.3 [Optional] Click next to the column name.The columns at the top of the list can be locked in the table to remain on the left whenscrolling horizontally.4 [Optional] Click Set, type a threshold value, and click OK.Values exceeding the threshold are highlighted and displayed in the table.5 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the column.6 Click Apply to save the changes.7 [Optional] In the table, drag the column heading border in either direction to resizethe column.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. If filters are used, only filtered data is exported. The format for thetime, date, and some numeric values differs in the view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.Space Usage MetricsMetrics that appear in summary table can be customized using the Columns dialog box.Availability of metrics depends on the system and selection menu options you choose.Teradata Database System MetricsBy DatabaseThe selection menu choice By Database makes the following metrics available.Chapter 21 Space UsageTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 281
  • 282. Column Description TypeCurrent Perm • In the SPACE USAGE view: Amount of total permanent diskspace the database is currently using• In the details view: Amount of total permanent disk space thetable is currently usingNumberCurrent Perm % Percentage of the total permanent disk space the database iscurrently using (Current Perm divided by Max Perm)PercentCurrent Perm Skew%A measure of perm space data distribution across all AMPs for theselected databaseNote: A perfectly distributed database (same amount of data oneach AMP) has a skew of 0. A database which has all the data onone AMP has a skew of 100.PercentCurrent Spool Amount of total temporary spool space the database is currentlyusingNumberCurrent Spool % Percentage of total temporary spool space the database is currentlyusing (Current Spool divided by Max Spool)PercentCurrent Temp Amount of total temporary space the database is currently using NumberCurrent Temp % Percentage of total temporary space the database is currently using(Current Spool divided by Max Spool)PercentMax Perm Total amount of permanent disk space available for the database NumberMax Spool Total amount of temporary spool space available for the database NumberMax Temp Total amount of temporary space available for the database NumberName Database name StringParent Database Parent database name StringPeak Perm • In the SPACE USAGE view: Greatest amount of permanentdisk space the database has used• In the details view: Greatest amount of permanent disk spacethe table has usedNumberPeak Perm % Highest percentage of total permanent disk space the database hasused (Peak Perm divided by Max Perm)PercentPeak Spool Greatest amount of temporary spool space the database has used NumberPeak Spool % Highest percentage of total temporary spool space the databasehas used (Peak Spool divided by Max Spool)PercentPeak Temp Greatest amount of temporary space the database has used NumberPeak Temp % Highest percentage of total temporary space the database has used(Peak Temp divided by Max Temp)PercentSkew % A measure of data distribution among the nodes (details viewonly)NumberTable Table name (details view only) StringChapter 21 Space Usage282 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 283. Column Description TypeUnused Perm % Percentage of total permanent disk space currently not being used(100% minus Current Perm %)PercentBy VprocThe selection menu choice By Vproc makes the following metrics available.Column Description Type% In Use Percentage of total permanent disk space the database is currentlyusing (Current Perm divided by Max Perm)PercentAvailable Perm Amount of total permanent disk space currently not being usedby the database (Max Perm divided by Current Perm)NumberCurrent Perm Amount of total permanent disk space the database is currentlyusingNumberMax Perm Total amount of permanent disk space available for the database NumberVproc ID AMP number NumberTeradata Aster System MetricsBy DatabaseThe selection menu choice By Database makes the following metrics available.Column Description TypeCurrent Space • In the space usage view: Amount of space used by the database• In the details view: Amount of space used by the tablesNumberDatabase Name Name of the database StringSchema Schema where the table is stored (details view only) StringSkew % A measure of data distribution across the nodes (details viewonly)PercentTable Table name (details view only) StringTable Count Number of tables in the database NumberBy NodeThe selection menu choice By Node makes the following metrics available for each workernode.Column Description Type% In Use Percentage of space being used PercentAvailable Space Amount of unused space on each node NumberCompression Ratio Ratio between the uncompressed size of the data and thecompressed size of the dataNumberCurrent Space Total amount of space occupied on the node NumberChapter 21 Space UsageTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 283
  • 284. Column Description Type(Current User plus Replica plus System Space)Total Space Storage capacity NumberName Name of the node StringNode ID ID of the node NumberReplica Space Amount of space used by replica copies of data NumberSize On Disk Amount of space required to store the data NumberSystem Space Amount of space used by non-data files, such as system files NumberUncompressed Size Amount of uncompressed user data NumberUser Space Amount of space used by primary copies of data NumberAbout the Space Usage Details ViewThe details view displays space usage information for tables. Click a database name in theSPACE USAGE view to access the details view.Use the sparkline to determine if the space usage has increased or decreased over time.The following list describes the features in this view:Add SpaceReallocate permanent disk space from one database to another. This feature is onlyavailable for Teradata Database systems.Table ActionsClear Filters removes any content in the filter boxes.Configure Columns allows you to choose the columns to display and set thresholds.Export creates a .csv file containing all available data. If filters are used, only filtereddata is exported.SparklineFor Teradata Database, see the perm space usage over the last 3 months in thesparkline, where each data point on the sparkline is the amount of space usagerecorded during a single day.For Teradata Aster, see the current space usage.Mouse over the sparkline to display detailed information about the space usage in aninformation balloon.To the right of the sparkline, view the current peak and max perm for TeradataDatabase and current space usage for Teradata Aster.FiltersDisplays data by showing only rows that match your filter criteria. Sort on thecolumn headers to group data in ascending or descending order.Chapter 21 Space Usage284 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 285. Report DetailsView space usage information for tables, such as the current space used, or the peakperm space used by the user.About the Preferences ViewFrom the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view. Set the threshold valuesfor the perm, spool, and temp space buttons in the toolbar. Preferences are applied to the ByDatabase report for Teradata Database systems. Customize the way information isdisplayed in the SPACE USAGE and details views.Setting Filter Thresholds and Display OptionsFor Teradata Database systems, you can set thresholds for the By Database report andcustomize the way information is displayed.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.3 Enter threshold values for buttons in the Threshold Filter Bar for the By Databasereport.4 Select the Define KB, MB and GB as multiples of 1,000 instead of 1,024 check box tochange the display in the SPACE USAGE and details views.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.Chapter 21 Space UsageTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 285
  • 286. 6 Click OK.Chapter 21 Space Usage286 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 287. CHAPTER 22SQL ScratchpadSQL ScratchpadThe SQL Scratchpad portlet allows you to enter SQL queries and retrieve query results froma Teradata Database system. You can connect to a system to run a single- or multi-statement query, view and export the query results, and save one or more queries and pin, ortemporarily save, results. With the object browser, you can view a list of database objectsand insert object names into queries.About the Query BoxThe query box allows you to build queries and submit them to a Teradata Database system.The results are available below the query box after you run the queries.System NameConnects to a Teradata Database system. Displays name of currently connectedsystem, or allows you to connect to a different system.DisconnectDisconnects from the Teradata Database system displayed in the System Name.Query BoxAllows you to enter and edit SQL queries.LoadShows the query history from the current session or saved queries from any session.The list displays the OBJECT BROWSER.RunRuns statements in the query box and provides results in the query tabs. The listallows you to run a selected query and to save all queries or selected queries.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 287
  • 288. Connecting to a SystemYou can connect to a Teradata Database system. If you are currently connected to a system,you can switch to another system by clicking System Name.1 Click Select System.The SELECT SYSTEM dialog box appears.2 Select or search for a system from the list.Teradata Database systems appear for those systems you are authorized to access.3 Click Next.4 In the CONNECT TO SYSTEM dialog box, enter the log on information.5 Click Connect.Disconnecting from a SystemYou can disconnect from a Teradata Database system to avoid idle connections.1 Click Disconnect.Select System replaces System Name in the portlet frame. The results tab is cleared.Running a QueryYou can enter and send multiple queries to a Teradata Database system. The currentlyconnected system is System Name in the portlet frame.1 Enter one or more queries into the query box.2 Click Run to submit all the queries you entered.Running a Selected QueryYou can run one or more adjacent queries if you do not want to run all queries that youtyped in the query box.1 In the query box, highlight one or more complete query statements you want to run.When you select more than one adjacent query statement to run, highlight eachstatement, including the final semicolon.2 Click the list next to Run and select Run Selected Query.Chapter 22 SQL Scratchpad288 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 289. About Query StatementsYou can enter single- or multi-statement SQL queries using Data Definition Language(DDL), Data Control Language (DCL), or Data Manipulation Language (DML) statementsin the query box.DDL statementsBegin with SQL keywords, such as CREATE, ALTER, DROP, DELETE, MODIFY,HELP, SHOW, SET, REPLACE.DCL statementsBegin with SQL keywords GRANT, REVOKE, GIVE.DML statementsBegin with SQL keywords, such as SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE.For single-statement queries, enter the query, optionally followed by a semicolon. For multi-statement queries, each statement must end with a semicolon.Cancelling a Long-Running QueryOccasionally, a query may take longer to execute than you expected. You can cancel thequery before it completes.1 Click Cancel in the results tab to stop a single, long-running query.Saving All QueriesYou can save all queries that you enter in the query box for reuse in current or futuresessions.1 Click the list next to Run and select Save All Queries.2 In the ENTER QUERY NAME dialog box, enter a name for your set of queries.3 Click Save.4 [Optional] Click Load and click the Saved tab to view your set of saved queries.Saving Selected QueryYou can save one or more adjacent queries that you typed in the query box for reuse incurrent or future sessions.1 In the query box, highlight one or more complete query statements you want to save.When you select more than one adjacent query statement to save, highlight eachstatement, including the final semicolon.2 Click the list next to Run and select Save Selected Query.3 In the ENTER QUERY NAME dialog box, enter a name for the selection.4 Click Save.5 [Optional] Click Load and click the Saved tab to view your saved query selection.Chapter 22 SQL ScratchpadTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 289
  • 290. About Query ResultsQuery results are displayed in a table below the query box. You can view, pin, or exportquery results, as well as view SQL statements, Explain steps, and blocked query information.Query TabsDisplay detailed query results in separately numbered tabs. Pinned query tabs showstored results temporarily for the current session. You can pin or unpin queryresults to be stored in the current session.Submitted StatementDisplays a portion of the SQL statement.Results TabDisplays a table of query results that can be exported.SQL TabDisplays the entire SQL statement for the selected query.Explain TabDisplays Explain steps for the query, including step statistics and explain text. Onlyappears when a query meets certain thresholds established by the TeradataViewpoint Administrator.Blocked By TabDisplays details about other queries that are blocking this query. Only appears whena query is blocked.ExportSaves results of the currently selected Query tab to a comma-separated values (CSV)file.Chapter 22 SQL Scratchpad290 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 291. Results for each statement in the query appear in a separately numbered Query tab. Resultsfor a single-statement query appear in the Query 1 tab. Results for multi-statement queriesappear in additional tabs. For example, if you submit three statements, results appear in theQuery 1, Query 2, and Query 3 tabs.Viewing Query ResultsYou can view results for queries that you submit in the Query tabs.1 Click the Query tab corresponding to your query listed in the query box.A table with the results of your query appears in the Results tab.Pinning Query ResultsYou can pin query results for later reuse in the session. If you do not pin the Query tab, newqueries overwrite results currently displayed in the tab.1 Click the Query tab that contains the query you want to pin and click .The tab name changes from Query to Pinned. The tab retains its number. Query resultsremain pinned until you unpin the tab or disconnect from the Teradata Databasesystem.2 [Optional] Click to unpin your query.The tab name changes from Pinned to Query. The results displayed in the results tab arecleared when you submit another query.Exporting Table DataYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains all available data. The format for the time, date, and some numeric values differs inthe view and exported .csv file.1 Click in the table header and select Export.2 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.About the Results TabThe Results tab provides detailed information about your query results. To view morecolumns in a wide results tab, drag the scroll box to the right. This information is read-only.About the SQL TabThe SQL tab displays the SQL for the selected query. This information is read-only.About the Explain TabThe Explain tab displays an abbreviated version of the Step statistics and Explain text thatresult from an Explain request in an SQL session. Each Explain step is uniquely identifiedwith a number where the background of the number box indicates status. This informationis read-only. The tab is only available when a query meets certain thresholds established bythe Teradata Viewpoint Administrator.Chapter 22 SQL ScratchpadTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 291
  • 292. Step Information DescriptionStep Number • Completed steps are at the top of the list and indicated by ablack number box.• Active steps are indicated by a pulsating number box (flashesgray and white).• Steps to run are at the bottom of the list and indicated by awhite number box.Est. Time Estimated execution time for the stepEst. Rows Estimated number of rows for the stepActual Time Actual CPU time consumed by the step, or blank if the step hasnot runActual Rows Actual number of rows for the step, or blank if the step has notrunAbout the Blocked By TabThe Blocked By tab displays details about other queries that are blocking this query. Thisinformation is read-only. The tab is available as long as other queries continue to block thisquery. When the blocking query conditions are resolved, this query can then complete, andthe tab is no longer displayed.Blocked By Information DescriptionUsername Name of the user that is running the query that holds the lockSession ID Session ID of the blocking queryLock Type Type of lock. Type can be Exclusive, Read, Write, or Access.Locked Name of the locked objectAbout the Object BrowserThe object browser allows you to view a list of objects on a Teradata Database system andinsert an object into a query. You can reduce the time required to build a query and reduceerrors when inserting object names in a query.The object browser displays database objects in the connected system as a hierarchicallyorganized tree. Types of database objects include databases, users, tables, views, macros,functions, and procedures. You can use filtering to search for object types in the tree.• Expand a branch of objects in the tree by clicking next to the object type. The objectbrowser totals the objects found on each expanded branch by object type. If no objects ofthe type are found, the branch displays 0 items.• Refresh the list of objects in the tree by clicking next to the Teradata Database systemname.About Filtering ObjectsFiltering allows you to display only objects that match your filter criteria in the objectbrowser. Filtering is not case-sensitive.Chapter 22 SQL Scratchpad292 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 293. Filter boxes are located at each branch and sub-branch of the directory tree, under the nameof the database object. When you click the object name, the filter box appears.• Filter for databases and users by entering text in the box under the top branch of the tree.For example, if you type dbc in the filter box at the top branch of the tree under theTeradata Database name, databases and users containing the string DBC are displayed inthe tree.• Filter for all other database object types by entering text in the box under the object type.Object types include Tables, Views, Macros, Functions, and Procedures.For example, if you type clear in the filter box under a Macros sub-branch of the tree,macros containing the string Clear are displayed in the tree.Change the filter criteria by entering a new string in the filter box. Unless you type new filtercriteria or open other branches, the object browser maintains the state of the tree, includingopened branches and applied filter criteria.You cannot use ? or * as wildcards to match single or multiple characters in filter criteria.The object browser can display a maximum of 500 objects at each branch of the tree. Todisplay fewer results, enter filter criteria to narrow the list of database objects displayed onthe branch.Object TypesThe database objects and associated icons that display in the object browser are listed below.Database Object IconDatabaseUserTableViewMacroFunctionProcedureInserting an Object into a QueryYou can insert the qualified name of a database object into a query in the query box usingthe object browser. A qualified object name is a name composed of more than one identifier,joined with the dot character (.). The identifiers together specify a database object with moreprecision than a single name.1 Position the cursor in the query box where you want to insert the object.2 Click the list next to the Load button and select Insert Object.The OBJECT BROWSER opens, displaying the name of the connected TeradataDatabase system.3 Click next to the Teradata Database system name to expand the directory tree.Chapter 22 SQL ScratchpadTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 293
  • 294. 4 [Optional] Enter filter criteria in the box under the Teradata Database system to finddatabases or users containing the criteria.5 Click next to the database object type in the tree to expand that sub-branch.6 [Optional] Enter filter criteria in the box under the object type to find objects containingthe criteria.7 Click to highlight the object name.8 Click Insert Object to copy the qualified object name to the query box.The object name is inserted in the query box after the cursor location.9 Click Close.Example of Inserting an Object into a QueryIf you select the table object Accounts of the DBC database in the Teradata Database systemDEV1, the selected identifier is inserted as a qualified object name into the query box.1 Click DEV1 to open the directory tree.2 Click DBC to open a database sub-branch of the directory tree. DBC is a databaseidentifier for the DEV1 system.3 Click Tables to open all table objects under the DBC sub-branch.4 Click Accounts in the sub-branch to select the table. Accounts is the identifier of aparticular table in the DBC database for the DEV1 system.5 Click Insert Object to copy the qualified name to the query box.DBC.Accounts appears after the cursor in the query box.About the History TabThe History tab provides the following information in the table or in mouseover text forqueries submitted in the current session:• Date and time of the query• Complete SQL statement• Amount of time to complete the query• Number of rows processedFor longer SQL statements, click to display the complete query.You can click Load to copy the query to the query box, for later reuse or editing.Viewing Previously Run QueriesYou can view a table of queries submitted in the current session. You can load a query fromthe table for reuse in the same session.1 Click Load and click the History tab.The History tab provides the following information in the table or in mouseover text onqueries submitted in the current session:• Date and time of the queryChapter 22 SQL Scratchpad294 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 295. • Complete SQL statement• Amount of time to complete the query• Number of rows processed2 Click Close.Loading a Previously Run QueryYou can copy a query submitted in the current session to the query box for reuse or editing.1 Click Load and click the History tab.2 In the query history table, click Load for the query you want to run.The query is copied to the query box and the History tab closes.3 [Optional] Edit the query before running it.4 Click Close.About the Saved TabThe History tab provides the following information on queries saved in the current orprevious sessions:• Name of the saved query• Complete SQL statementFor longer SQL statements, click to display the complete query.You can click Load to copy the query to the query box, for later reuse or editing. You canalso click to delete a saved query.Viewing Saved QueriesYou can view a table of queries that you saved. You can also load a query from the table forreuse in the current or future sessions.1 Click Load and click the Saved tab.The name of the query and the SQL statement appear in the table of saved queries.2 Click Close.Loading a Saved QueryYou can load a saved query into the query box for reuse or editing.1 Click Load and click the Saved tab.2 In the table of saved queries, click Load for the query you want to run.The query is copied to the query box and the Saved tab closes.3 [Optional] Edit the query in the query box before running it.4 Click Close.Chapter 22 SQL ScratchpadTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 295
  • 296. Deleting a Saved QueryYou can delete a saved query that you no longer need.1 Click Load and click the Saved tab.2 In the table of saved queries, click for the query you want to delete.A confirmation message appears.3 Click OK.4 Click Close.Chapter 22 SQL Scratchpad296 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 297. CHAPTER 23System HealthSystem HealthThe System Health portlet displays the status of monitored systems using a defined set ofmetrics and thresholds. This portlet reports status with customized states or these defaultstates: healthy, warning, critical, down, or unknown with customized or default tooltips soyou can investigate metrics exceeding healthy thresholds.Only the Teradata Viewpoint Administrator can enable system health metrics, configure thewarning and critical thresholds, and customize the states and tooltips for your system. Themetrics and thresholds are usually selected to highlight an unusual load on the system thathas the potential to impact overall performance.About the System Health ViewThe SYSTEM HEALTH view displays a summary of states for one or more systems, usingcolored text and icons to represent system health. From the SYSTEM HEALTH summaryview, click anywhere on a status icon or text to investigate metrics for that system in theSYSTEM HEALTH DETAILS view.Default Icon TextColorDefaultStatesDefinitionBlue Healthy All metrics are within healthy ranges.Orange Warning At least one metric exceeded the warningthreshold.Red Critical At least one metric exceeded the criticalthreshold.Black Down The selected system is down.Black Unknown Status of the selected system is unknown.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 297
  • 298. If your system does not use the default states and tooltips, your Teradata ViewpointAdministrator customized the states and tooltips. You can customize the icons using theIcons tab in the PREFERENCES view.About the System Health Details ViewThe SYSTEM HEALTH DETAILS view displays detailed statistics and information abouteach metric to evaluate the overall health of a system.This view presents detailed metric information in several ways:METRICLists the names of the monitored metrics, using color to indicate metric health.Displays metric descriptions when you mouse over the name. If the TeradataViewpoint Administrator defined metrics as View Only, they are excluded from thesystem health calculation and display with a gray background.VALUE VS THRESHOLDShows the current metric value in terms of warning and critical thresholds, indicatedby gaps in the bar. Displays threshold values and default or custom tooltips whenyou mouse over the bar.The at the end of some bar graphs indicates an unbounded metric, which havenumerical values with no upper limit. The is red when the unbounded metric valueexceeds 1.2 times the critical threshold.LAST nn MINDisplays a sparkline with the trend in metric values over the selected duration of 15,30, or 60 minutes, suggesting whether the system is expected to degrade or improvein the future. Line color indicates metric health.VALUEShows the metric value at the last system sampling, using color to indicate metrichealth.Chapter 23 System Health298 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 299. Viewing Component Down DetailsWhen the COMPONENT DOWN metric has a value of one or greater, the SYSTEMHEALTH DETAILS view displays detailed information so that you can investigate theextent of your exposure to components that are down.1 From the SYSTEM HEALTH DETAILS view, click the COMPONENT DOWN metricname or value.2 View the list of component types and the number of components affected.System Health Details View MetricsMetrics appearing in your SYSTEM HEALTH details view are selected for you by theTeradata Viewpoint Administrator. Available metrics differ depending on the type of systemyou choose.Teradata Database System MetricsSystem MetricsMetric DescriptionActive Sessions Number of sessions with active queriesAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP to the average AMPAMP I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest AMP to the average AMPAMP Worker Tasks Average number of AMP worker tasks in use on each AMPComponent Down Number of components, such as BYNETs or AMPs, that are down(CPU) System Average percentage of CPU time spent in system (kernel) mode(CPU) User Average percentage of CPU time spent in user modeCPU Utilization Average node CPU use. CPU is calculated as the sum of the user CPUand system CPU usage percentages.(CPU) Wait I/O Average percentage of CPU time spent waiting for I/ODBC Disk Space Available DBC disk space in useMax Disk by AMP Available disk space currently in useMax Spool by AMP Available spool space in useMemory Failures Memory failures across all nodesMemory Used Largest amount of memory used by a single node in kilobytesNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the average nodeNode I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest node to the average nodeSystem Heartbeat Canary query showing the response time of the most recent systemheartbeat in millisecondsTotal Disk Space Percentage of total disk space currently in useChapter 23 System HealthTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 299
  • 300. Metric DescriptionAdditional Canaries Additional canary queries that are defined for the system and used aspart of the monitoring of system healthTeradata Aster System MetricsSystem MetricsMetric DescriptionActive Sessions Number of users and applications currently connected to databaseComponent Down Number of nodes that are not availableComponent Passive Number of nodes not processing queries but can be made ready toprocess queries when neededCPU Average node CPU useMax Disk by Node Largest percentage of used disk space on a nodeMemory Average node memory useNode CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest node to the average nodeNode I/O Skew Comparison of I/O use on the busiest node to the average nodeQueen Disk Space Percentage of used disk space on the queen nodeReplication Factor Number of copies of the user dataTotal Space Percentage of used space to overall storage capacityAbout the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the portlet to display information that ismost useful to you.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and then use one ormore of the following tabs to customize your preferences.SystemsSelect the systems to monitor in the SYSTEM HEALTH and SYSTEM HEALTHDETAILS views.IconsSelect an icon style to use in the SYSTEM HEALTH view.Trend IntervalSelect the interval for the SYSTEM HEALTH trend line. Choose from among 15, 30,or 60 minutes of historical data.Selecting Systems to MonitorUse the Systems tab in the PREFERENCES view to select the systems to monitor in thesummary and details views.Chapter 23 System Health300 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 301. 1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Systems tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select the check boxes of systems to display.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Selecting the System Health Icon StyleUse the Icons tab in the PREFERENCES view to select the icon style to display in theSYSTEM HEALTH view.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Icons tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select the icon style to use in the SYSTEM HEALTH view.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Setting the System Health Trend IntervalUse the Trend Interval tab in the PREFERENCES view to set the length of time used toplot the sparklines in the SYSTEM HEALTH DETAILS view. This interval applies to allmetrics selected for this view.The Example pane provides a sample of how the SYSTEM HEALTH view might look afterthe change.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Trend Interval tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 From the Interval list, select an interval.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 23 System HealthTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 301
  • 302. Chapter 23 System Health302 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 303. CHAPTER 24Todays StatisticsTodays StatisticsThe Todays Statistics portlet allows you to monitor current resource-use statistics andcompare them to statistics collected during the same period one or more weeks in the past.Additionally, you can monitor and compare the performance of multiple Teradata Databasesystems by adding a Todays Statistics portlet to the portal page for each monitored system.The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator typically uses the Todays Statistics portlet todetermine if users are getting value from their Teradata Database system. Data is presentedin a table, allowing you to compare metric values collected recently (today and as far in thepast as yesterday) to values collected during the same time period up to 999 weeks in thepast. This view is refreshed once every 2 minutes with displayed values updated for eachuser-selected metric.About the Todays Statistics ViewThe TODAYS STATISTICS view displays a statistical analysis of system-resource use over auser-defined time period. A table lists the monitored metrics and compares current statisticsto statistics from the same time period 1 or more weeks in the past. Metrics are grouped intocategories so that metric data collected at the same frequency is displayed together in theview. The view is refreshed every 2 minutes.Table columns provide the following information:STATISTICThe name of the monitored metric.SINCE DATE, X AM/PMThe value of the metric at the date and time the data was last collected.This column heading is used for metrics in the query category.LAST X HOUR(S)The value of the metric from a user-specified number of hours ago, up to 999 hoursin the past, until the current time.SAME PERIOD X WEEK(S) AGOThe value of the metric over the same time period as LAST X HOUR(S), up to 999weeks in the past.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 303
  • 304. SINCE X AM/PM TODAY/YESTERDAYThe value of the metric calculated from a user-specified hour of the day, either todayor as far in the past as yesterday, until the current time.SAME PERIOD X WEEK(S) AGOThe value of the metric over the same time period as SINCE X AM/PM TODAY/YESTERDAY, up to 999 weeks in the past.To display statistical data in the TODAYS STATISTICS view, the Teradata ViewpointAdministrator must first enable the appropriate Teradata Viewpoint collectors, includingQuery count, System statistics, and Canary queries. The Teradata Viewpoint Administratoralso specifies the data collection rate for each collector.Factors external to Teradata Viewpoint can also affect the collection and display of statisticaldata:• Query Logging. The Teradata System Administrator must enable query logging on theTeradata Database system.• Data Collection. Query data must have been collected during all time periods selected onthe Sampling Interval tab in the PREFERENCES view. Teradata Viewpoint collectorsand query logging must have been enabled during all selected time periods in order forTODAYS STATISTICS data to display correctly.Use the PREFERENCES view to select the system and metrics category to monitor, setmetrics thresholds, and set the sampling interval. The heading for the second columndepends on the selections made in the PREFERENCES view and how frequently data foreach metric is collected. For example, the heading LAST 2 HOURS appears when thesampling interval is 2 hours and data for the previous 2 hours is available. The same headingcould appear as SINCE AUG 20, 2:10 AM if the sampling interval is set to 2 hours and thedata was last collected more than 2 hours ago.Todays Statistics View MetricsInformation about available metrics is provided in the tables. Use the Metrics tab in thePREFERENCES view to select metrics for display in the TODAYS STATISTICS view.The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator must enable the appropriate collectors to calculateand display statistical data in the TODAYS STATISTICS view. When the Canary QueriesChapter 24 Todays Statistics304 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 305. Collector is the source for a metric, the data displayed is always the heartbeat query for theselected system.System MetricsThe System Statistics collector gathers system metrics. System metrics are calculated as anaverage.Metric Description TypeActive Sessions Number of sessions with active queries NumberAMP CPU Skew Comparison of CPU use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAMP I/O Skew Comparison of disk use on the busiest AMP to the averageAMPPercentAWT Average number of AMP worker tasks (AWTs) in use oneach AMPNumberCPU Average node CPU use. CPU is calculated as the sum of theuser CPU and system CPU usage percentages.PercentSystem CPU Average CPU time spent in system mode PercentTotal Disk Space Total disk space currently in use NumberUser CPU Average CPU time spent in user mode PercentWait I/O CPU Average CPU time spent waiting for I/O PercentQuery MetricsThe Query Count collector gathers query metrics.Metric Description TypeConcurrency Average number of queries executing simultaneously duringthe hourNumberFirst Response TimeAvgAverage time in milliseconds it takes to receive the firstresponseNumberFirst Response TimeMaxMaximum time in milliseconds it takes to receive the firstresponseNumberFirst Response TimeMinMinimum time in milliseconds it takes to receive the firstresponseNumberFirst Response TimeStddevStandard deviation time in milliseconds it takes to receive thefirst responseNumberQuery Count Queries logged in dbc.QryLog, or the sum of Querycountfrom dbc.QryLogsummary during the sample periodNumberSpool Usage Avg Average amount of spool in bytes the query used NumberSpool Usage Max Maximum amount of spool in bytes the query used NumberSpool Usage Min Minimum amount of spool in bytes the query used NumberChapter 24 Todays StatisticsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 305
  • 306. Metric Description TypeSpool Usage Stddev Standard deviation of amount of spool in bytes the queryusedNumberPerformance MetricsThe Canary Queries collector gathers performance metrics. Performance metrics arecalculated as an average.Metric Description TypeResponse Time Average response time in milliseconds of the selected canaryqueryNumberRows Returned Average number of rows returned by the selected canaryqueryNumberAbout the Preferences ViewThe PREFERENCES view allows you to customize the portlet to monitor key metric trendsto determine if you are getting value from your Teradata Database system. Only one systemcan be selected for each portlet instance.From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view and then use one ormore of the following tabs to customize your preferences.SystemSelect a Teradata Database system to monitor.MetricsSelect appropriate metrics, by category, for display in the view, and set values forhighlighting metrics beyond a specified threshold. Metric values that exceed thethreshold are displayed in the exception color.Sampling IntervalSpecify the time periods from which statistics are displayed. Set the number of hours(up to 999) prior to the current time, and define a comparison period up to 999weeks in the past.Selecting a System to MonitorUse the System tab in the PREFERENCES view to select a Teradata Database system tomonitor. Only one system can be selected for each portlet instance.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the System tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select a system from the list.Chapter 24 Todays Statistics306 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 307. 5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Setting Metric ThresholdsUse the Metrics tab in the PREFERENCES view to select a metrics category to monitor andto set thresholds to trigger the highlighting of values that exceed the thresholds.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Metrics tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Select a metrics category.When the Canary Queries collector is the source for a metric, the data displayed isalways the heartbeat query for the selected system.5 In the Metric column, select check boxes for the metrics you want to monitor in theview.6 [Optional] For each metric selected, enter a Threshold value.Values exceeding the threshold are highlighted in the view using the exception color.7 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.8 Click OK.Setting the Sampling IntervalUse the Sampling Interval tab in the PREFERENCES view to set the length of time used tocalculate the statistics shown in the TODAYS STATISTICS view. The Sampling Intervalapplies to all metrics selected for display.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Sampling Interval tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Enter the number of hours (up to 999) in the Statistics will be sampled during the lastX hour(s).The value you enter determines the sampling interval for columns 2 and 3 of theTODAYS STATISTICS view.5 Enter the since sampling interval as follows:a Select the time of day that begins the interval.b Select Today or Yesterday from the list box.Chapter 24 Todays StatisticsTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 307
  • 308. This value pair defines a start time up to 48 hours in the past for calculating column 4 ofthe TODAYS STATISTICS view.6 Enter a value for the comparison period, up to 999 weeks in the past.The value you enter defines the number of weeks in the past for calculating column 5 ofthe TODAYS STATISTICS view.7 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.8 Click OK.Chapter 24 Todays Statistics308 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 309. CHAPTER 25TVS MonitorTVS MonitorThe TVS Monitor portlet allows you to view statistics on data temperature and storagegrade of cylinders allocated in Teradata Virtual Storage (TVS). Statistics reflect currentrelationships between data temperature and storage grade, and historical trends in themanagement of storage grades based on data temperature. This portlet is disabled by defaultand must be enabled using the Portlet Library portlet.Temperature and grade metrics help assess storage requirements for your data, as well asfine tune the balance between disk performance and data-access demands. Suppose thatstatistics indicate an increasing proportion of hot data allocated to slow-grade storage. If faststorage is currently full, the Teradata System Administrator might consider upgrading tofaster storage. If fast storage is not full, the Teradata System Administrator should verify thatdata migration and metrics collection have been enabled to ensure the slow migration of hotdata over time.TVS Monitor ConceptsAbout Storage GradeStorage grade refers to the access rate capabilities of disk storage. Access speed is graded asslow, medium, or fast. Performance criteria for storage grade include physical speed of diskread-write access, electronics, and buffer memory.Slow-grade storage involves more I/O time than fast-grade storage. Cylinders on physicaldisk drives are often associated with slow- and medium-grade storage. Cylinders on solid-state drives can be associated with fast-grade storage.Typically, Teradata Virtual Storage optimizes cylinder allocation by reserving fast-gradestorage for frequently accessed data, and slow-grade storage for infrequently accessed data.Medium-grade storage is allocated for all other data-access frequencies.About Data TemperatureData temperature refers to the frequency of access to data stored in space types managed byTeradata Virtual Storage (TVS). Data is considered hot, warm, or cold.Data temperature is not static, but evolves over time, based on data-access patterns trackedby TVS. Data temperature increases the more often it is accessed, and decreases as accessbecomes less frequent.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 309
  • 310. About Space TypesA space type is a classification of how disk space is allocated in Teradata Database. Each spacetype, such as perm, spool, or temp, is conventionally associated with a particular kind ofstored data. For example, the perm space type is disk space allocated to storage of tables,indexes, and permanent journals in the database, and typically is the largest space type in thesystem.Teradata Virtual Storage reports on how space types are dynamically managed, according topatterns of data access and the grade of the storage device.Selecting a ViewYou can select different views of the relationships between data temperature, storage grade,and space type.1 Click one of the following:• to see the Cylinder Distribution by Grade view.• to see the Historical Cylinder Distribution by Grade view.• to see the Cylinder Allocation by Temperature and Grade view.Viewing Cylinder Distribution by GradeThe Cylinder Distribution by Grade view displays graphs of the current proportionalallocation of cold, warm, and hot data in slow-, medium-, and fast-grade storage, as well asthe total number of cylinders assigned to each storage grade. The dashed line in each graphmarks peak allocation for the storage grade in number and percent of cylinders, aggregatedover the past 30 days.The percent values in the graphs and mouseover text that are displayed for this view indicatethe percentage of the total number of cylinders in the selected grade.1 Click the Slow Storage graph to display metrics on total slow cylinders, datatemperatures, and peak allocation for slow storage.2 Click the Medium Storage graph to display metrics on total medium cylinders, datatemperatures, and peak allocation for medium storage.3 Click the Fast Storage graph to display metrics on total fast cylinders, data temperatures,and peak allocation for fast storage.Viewing Historical Cylinder Distribution by GradeThe Historical Cylinder Distribution by Grade view displays data temperature trends overtime in each storage grade. The horizontal axis marks days and the vertical axis marksnumber of cylinders, in millions. You can change how temperature allocation metrics andtotal number of cylinders are displayed for a specific point in time.The percent values that are displayed in the graph and in the mouseover text for this viewindicate the percentage of the total number of cylinders in the selected grade.Chapter 25 TVS Monitor310 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 311. 1 Mouse over the graph to display the time marker.2 Move the time marker with the mouse to change the display of day and hour.3 [Optional] Select a grade from the list to show proportion of cylinders, allocated bytemperature, for the grade.4 [Optional] Select a time period from the list to show proportion of cylinders, allocatedby temperature, over the previous week or month.Viewing Cylinder Allocation by Temperature and GradeThe Cylinder Allocation by Temperature and Grade view displays the currentrelationships between data temperature, storage grade, and space type. Change the displayof the matrix and the Space Types by Cylinder Percentage table to see allocation metricsfor a specific combination of temperature, grade, or space.The percent values that are displayed in the matrix for this view indicate the percentage ofthe total of non-allocated space of the selected cylinder type.1 Select a cylinder-allocation space type from the list above the matrix to display a spacetype in the matrix and space-types table.2 To filter the data shown in the space-types table, do one of the following:a Click a row label (HOT, WARM, COLD) in the matrix to filter the space-types tableby data temperature allocation.b Click a column label (SLOW, MEDIUM, FAST) in the bottom row of the matrix tofilter the space-types table by storage grade.c Click any cell in the matrix to filter the space-types table by temperature-gradecombination.3 Select a temperature, grade, or temperature-grade combination from the list in thespace-types table to filter space types by temperature, grade, or temperature-gradecombination.Chapter 25 TVS MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 311
  • 312. About Space Types by Cylinder Percentage TableThe Space Types by Cylinder Percentage table in the Cylinder Allocation by Temperatureand Grade view provides metrics about space types, storage grades, and data temperaturesmanaged by Teradata Virtual Storage.SPACELists the conventional space types (Perm, WAL, Spool, RSpool, Depot, Journal,Durable, Other) as well as the unused cylinder space (Free).GRADELists the storage grade (Slow, Medium, Fast).CYLLists the count of cylinders for a given space type, storage grade, or type-gradecombination, in millions of cylinders or thousands (K) of cylinders.% SPACELists the percentage of cylinders for a storage grade in a given space type. When youfilter the matrix by space type, the sum of this column for the space type is 100%. ForChapter 25 TVS Monitor312 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 313. example, if the number of cylinders (CYL) for WAL is 200 for slow grade, 400 formedium grade, and 200 for fast grade, the % SPACE column lists 25 for slow, 50 formedium, and 25 for fast, for a total of 100%. When you filter the table by All Zones,the sum of this column for all storage grades for a given space type is 100%. Thiscolumn is only displayed if you filter the matrix by space type or if you filter the tableby All Zones.% COLDLists the percentage of cylinders for a given space type-grade combination allocatedto cold data. The sum of % COLD, % WARM, and % HOT is 100% for a given spacetype-grade combination. Only displayed if you filter the table by storage grade, or byAll Zones.% WARMLists the percentage of cylinders for a given space type-grade combination allocatedto warm data. The sum of % COLD, % WARM, and % HOT is 100% for a givenspace type-grade combination. Only displayed if you filter the table by storage grade,or by All Zones.% HOTLists the percentage of cylinders for a given space type-grade combination allocatedto hot data. The sum of % COLD, % WARM, and % HOT is 100% for a given spacetype-grade combination. Only displayed if you filter the table by storage grade, or byAll Zones.% SLOWLists the percentage of cylinders for a given space type-temperature combinationallocated to slow grade storage. The sum of % SLOW, % MEDIUM, and % FAST is100% for a given space type-temperature combination. Only displayed if you filterthe table by data temperature, or by All Zones.% MEDIUMLists the percentage of cylinders for a given space type-temperature combinationallocated to medium grade storage. The sum of % SLOW, % MEDIUM, and % FASTis 100% for a given space type-temperature combination. Only displayed if you filterthe table by data temperature, or by All Zones.% FASTLists the percentage of cylinders for a given space type-temperature combinationallocated to fast grade storage. The sum of % SLOW, % MEDIUM, and % FAST is100% for a given space type-temperature combination. Only displayed if you filterthe table by data temperature, or by All Zones.% OF ZONELists the percentage of cylinders for a given space type in the temperature-gradecombination. The sum of cylinder percentages in the temperature-grade-combination zone is 100%. Only displayed if you filter the table by a temperature-grade combination.Chapter 25 TVS MonitorTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 313
  • 314. Chapter 25 TVS Monitor314 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 315. CHAPTER 26Viewpoint MonitoringViewpoint MonitoringThe Viewpoint Monitoring portlet allows you to analyze resource usage trends on one ormore Teradata Viewpoint servers or other managed servers. Trends are graphed accordingto metrics, such as CPU, memory, and throughput within a specified time range.The VIEWPOINT MONITORING view displays a graph with time on the horizontal axis,metric values on the vertical axis, and a different color for each metric plot line. Plot linesshow the average metric values as a line and have enhanced interactive features, such asperformance envelopes and information balloons that show the actual, minimum, andmaximum metric values. Time-range buttons allow you to monitor current usage within thelast hour or view usage trends over the last day, week, month, 3 months, or 6 months.The PREFERENCES view allows you to select and organize metrics to display, setthresholds, and adjust the vertical axis range for each metric.About the Viewpoint Monitoring ViewThe VIEWPOINT MONITORING view displays a graph that shows Teradata Viewpointserver resource usage. One or more Teradata Viewpoint servers can be monitored in thetime range using the same or different metrics. Metrics can be selected with differentthresholds and vertical axis ranges.The following list describes the features in this view:ToolbarContains the time-range buttons. Select a time-range button to change the graph.Export creates a .csv file containing selected data.Line GraphPlots the time range on the horizontal axis and the metric values on the vertical axis.The plot line is a colored line that represents the average metric values. Click a plotline to see the highlighted plot line and performance envelope in a lighter shade ofthe assigned color. The performance envelope represents the upper and lower metricvalues.Time RangeShows the range of time selected with the time-range button on the toolbar. Forexample, if one hour is selected, times from the previous hour appear across thebottom of the graph.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 315
  • 316. MetricsLists up to 10 metrics that are defined in the PREFERENCES view. Each listposition is assigned a color and a check box. The metric name appears along withthe name of the system being monitored, if there is more than one system enabled.Select a metric name to highlight the plot line and see the performance envelope inthe graph.About Metric ThresholdsSet thresholds to highlight metric values that are outside normal operating ranges. Setmaximum vertical-axis ranges to limit the range of values displayed for selected metrics.After a metric threshold is set in the PREFERENCES view, the threshold line is displayedacross the graph with the threshold value to the right of the graph when you select a metricplot line. As you mouse over the selected plot line, information balloons display the datapoint value and the minimum and maximum performance envelope values. The plot line andinformation balloons change to red when the threshold is exceeded during the time range.Threshold settings are optional and can be set any time after the metric has been configured.Chapter 26 Viewpoint Monitoring316 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 317. Setting the Time RangeYou can set the time range that is used to plot the graph.1 In the toolbar, click a time-range button.The portlet refreshes, and the graph is redrawn.Removing Metrics from the GraphYou can disable a metric plot line to remove it from the graph and the metric remains in thelist.1 Clear a colored checkbox in the metric list.About the ToolbarThe toolbar allows you to choose the time range to display in the graph. The graph displaysthe oldest data on the left and the most recent data on the right. For each metric, data iscollected every 15 seconds and averaged according to the time range chosen.Button Description1 hour Displays the metric values for the last hour, plotted by minute1 day Displays the metric values for the last 24 hours, plotted by 15-minute periods1 week Displays the metric values for the last week, plotted by hour1 mo Displays the metric values for the last month, plotted by 4-hour periods3 mo Displays the metric values for the last 3 months, plotted by 12-hour periods6 mo Displays the metric values for the last 6 months, plotted by dayClicking a different time-range button causes the portlet to immediately recalculate andupdate the graph based on the data points collected for the metrics.Chapter 26 Viewpoint MonitoringTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 317
  • 318. The Export button allows you to create a .csv file containing selected data.Exporting MetricsYou can export data to a .csv file for further analysis and formatting. The exported .csv filecontains data for the selected time period. The minimum, average, and maximum is exportedfor all metrics configured in the PREFERENCES view.1 In the toolbar, click a time-range button.Option Frequency1 hour Data points at 1 minute intervals1 day Data points at 15 minute intervals1 week Data points at 1 hour intervals1 mo Data points at 4 hour intervals3 mo Data points at 12 hour intervals6 mo Data points at a 1 day interval2 Click .3 Save the file using the browser options.The file is saved to your download area or to a location that you specify, depending onthe browser settings.4 [Optional] Reformat exported data to match the format in the view.Viewpoint Monitoring MetricsThe following metrics can be used to analyze resource usage.CPU MetricsMetric Description TypeCPU Idle Percent of total CPU time spent idle PercentCPU Involuntary Wait Percent of total CPU time spent waiting involuntarily PercentCPU I/O Wait Percent of total CPU time spent waiting for I/O PercentCPU System Percent of total CPU time used by system processes PercentCPU User Percent of total CPU time used by user processes PercentCPU Usage Percent of CPU time used by user and system processes PercentMemory MetricsMetric Description TypeMemory Buffers Amount of memory currently used as a disk buffer cache KBMemory Cache Amount of cache memory KBMemory Free Amount of idle memory KBChapter 26 Viewpoint Monitoring318 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 319. Metric Description TypeMemory Total Total amount of physical memory in the system KBMemory Total Swap Amount of memory used for swap space KBMemory Usage Total amount of memory used by the system, calculated as thetotal memory minus the amount of free memoryKBMemory Virtual Amount of virtual memory used KBProcs Sleeping Number of processes in uninterruptible sleep NumberProcs Waiting Number of processes waiting for run time NumberSwap In Amount of memory swapped in from disk per second KB/secSwap Out Amount of memory swapped to disk per second KB/secThroughput MetricsMetric Description TypeAvg. Jobs Last Minutes Average number of processes running or able to run duringthe last minuteNumberAvg. Jobs Last FiveMinutesAverage number of processes running or able to run duringthe last 5 minutesNumberAvg. Jobs Last FifteenMinutesAverage number of processes running or able to run duringthe last 15 minutesNumberBlocks Received Number of blocks received from a block device per second NumberBlocks Sent Number of blocks sent to a block device per second NumberContext Switches perSecondNumber of context switches per second NumberInterrupts per Second Number of interrupts per second NumberAbout the Preferences ViewFrom the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.In this view, you can:• Add metrics to monitor and display.• Delete metrics that you do not want to monitor or display.• Select the ENABLE check box to plot the metric in the graph.• Clear the ENABLE check box to remove the metric from the graph, but still list it belowthe graph.• Reorder metrics to change their position and color.• Select systems to monitor and display.• Set a threshold that helps you track the performance of each metric.• Set a vertical axis range to limit the maximum value to display.Chapter 26 Viewpoint MonitoringTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 319
  • 320. Adding MetricsYou can add metrics that are plotted in the graph.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Select the ENABLE check box to enable the metric for display.3 [Optional] Select a system from the list.The SYSTEM list is available when more than one Teradata Viewpoint server is enabledfor the Data Collection Service.4 Select a metric from the list.You can add or remove metrics. Up to 10 metrics can be listed.5 [Optional] Enter a THRESHOLD value.6 [Optional] Enter a VERTICAL AXIS RANGE value.7 [Optional] Click and drag the row to reorder the metrics for display.8 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.9 Click OK.Changing the Metrics Display OrderYou can change the order of the metrics that are listed below the graph. Reordering themetric list affects which color is assigned to the metric.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Click the Metrics tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 On the metric row, click and drag the row to its new location.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Enabling and Disabling MetricsYou can enable and disable metrics from the graph. When a metric is disabled, the metricplot line is not displayed in the graph; however, data points are still being collected, so themetric is included in the list under the graph and can be reactivated at a later time.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.3 Do one of the following:Chapter 26 Viewpoint Monitoring320 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 321. • Clear ENABLE on the metric line to disable the metric.• Select ENABLE on the metric line to enable the metric.4 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.5 Click OK.Deleting MetricsYou can delete metrics from the graph. When a metric is deleted in the PREFERENCESview, the metric plot line is not displayed in the graph, and the metric is not included in thelist.1 From the portlet frame, click to access the PREFERENCES view.2 Select the Metrics tab.3 [Optional] Click Clear Defaults to clear all user-defined default settings created for thisportlet.4 Click on the metric row of the metric you want to delete.The metric row disappears.5 [Optional] Select the Use these settings as defaults check box to use the current settingsin all PREFERENCES tabs as the default configuration each time you add this portlet toa portal page.6 Click OK.Chapter 26 Viewpoint MonitoringTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 321
  • 322. Chapter 26 Viewpoint Monitoring322 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 323. CHAPTER 27Workload DesignerWorkload DesignerThe Workload Designer portlet allows you to create rulesets for workload management inTeradata Database. The available options are different if Teradata Database is running onSUSE Linux Enterprise Server version 10 or lower, or SLES 11 (SLES 10 or SLES 11). Youcan define, control, balance, and refine rules for managing workloads. Use the followingfeatures to manage workloads:• Rulesets, which are collections of related filters, throttles, events, states, and workloadrules• States, which cause actions when a specific combination of planned environment andhealth condition occur• Sessions limits, including query sessions limits, utility sessions limits, and utility limits• Filters, which reject queries• Throttles, which limit queries• Exceptions, which cause actions when one or more specific events occur• Classification criteria, which determine which queries use which rulesThe WORKLOAD DESIGNER view provides controls to select a system and create, edit,view, and perform other actions on rulesets on that system.The Workload Designer Ruleset views provide controls that allow you to refine settings for asystem, states, sessions, filters, throttles, workloads, and exceptions.Workload Designer ConceptsAbout TASM and IWM Systems in SLES 10 and SLES 11Teradata Workload Management offers different strategies, depending on the platform youselect:TASM for Enterprise Data Warehouse (EDW) platformsTeradata Active System Management (TASM) is a product available on EDWplatforms to perform full workload management in Teradata Database.IWM for base EDW and appliance platformsTeradata Integrated Workload Management (IWM) is a Teradata Database featureincluded on base EDW and appliance platforms to perform basic workloadmanagement. Base EDW platforms can optionally purchase TASM.Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 323
  • 324. TASM offers a full workload management feature set. IWM workload management featuresare more limited and have different options in SLES 10 and SLES 11, depending on thesystem you select:StatesThe SLES 10 and SLES 11 IWM systems have no options for custom states, healthconditions, planned environments, or state-specific values for query sessions, filters,and throttles. IWM systems only use the Base state, Normal health condition, andAlways planned environment. The SLES 10 IWM system has no options forworkloads.Virtual PartitionsThe SLES 10 and SLES 11 IWM system has no options for virtual partitions.Workload Management MethodsThe SLES 11 IWM system has no options for the SLG Tiers workload managementmethod. The IWM system only uses the Tactical and Timeshare managementmethods.ExceptionsThe SLES 11 IWM system has no options for ruleset exceptions or non-tacticalworkload exceptions. IWM systems only use tactical workload exceptions. The SLES10 IWM system has no options for exceptions.About the Workload Designer ViewThe WORKLOAD DESIGNER view shows summary information about rulesets. Items inthe options list depend on whether you are the ruleset owner. If a ruleset is locked bysomeone else, you have fewer options than if you are the ruleset owner. The Working,Ready, and Active sections contain the following options:WorkingNames and descriptions of rulesets that are being edited. In Working, you can createand import rulesets. Rulesets in Ready can be copied to Working for editing.Rulesets in Working can also appear in Ready and Active.ReadyRulesets that have been saved to the Teradata system, but are not active. A rulesetmust be in Ready before it is copied to Active. The Active ruleset cannot be deletedfrom Ready.ActiveActive ruleset on the Teradata system. The only option available in the options list, ifyou have permissions, is to deactivate the ruleset.Ruleset background color indicates synchronization between the Working and Readysections. Gray in both sections indicates that the same version of the ruleset is in bothsections. Blue indicates that the ruleset has been modified in the Working section since itwas last saved to the Ready section.Chapter 27 Workload Designer324 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 325. TASM ruleset migration is performed automatically during the Teradata Database upgrade.About Ruleset OptionsThe WORKLOAD DESIGNER view shows individual rulesets and specific options for eachruleset based on the permissions assigned to your role and the section in which the ruleset islocated.WorkingThe Working section contains rulesets that are being edited. Any ruleset listed in Workingcan also be listed in Ready and Active. Available options are:Make ReadyCopies the ruleset to the Teradata server and to the Ready section.Make ActiveMakes the ruleset the active ruleset on the Teradata server. Copies the ruleset to theReady and Active sections.View/EditOpens the ruleset for viewing and/or editing.Show AllLists all ruleset attributes on one page.LockLocks the ruleset so only the lock creator can edit the ruleset.UnlockUnlocks the ruleset so others can edit the ruleset.CloneCreates a copy of the ruleset. This option is useful if you want to use an existingruleset as a base or template to create a ruleset.ExportExports the ruleset XML file so you can view the file in a browser or save the file to alocation you specify. Use with the Import button to copy a ruleset from one systemto another.DeleteRemoves the ruleset from the Working section.ReadyThe Ready section lists rulesets saved to the Teradata server. Authorized users can create aruleset and add it to the Ready section. Then, from the Ready section, you can select Copyto Working Rulesets and edit the ruleset. Available options are:Chapter 27 Workload DesignerTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 325
  • 326. ActivateMakes the ruleset the active ruleset on the Teradata server.Copy to Working RulesetsCopies the ruleset to the Working section.DeleteRemoves the ruleset from the Teradata server.ActiveThe Active section contains the active ruleset on the Teradata server. If you have permission,the only available option is to Deactivate the current ruleset. In SLES 11, the deactivateoption is not available because there must always be an active ruleset.Creating a RulesetA ruleset is a complete collection of related filters, throttles, events, states, and workloadrules. You can create multiple rulesets, but only one ruleset is active on the Teradata server ata time. After creating a ruleset, you can use the toolbar buttons to specify settings, such asstates, sessions, and workloads. New rulesets are automatically locked so only the owner canedit the ruleset.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 Click Create.3 Enter a ruleset name.4 [Optional] Enter a description.5 Click Save.6 [Optional] Specify settings using the tabs in the General view, such as Intervals andBypass.7 [Optional] Click States and create a state matrix.8 [Optional] Click Sessions and create any of the following:• Query Sessions• Utility Limits• Utility Sessions9 [Optional] Click Filters and create a filter.10 [Optional] Click Throttles and create a system throttle.11 [Optional] Click Workloads and create a workload.12 [Optional] Click Exceptions and create an exception.Editing a RulesetIn the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, you can edit ruleset properties. The TeradataViewpoint Administrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets so you cancomplete this action. Without permission to edit the ruleset, the menu option is View andthe ruleset view is read-only.Chapter 27 Workload Designer326 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 327. 1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 In the local Working section, click the ruleset name.3 Specify settings using the toolbar buttons and tabbed views.4 Click Save after making changes in each view.Cloning a RulesetYou can clone a ruleset to make an exact copy of the ruleset, except for the name anddescription. Cloning is a convenient way to create a ruleset using the criteria of an existingruleset as a base.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 In the local Working section, click the ruleset and click Clone.An exact copy of the ruleset is made, and the General view appears.3 Enter a name.4 [Optional] Enter a description.5 Click Save.6 Specify additional settings using the toolbar buttons and tabbed views.7 Click Save.Deleting a RulesetDeleting a ruleset removes the ruleset and all associated information. The TeradataViewpoint Administrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets so you cancomplete this action.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 In the local Working section or the system Ready section, click the ruleset , and clickDelete.3 Click Delete.The ruleset is deleted from the section.Importing a RulesetThe import and export options can be used to copy a ruleset from one system to another.The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets soyou can complete this action. Only rulesets exported from Workload Designer and aTeradata Database of the same release can be imported.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 Click Import.3 Enter a name for the imported ruleset.4 Click Browse.5 Locate and select the saved ruleset file.Chapter 27 Workload DesignerTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 327
  • 328. Note: Exported ruleset files might be stored in the download area configured for yourbrowser.6 Click Save.Exporting a RulesetThe import and export options can be used to copy a ruleset from one system to another. TheTeradata Viewpoint Administrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets so youcan complete this action. Only rulesets exported from Workload Designer and a TeradataDatabase of the same release can be imported.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 In the local Working section, click the ruleset , and click Export.3 Click Save.The ruleset file is saved to your download area or the location you specify, depending onyour browser settings.Showing All Criteria in a RulesetYou can display a read-only summary of all settings and state-specific values for a singleruleset.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 In the local Working section, click the ruleset , and click Show All.3 [Optional] Do any of the following:• Click Collapse All to hide all sections of the view.• Click Print to print the full summary.• Click the section name to show or hide individual sections of the view.Copying a Ruleset to the Teradata SystemWhen you are finished editing a ruleset in the Working section, copy the ruleset to theReady section on the Teradata system. The Teradata Viewpoint Administrator must grantyour role permission to edit rulesets so you can complete this action. After copying a rulesetto the Ready section, you can make the ruleset the active ruleset on the Teradata system.Note: Copying a ruleset to a Teradata system that is under heavy load could take longer thanexpected.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select the Teradata system containing theruleset you want to copy.2 In the Working section, click the ruleset , and click Make Ready.Activating a RulesetActivating a ruleset copies the ruleset to the active state on the selected system. Only oneruleset is active on the system at a time. A ruleset activated from the local Working section iscopied to the Ready section before being made active. The Teradata ViewpointAdministrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets so you can complete thisaction.Chapter 27 Workload Designer328 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 329. 1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 To make the ruleset active, do one of the following:• From a ruleset in the Working section, click the ruleset , and click Make Active.• From a ruleset in the Ready section, click the ruleset , and click Activate.Deactivating a RulesetDeactivating a ruleset removes the ruleset from the active state on the selected system. TheTeradata Viewpoint Administrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets so youcan complete this action.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 In the system Active section, click the ruleset , and click Deactivate.In SLES 11, the deactivate option is not available because there must always be an activeruleset.About Ruleset LocksAn exclusive lock can be placed on a ruleset so that the ruleset cannot be edited, deleted, orotherwise modified except by the owner of the lock. A ruleset is automatically locked by theuser when it is created and each time changes to the ruleset are saved. Use theWORKLOAD DESIGNER view to lock and unlock rulesets. The Teradata ViewpointAdministrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets so you can complete thisaction.The WORKLOAD DESIGNER view displays the ruleset lock status:Option DescriptionLockedUnlockedThe ruleset views display the ruleset lock status:Option DescriptionUnlockedLocked by the current userLocked by another userLocking or Unlocking a RulesetLocking a ruleset prevents others from editing or deleting the ruleset. The TeradataViewpoint Administrator must grant your role permission to edit rulesets so you cancomplete this action.1 From the WORKLOAD DESIGNER view, select a system from the list.2 In the local Working section, click the ruleset , and click Lock or Unlock.Chapter 27 Workload DesignerTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 329
  • 330. About the Ruleset General ViewThe ruleset General view displays general attributes of a ruleset. The view appears after youclick the General button on the ruleset toolbar. The General view appears by default whencreating, editing, cloning, or viewing a ruleset. This view contains the following tabs:GeneralRuleset name and description.IntervalsCollection and reporting intervals.Option DescriptionEvent Interval How often event thresholds are checked.Note: If system or workload events have Simple or Averaging qualificationtimes, then the event interval must be less than or equal to the lowestqualification time for any of the events.DashboardIntervalHow often workload statistics are collected.Logging Interval How often workload and exception logs are written.ExceptionIntervalHow often exception thresholds are checked.BlockerSettings for responding to throttled blockers. The log is located at DBC.TDWMEventLog.Selecting Log only logs the blocker. Abort or Release logs the action after the abort or releaseoccurs.Option DescriptionBlock Cycles Number of intervals over which the query must be blocked before the specifiedBlock Action is taken.Block Action Action to perform in response to query blocking.ActivationOptions available when the ruleset is activated. The feature is available when the option isselected. The Events and States feature is available by default and cannot be disabled.Option DescriptionFilters and UtilitySessionsFilters reject user queries. Utility Sessions limit the number of sessions a specificutility can use.System Throttlesand SessionControlSystem throttles delay or reject queries at the system level. Session Controlmakes it possible to create session parameters.Chapter 27 Workload Designer330 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 331. Option DescriptionWorkloads A ruleset workload is a group of queries that share characteristics so that a set ofworkload management controls can be applied to the group. Workloads arealways available in SLES 11.Events and States Events are occurrences that trigger a response from the system. States areintersections of health conditions and planned environments.BypassUsers, accounts, and profiles whose queries are allowed to bypass system filters andthrottles.Option DescriptionSource Type Type of query source. You can select one or more items from each availablesource type. The dbc and tdwm user names cannot be removed.Filter Limits your choices in the source list.Items Lists the names of all available query sources of the selected type.Bypass Selected sources, listed by source type. Queries from each of the listed querysources will bypass system filters and throttles for this ruleset.DecayIn SLES 11, you can enable timeshare decay, which automatically decreases the resourceaccess rate of long-running queries in a Timeshare workload over time.Limits/ReservesIn SLES 11, you can limit the resources available to the system per planned environment.Limits are defined as a percentage of CPU or I/O. You can also reserve AWTs for use by thesystem per planned environment.Option DescriptionCPU Limit Percentage of CPU that the system can use.I/O Limit Percentage of I/O that the system can use.Reserved AWTs Maximum number of AWTs to reserve for tactical workloads.Max AWTs fornew workMaximum number of AWTs for new tactical work.Defining System-Level Bypass SettingsA system-level bypass is a collection of users, accounts, and profiles that are not filtered orthrottled at the system level. The dbc and tdwm usernames are listed automatically andcannot be changed, renamed, or removed.1 Edit or create a ruleset.2 From the ruleset toolbar, click General.3 Click the Bypass tab.4 Select a Source Type from the list to exclude it from system-level filters and throttles.Chapter 27 Workload DesignerTeradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01 331
  • 332. 5 [Optional] Enter a filter string in the Filter box to limit your choices.6 Select a source from the list or select multiple sources by using Ctrl or Shift.7 Click Add Selection to add your selections to the bypass list.8 [Optional] Repeat steps 4 through 7 to add sources to the bypass list.9 [Optional] Mouse over a source in the bypass list, and click to include it in system-level filters and throttles.10 Click Save.Enabling Timeshare DecayIn SLES 11, you can enable timeshare decay.Timeshare decay automatically decreases the resource access rate of queries in a Timeshareworkload over time. Enabling decay prevents problematic queries from monopolizingsystem resources.1 Edit or create a ruleset.2 From the ruleset toolbar, click General.3 Click the Decay tab.4 Click the Enable Timeshare Decay check box.5 Click Save.Setting Limits and ReservesIn SLES 11, you can set limits and reserves for each planned environment.1 Edit or create a ruleset.2 From the ruleset toolbar, click General.3 Click the Limits/Reserves tab.4 Select a planned environment.5 Define limits on CPU Utilization and I/O for the planned environment.6 Define tactical reserves for tactical workloads in the planned environment.7 Click Save.About Ruleset StatesA state is the intersection of a health condition and a planned environment. A healthcondition is composed of unplanned events and a planned environment is composed ofplanned events. Creating states provides greater control over how the system allocatesresources. When a health condition and a planned environment intersect, the resulting statetriggers system changes.The SLES 10 and SLES 11 IWM systems have no options for custom states, health conditions,planned environments, or state-specific values for query sessions, filters, and throttles. IWMChapter 27 Workload Designer332 Teradata Viewpoint User Guide, Release 14.01
  • 333. systems only use the Base state, Normal health condition, and Always plannedenvironment. The S